Home

BridgeVIEW User Manual

1. 6 12 How Do You View the Value of a Tag at a Specific Pointin Time 7 sedans cancers veriaven eiaei wanes 6 12 National Instruments Corporation IX BridgeVIEW User Manual Contents How Do You Change the Y Axis cc0c c 2 cacvucdesuiaateiis uiatiasiandnentees 6 12 How Do You Change the Plot Colors and Style in the Trend 6 13 How Do You Zoom In on the Trend ccccceeeessscccctecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 How Do You Export Data to a Spreadsheet ccccceccceeeeetsnteneteees 6 13 How Do You Get Online Help for the HTV ccc eeeeseseeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 How Do You Set Tag Time and Color Preferences 0000 6 13 How Do You View New Data Automatically After it Has Been Loc eed tO Gide vacate ciaaseattuctnea aster a 6 14 How Do You Incorporate the HTV into Your HMI Application 6 14 Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Build an HMI with Multiple Panels ccc cccceceesecceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 1 Front Panel Buttons iaciosss soos teeste a escaccr anton al saat edna a 7 1 PAM Gr WAZ a0 aaea E E salepinad avon tues todeauauan 7 1 How Do You Use the Panel G Wizard ccceeeceeeseeeeeeentnttteeeeeeeeeees 7 2 How Do You Configure Security with the Panel G Wizard 7 3 How Do You Configure When a Button Will Be Polled 0 7 3 MIS GEV DUNC O 10S srs aslsces to wcisth erie cetans eaten A T A 7 5 How Do You
2. National Instruments Corporation 14 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog In this exercise this function ensures the For Loop executes every 0 25 seconds 250 ms Numeric constant Functions Numeric You also can pop up on the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function and select Create Constant to automatically create and wire the numeric constant B E MAS pg ia MIH Array Max amp Min function Functions Array In this activity this function returns the maximum and minimum temperature measured during the acquisition Mean VI Functions Analysis Probability and Statistics or Functions Base Analysis for LabVIEW Base Package users Returns the average of the temperature measurements Bundle function Functions Cluster Assembles the plot components into a cluster The components include the initial X value 0 the delta X value 0 25 and the Y array temperature data Use the Positioning tool to resize the function by dragging one of the corners The For Loop executes 40 times The Wait Until Next ms Multiple function causes each iteration to take place every 250 ms The VI stores the temperature measurements in an array created at the For Loop border auto indexing After the For Loop completes execution the array is passed on to the subVIs and Temp Graph The Array Max amp Min function returns the
3. 2 Change the scale of the Waveform chart to range from 0 0 to 2 0 National Instruments Corporation 11 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Block Diagram aa W mm BridgeVIEW User Manual After adding the vertical switch pop up on it and select Mechanical Action Latch When Pressed and set the ON state to be the default by choosing Operate Make Current Values Default Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration Random Plot DBL Compound Arithmetic pul Add the While Loop Functions Structures in the block diagram and create the shift register a Pop up on the left or right border of the While Loop and choose Add Shift Register b Add an extra element by popping up on the left terminal of the shift register and choosing Add Element Add a third element in the same manner as the second Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric This function generates random data ranging between 0 and 1 Compound Arithmetic function Functions Numeric In this activity the compound arithmetic function returns the sum of random numbers from two iterations To add more inputs pop up on an input and choose Add Input from the pop up menu Divide function Functions Numeric In this activity the divide function returns the average of the last four random numbers Numeric Constant Functions Numeric During each iteration of the While Loop the Random
4. Access Levels Level 0 Level 25 Level 50 Level 100 Level 150 Level 200 Level 255 Alot Logged In Figure 7 2 Access Levels Dialog Box You also can view your privileges by clicking the Privileges button For more information about privileges refer to Table 7 1 and to the section How Do You Find Your Environment Privileges in this chapter How Do You Find Your Environment Privileges After you have logged in you can find your environment privileges by choosing Project Security Privileges When you make this selection the Privileges dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 3 National Instruments Corporation 7 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics BridgeVIEW User Manual En Privileges for user steveno Environment Project Engine Security F Use Historical Trend Viewer l Use Tag Monitor T Use Tag Browser T Use Server Browser W Disable lt Alb key T Configure Startup Vis Figure 7 3 Privileges Dialog Box For more information about Bridge VIEW user privileges refer to Table 7 1 How Do You Change Your Password You must be logged in to change your password Choose Project Security Change Password Type in your old password then your new password Type in your new password again to verify it How Do You Check a User s Privileges Use the Check Operator Privileges VI in the System Security palette This VI checks the current user s privi
5. Activity 10 1 Activity 11 1 Activity 11 2 Activity 11 3 Activity 11 4 Activity 11 5 Activity 11 6 Activity 11 7 Activity 12 1 Activity 12 2 Activity 12 3 Activity 14 1 Activity 14 2 Activity 14 3 Activity 14 4 National Instruments Corporation Contents Ope nand RUTA Viere T 2 8 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Taf Vie Sae o a E aaa iouisaas 3 40 Usc thie HMIEG Wizara eaa E a N 4 8 Import a Graphic Image into Bridge VIEW ccccccccssssneeeeenseeeeeseenees 4 13 Read AS isla i le aaa ecard nucle tennis Wi aie nem saeasetnoinbes 4 20 Build an Alarm Summary Display ccccccccccssscccceeceeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeaaeeaeaees 5 3 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display 0eee 5 7 se the Historical Data VI Sreo aie pia A 6 6 se the Historical Trend Vie Wer sn iaieen hin cavearsleatdevideadinumua aia eds 6 15 Wserthe Paneli Wizarde anae a E i bamceealesnanaas 7 3 Use Tac AtDUE Senon a a a 7 10 Apply Security to the Alarm Summary Display cccccseeeeeeeeeeees 7 23 Create a V Luiiesicaieeharaiea cad E a E 9 6 Doc ment a VL caatea cence aes thin ic A ca caesarean 9 10 Create an Iconand Connector siose sacaaasdpates cant bctechesesicdneaaeaees a a aS 9 16 USO VA as Sc a ase sen ee a cae te on a teee mea ase necemeeentet 9 19 Debue a Vlin Bridge VIEW incor A eae 9 21 Use Setup Options for a Sub V1 crnini e ieee 10 2 Experime
6. Server DDE Server Device Excel sheet1 in I O Group Configuration dialog box Item R1C1 To specify a particular sheet sheet 1 within an open Excel file book1 x1s set the device field to the following Device Excel book1 xl1s sheet1 in I O Group Configuration dialog box How Do You Define a Group of Tags for Alarming While editing a tag pull down the Tag Group Ring in the General tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box You can select an existing tag group or define a new tag group by selecting Enter New To create edit or delete tag group definitions select Tag Groups from the Configure menu from the main Tag Configuration Editor panel National Instruments Corporation 3 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration You can use tag groups to help define a subset of tags in the system Tag groups are helpful when you want to examine the alarm states for a subset of tags in the system See Chapter 5 Alarms and Events for more information on alarm groups Operations The operations attributes include when to update the tag value in the RTDB whether to log data to a historical file whether to log events associated with the tag and information about the initial value of the tag at Engine startup Figure 3 7 shows the Operations Tab of the Analog Tag Configuration dialog box With this section of the dialog box you can inform the BridgeVIEW Engine of what to do with the data in the RTDB
7. A bit array tag 1s a multi bit value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can be comprised of up to 32 discrete values Use a bit array tag when you have a multi bit value in which each of the bits represents a flag or single value that is turned on or off The maximum length of a bit array tag is 32 3 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration String Tags A string tag is an ASCII character representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable Use a string tag when you have binary information or an ASCII value For example you might use a string tag to obtain values from a bar code reader or if you have data that does not fit into any other data type General The general attributes of a tag include the name of the tag you are configuring the group name to use for the tag a description of the tag and the maximum length for string and bit array tags Figure 3 4 shows the General tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box T Analog Tag Configuration Tagi General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Mame Group Description Tag Name Taal Tag Group lt nore gt Tag Description i Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 4 General Attributes Dialog Box Table 3 1 provides descriptions of the general attributes of a tag For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Tables
8. Block Diagram BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 11 12 Rescale the knob Using the Labeling tool double click on 10 0 in the scale around the knob and replace it with 2 0 Open the block diagram and create the diagram in the following illustration alt Until Next me Multiple fil a Place the While Loop in the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures The While Loop is a resizable box that is not dropped on the diagram immediately Instead you have the chance to position and resize it To do so click in an area above and to the left of all the terminals Continue holding down the mouse button and drag out a rectangle that encompasses the terminals b Select the Random Number 0 1 function from Functions Numeric c Wire the diagram as shown in the Block Diagram connecting the Random Number 0 1 function to the Random Signal chart terminal and the Enable switch to the conditional terminal of the While Loop Leave the Loop Delay terminal unwired for now Return to the front panel and turn on the vertical switch by clicking on it with the Operating tool Save the VI as Random Signal vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory Run the VI The While Loop is an indefinite looping structure The diagram within it executes as long as the specified condition is TRUE In this example as long as the switch is on TRUE the diagram continues to generate random numbers and display them on the char
9. Bridge VIEW includes a set of VIs with which you can control your HMI access the Real Time Database and Citadel perform calculations and logic and switch between different displays The BridgeVIEW VI library includes Alarms and Events VIs Historical Data VIs System VIs Tags VIs and Tag Attributes VIs For more information about these VIs see Appendix A HMI Function Reference For more information about the G VI Library see the Online Reference National Instruments Corporation 4 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface There are several general G programming principles with which you should be familiar before you build an HMI These principles are listed below e Building basic G front panels and diagrams e Using controls and indicators e Using the tag data type e Using the basic principles of dataflow programming e Using basic programming constructs such as the Sequence structure and While Loop e Using the Time and Dialog VI library To learn about any of the topics above see the G Tutorial section of this manual and complete the activities For more detailed information see the G Programming Reference Manual For more advanced HMI programming you also should know how to use the G control and indicator attribute nodes and the VI Server functions For more information about this topic see Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes and Chapter 15 Application Control You might want to divide
10. BridgeVIEW User Manual A 14 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Tag Alarm Use the Read Tag Alarm VI to read detailed alarm status for a tag from the Real Time Database You probably want to use the Read Tag Alarm VI in the portion of your program where you monitor alarm information for specific tags The Read Tag Alarm VI indicates whether a tag is in alarm which alarm state it is in when the alarm occurred at which value it occurred and whether it has been acknowledged If you specify a timeout value that is greater than 0 the Read Tag Alarm VI returns when the tag changes alarm state or the timeout is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed indicator alerts you to whether the Read Tag Alarm VI returned a new value In alarm Serre alarm ack alarm value timeout secs 0 alarm timestamp alarm state Eror shutdown changed alarm message tag name is the name of the tag JE timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag alarm state to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest alarm information If timeout is 0 the Read Tag Alarm VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag alarm status without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag Alarm waits indefinitely until the tag alarm state changes or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value i
11. Communication Resource dialog box for the currently selected communication resource This configuration option is not used for other classes of servers For IAK servers use the Delete button to remove the selected communication resource from the server configuration This configuration option is not used for other classes of servers Device Configuration Options Configuring Device Names This option is available for servers that allow users to configure device names OPC Servers do not use device names For DDE Servers the device name is used to specify the DDE application and topic See the How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server section in this chapter for more information Addo The Add button invokes the Device Entry dialog box which you can 7 use to add a new device name for a selected server If the server does not support device configuration or if the selected device name is not valid this button is disabled Edit The Edit button invokes the Device Entry dialog box which you can use to edit an existing device name for a selected server If the server does not support device configuration or if the selected device name is not valid this button is disabled The Delete button invokes a confirmation dialog box If confirmed the selected device name is removed from the device list If the server does not support device configuration or if the selected device name is not valid this button is disabled Device C
12. VI window that contains the front panel the execution palette and the icon connector pane See Proportional Integral Derivative Control See Programmable Logic Control A method of sequentially observing each I O point or user interface control to determine if it is ready to receive data or request computer action To call up a special menu by clicking usually on an object with the right mouse button Menus accessed by popping up usually on an object Menu options pertain to that object specifically Tool used to move and resize objects Resembles an arrow A device with multiple inputs and outputs that contains a program you can alter Bridge VIEW Device Servers establish communication with PLCs A combination of proportional integral and derivative control actions Refers to a control method in which the controller output is proportional to the error its time history and the rate at which it is changing The error is the difference between the observed and desired values of a variable that is under control action Simplified language independent representation of programming code National Instruments Corporation G 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary range Real Time Database RTDB real time trend reentrant execution representation resizing handles RTDB S sampling period SCADA sensor sequence local Sequence structure shift register Bridge VIEW User Manual The region between the
13. and select different tag names to see the configuration parameters The Tag Browser is shown in the following illustration En Tag Browser Ez Configuration File mytanks sct Location C Bridgew EWW T utorial Spans Engine Status Mot Running Liquid Mame Product Liquid Outlet Miser Miser Outlet A Powder Tag Definition Server Connection Description Volume of finished product in liters Powder Outlet Type Analog Server Tanks Server Access Input VO Group ALL fa group Group group ltem tank Product Outlet M Event Logging Enabled I Data Logging Enabled Alarm Settings Scaling W Alarms Enabled Full Scale 1000 00 MW Auto ck ero Scale 0 00 Unita Liters 11 Close the Tag Browser 12 View the tag value and status of the Product tag with the Tag Monitor Select Project Tag Monitor Select Product and click on the Add gt gt button Then select OK The Select Tags to Monitor dialog box is shown in the following illustration Bridge VIEW User Manual 3 42 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration o Select Tags to Monitor mytanks scl Available Tags Tags to Monitor Liquid Product Liquid Outlet Miser Miser Outlet Powder Powder Outlet Product Outlet roduc LINE Remove All Trigger Tag Timeout sec 1 00 OF Cancel The Tag Monitor is a quick way to look at tag values and alarm states without building an HMI It is also
14. last timestamp is the date and time associated with the last data point logged in the given set of historical data files A EGE E error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix n National Instruments Corporation A 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Historical Trend Info Use the Get Historical Trend Info VI to obtain the first and last timestamp available in the historical database for a given tag and the type of the tag whether analog or discrete fi H El Ee Be BridgeVIEW User Manual data type Citadel path in Citadel path out tag name Fa first timestamp error in no error last timestamp emor out Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select a data directory tag name is the tag about which you want to obtain historical trend information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the type of tag whether discrete analo
15. Alarm Deadband is a method commonly used to avoid repetitive alarm messages because of a tag value that hovers near the alarm limit Alarm Deadband defines how much a tag value must change from the alarm limit before it is considered normal For example if a tag that represents a temperature value hovers near an alarm limit of 40 degrees Celsius the tag might go in and out of alarm many times in a relatively short period of time Table 3 8 shows examples of events with Alarm Deadband set to 0 0 Table 3 8 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 0 3 36 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 8 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 0 Continued This type of situation clogs event files with redundant information and can cause operators some frustration in having to acknowledge alarms constantly when the tag has not changed significantly You can use the Alarm Deadband to alleviate this problem For the tag to go into alarm it must go above the exact Alarm Value in the above example 40 However to be considered normal again it must leave the Alarm Value by an amount greater than the Alarm Deadband For example if the range is 0 to 100 degrees Celsius an Alarm Deadband of 1 0 one degree Celsius eliminates unnecessary events Table 3 9 shows examples of events with Alarm Deadband set to 1 0 Table 3 9 Events with Alarm Deadband 1 0 How Do You Keep an Alarm Unacknowledged after the Alarm Retur
16. BRIDGE User Manual yN NATIONAL i INSTRUMENTS May 1998 Edition is the Instrument Part Number 321294C 01 Internet Support E mail support natinst com FTP Site ftp natinst com Web Address http www natinst com Bulletin Board Support BBS United States 512 794 5422 BBS United Kingdom 01635 551422 BBS France 01 48 65 15 59 Fax on Demand Support 512 418 1111 Telephone Support USA Tel 512 795 8248 Fax 512 794 5678 International Offices Australia 03 9879 5166 Austria 0662 45 79 90 0 Belgium 02 757 00 20 Brazil 011 288 3336 Canada Ontario 905 785 0085 Canada Qu bec 514 694 8521 Denmark 45 76 26 00 Finland 09 725 725 11 France 01 48 14 24 24 Germany 089 741 31 30 Hong Kong 2645 3186 Israel 03 6120092 Italy 02 413091 Japan 03 5472 2970 Korea 02 596 7456 Mexico 5 520 2635 Netherlands 0348 433466 Norway 32 84 84 00 Singapore 2265886 Spain 91 640 0085 Sweden 08 730 49 70 Switzerland 056 200 51 51 Taiwan 02 377 1200 United Kingdom 01635 523545 National Instruments Corporate Headquarters 6504 Bridge Point Parkway Austin Texas 78730 5039 USA Tel 512 794 0100 Copyright 1996 1998 National Instruments Corporation All rights reserved Important Information Warranty Copyright Trademarks The media on which you receive National Instruments software are warranted not to fail to execute programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 90
17. Data Source SCF File Tags to View Available Tags Selected T ag ingr ES ingr tank Peer Ease valve valves wales valved tank Add Beis lt lt Delete All y T Import As Input Output Tags OF Cancel Figure 3 3 Select Tags for Network Import Dialog Box How Do You Set Default Values for Tag Configuration Fields You can simplify the tag configuration process by defining default values for several fields These default values are then used when you create tags automatically such as with the Configuration Wizard or by importing For example you might want to set the default to Log Data or Log Events or set the log deadband to a particular value by default You can set default values for tag parameters using the Set Default Parameters dialog box shown below To access this dialog box select Configure Default Parameters National Instruments Corporation 3 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration o Set Default Parameters Default Tag Parameters Update Deadband Analog tags Update Deadband 1 0 Other tags Update when 7 Always fe On Change lO Group Update Rate secs IO Group Deadband T Log Data Analog tags Log Data Deadband Analog tags Log Resolution 0 1 Other tags Log Data when 7 Always On Change Log Events P Analog Tags Coerce to Range Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack onNormal Analog tags Alarm Deadband W Enable Bad Statu
18. Emor out alarm message priority tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix i TE alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for this tag If TRUE alarms are enabled for this tag If FALSE alarms are disabled tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms generated by changes in the value of the tag are enabled If TRUE alarms are enabled If FALSE they are disabled j ag Tl alarm on ALL indicates how many individual bits must be in alarm before the entire bit array tag is in alarm If TRUE an alarm is generated if all the bits are in alarm If FALSE an alarm is generated if any of the bits in the bit array tag are in alarm invert mask indicates the bits in the bit array tag that must be inverted before calculating whether the tag is in alarm invert mask is represented in hexadecimal select mask indicates the bits in the bit array tag to be used for the alarm calculation error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix H Ee E priority is the priority of the alarm for a bit array tag The valid range is be
19. General Attributes General attributes include data type maximum length for string and bit array tags and the name description and tag group of the tag The Bridge VIEW system supports four types of tags analog discrete string and bit array These types differ by the inclusion of attributes within the operations scaling and alarm categories The tag type is fixed when it is created You must use the tag name to identify a particular tag For information on how to configure the general attribute of a tag see the General section later in this chapter Connection Attributes I O connection attributes describe where the Engine sends or receives values for the tag and how to access that data These tags have access rights of input output or input output To configure the I O connection attributes of a tag refer to the Connection section later in this chapter Memory tags are not connected to a real world I O point Memory tags provide more complex monitoring alarming or control For more information about memory tags see the What Is a Memory Tag section later in this chapter Operation Attributes Operation attributes describe additional functionality that the Engine performs on a tag or its values These operations include tasks such as setting initial values and enabling logging operations To configure the operation attributes of a tag refer to the Operations section later in this chapter Scaling Attributes Scaling att
20. To read the alarms currently in the BridgeVIEW system drop an Alarm Summary Display from the Controls Alarms and Events palette on your front panel You can invoke the HMI G Wizard to create the block diagram for an alarm summary or you can build your own diagram For more information about the HMI G Wizard see Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface If you are building your own block diagram use the Read Alarm Summary VI in your block diagram If you want to change the default fields time date tag name alarm limit that are visible in the Alarm Summary Display you can use the Alarm Summary Format control from the Controls Alarms and Events palette and change the checkbox selections You also 5 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events can change the default colors of alarms acknowledged alarms and unacknowledged tags that have returned to normal with the Color Codes for Alarm Summary control which also is available in the Alarms and Events palette q z Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display Your objective is to use the HMI G Wizard to display alarm summary information 1 Place an Alarm Summary Display from the Controls Alarms and Events subpalette on a new front panel as shown below T Hy Alarm Summary Yi LET Value Alarm State Ack Status Priority 2 2 Popup onthe Alarm Summary Display and select HMI G Wizard The following dialog box appears National Instrumen
21. Warning Or Error Table 2 4 describes the fields and captions in the Tag Monitor Utility National Instruments Corporation 2 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 4 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions Tag Display Table Alphabetically lists the information for tags you have selected including the value units timestamp status alarm state and error if any For writable tags which have a yellow background clicking on the tag s value field brings up the Write to Tag dialog box that lets you specify a new value for that tag For bit array tags the radix of the input value must be the same as that of the tag s value field in the Tag Display Table Click OK to write the value in Value to Input and exit the dialog box Click Apply to write the value in Value to Input and keep the dialog box open Trigger Tag Displays which tag if any you have selected to trigger refreshing of the Tag Display Table If you selected a tag to trigger refreshing of the Tag Display Table the display refreshes when that tag changes value in the database or the monitor timeout period is exceeded whichever occurs first Monitor Timeout Displays the time interval in seconds that the Tag Display Table is sec configured to refresh or update If no trigger tag is selected the display updates at this time interval Otherwise the Tag Display Table refreshes when the tag changes or the timeout interval is exceeded whichever
22. user password user name is the name of the user to be logged in to Bridge VIEW user password is the password of the user to be logged in to Bridge VIEW user name out is the name of the user to be logged in to Bridge VIEW If the login fails this is the name of the user currently logged in to BridgeVIEW access level is the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user access level name is a descriptive name associated with the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user login successful is TRUE if the user name and user password are correct and the user was successfully logged into BridgeVIEW error is an error code that describes the result of the programmatic login and can have one of the following values 0 Login successful No Error 1 Invalid Password 2 Invalid User Name A 50 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Programmatic Logout Use this VI to log out the current user so no operator is logged into the system logout T z logout message logout T determines if the current Bridge VIEW user should be logged out of the system If TRUE the current user is logged out of the Bridge VIEW system If FALSE the logout operation does not occur logout message describes the result of the logout operation National Instruments Corporation A 51 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference security Monitor Use this VI
23. 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is the default value of 0 the Read Tag string VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag string waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag string returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest value of the tag read from the Real Time Database A 60 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference DEL value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated TE error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag string VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag string is not valid See value status for the specific error conditio
24. A 77 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info VI A 78 Get Tag Description Group VI A 79 Get Tag IO Connection Info VI A 80 Get Tag List VI A 81 Get Tag Logging Info VI A 82 Get Tag Range and Units VI A 83 Get Tag Status Info VI A 42 graphics importing for front panel activity 4 13 overview 4 13 graphs 14 18 See also charts axes 14 20 customizing 14 18 data acquisition arrays 14 20 graph and analysis VIs activity 14 20 graph cursors 14 19 purpose and use 1 5 types of graphs 14 18 waveform graph adding to array 14 4 creating multiplot waveform graphs 14 6 Greater Or Equal To 0 function Case structure 12 3 VI Server 15 6 Greater or Equal function 13 4 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 8 H Hierarchy window 9 12 buttons for options 9 13 displaying dependencies 9 13 illustration 9 12 searching for visible nodes 9 14 Highlight Execution button 2 3 Hilite Execute button 9 23 historical data logging and extraction See also Historical Trend Viewer HTV Citadel Historical Database 6 1 B 1 configuring tags to log data or events 3 25 Historical Data VIs 6 4 activity 6 6 example 6 4 list of VIs 6 4 VI reference A 17 logging 6 2 configuring 6 3 steps 6 2 techniques for turning on and off 6 2 overview 1 7 setting file paths 3 44 stopping and starting programmatically 7 8 trends 6 1 turning on at startup 3 44 Historical Data VIs 6 4 A 17 activity 6 6 Call HTV A 18 Decimate
25. Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Appendix C Customer Communication Glossary Index Figures Figure 1 1 BridgeVIEW Architecture nsoseneseseereseeereserreerererererreeeeseeeseeessesssssssso 1 8 Figure 2 1 Engine Manager Display ssiicssseid soawcnecivend cated scaussoabasoussnortanns sasniisinascaedaneds 2 12 Figure 2 2 Engine Manager with System Events Displayed ccccccecceeeeeeeeeees 2 14 Figure 2 3 Tas Browser Wn Gy so ssh noid os sata teeene see atamaranea penvancate a E a 2 16 Fioure 224 Taa Montor Uny oneone EEN EAD 2 19 Figure 2 5 Status Details Dialog BOX ws ccsiciaicncevenavaniencsesentedsareerebolaceneaseeles bts lect rient 2 21 Bridge VIEW User Manual Xiv National Instruments Corporation Contents Figure 2 6 Select Tags to Monitor Dialog BOX cccceceeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeneeees 2 22 Pigure 2 7 Wiet Tae didlos Dox i tosinusicscidaciecatslauataen Wea aca eel ercaransa aes 2 22 Figure 2 8 Tag Monitor Preferences Dialog BOX 00 ceccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeennnnteeeeeees 2 23 Figure 3 1 Tag Configuration Editor ccccccccesssssecccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaaaaeeeeeeeeeeseeees 3 4 Figure 3 2 Flowchart of Server Client Interaction ccccsssccccccccecceeeeeeeeeseesennneeeees 3 6 Figure 3 3 Select Tags for Network Import Dialog BOX ssssssseessssssssssssesssssrereereeesssssss 3 7 Figure 3 4 General Attributes Dialog BOx cccccccccccceccccecccececeeeeeeeeseeseee
26. For DDE Servers you select DDE Server from the Server List in the Tag Configuration Editor and type in APPLICATION TOPIC for device in the I O Group Configuration Dialog Box and ITEM for item See the How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server section in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration for more complete information on how to do this If you are using Network DDE to use a DDE Server running on another machine use the Network DDE name for the APPLICATION part of the name Refer to your DDE Server documentation for the correct name for APPLICATION the list of available TOPICS and ITEMS for each topic Note Unlike the servers written to the Bridge VIEW IA Device Server specification off the shelf DDE Servers do not register themselves with Bridge VIEW Therefore BridgeVIEW cannot launch the DDE Server automatically when it runs your HMI application To use a DDE Server launch or run the DDE Server before you run your Bridge VIEW application Bridge VIEW will post system error messages if it cannot connect to the DDE Server when it launches the BridgeVIEW Engine Thereafter it attempts to reconnect to the DDE Server periodically How Do You View BridgeVIEW Server Configuration The Tag Configuration Editor shows the list of available servers and any registered devices and items for the server in the various Edit Tag screens You also can use the Server Browser to view information about the device servers registered with Bridge VIEW as well
27. Functions Numeric Add a numeric constant to the block diagram Assign the value 3 785 to the constant by using the Labeling tool This is the conversion factor for switching from liters to gallons Select Function Function Comparison Returns the value wired to the TRUE or FALSE input depending on the Boolean input Divide function Functions Numeric Divides the value in liters by 3 785 to convert it to gallons Wire the diagram objects as shown Return to the front panel and click on the Run button in the toolbar The meter shows the value in liters Click on the switch to select Gallons and click on the Run button The meter shows the value in gallons Save the Vlas Using Temp amp Vol vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory LI End of Activity 9 4 BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs How Do You Debug a VI A VI cannot compile or run if it is broken Normally the VI is broken while you are creating or editing it until you wire all the icons in the diagram If it still is broken when you finish try selecting Remove Bad Wires from the Edit menu Often this fixes a broken VI When your VI is not executable a broken arrow appears instead of the Run button To list the errors click on the broken Run button Click on one of the errors listed and then click on Find to highlight the object or terminal that reported the error You can animate the VI block
28. How Do You Use OPC Servers with BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW can communicate with any server implementing the OPC Foundation OPC Server interface a Microsoft COM based standard Bridge VIEW automatically finds all OPC Servers installed in your system and searches the network for OPC servers on other machines Unlike Device Servers OPC Servers do not store information in the Common Configuration Database rather Bridge VIEW reads any available information about server capabilities and items from the server directly OPC Servers are listed in the Server Name List when you configure a Bridge VIEW tag using the Tag Configuration Editor To connect a Bridge VIEW tag to an OPC Server item you select the server and enter or choose the item name along with other parameters you might need to specify such as the access path You also create I O Groups for the items specifying update rate and deadband information for each group Each Bridge VIEW I O Group created in the Tag Configuration Editor is automatically mapped to an OPC Group in the OPC Server with the same attributes OPC Servers have an optional interface called the Server Browse Address Space Interface If a server supports this interface Bridge VIEW can query it to find which items are available from the server and display them in the item list when the server is selected in the Tag Configuration dialog box In this case the Browse button in the Tag Configuration dialog box is enabled and yo
29. SNE TAT aaa aa A amiase 3 11 GF 6 0 Brennen Nee E O A 3 11 SOME COM midenin a a dees halve dons oedgocenis tole 3 12 VO Group Configuration suini lava ade horas 3 14 I O Group Configuration Options ccccsssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 15 Server Configuration Options cccccccccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 3 16 Hem COMMS UPA OM sie tads since sucadeahtaciceteats cminea ra deat tate chbet tosentiatseolsaciaesid 3 18 Item Configuration Options Configuring PUG It N ANIC Give sa sss densa dosntcatad ontarnabarcennscenteediesmenalvoasentedctanius 3 18 Item Configuration Options Configuring IGG IK CSOULCES sce tact cecascathcctncn T iadiveteaes 3 18 What isa Menoiy Tae ois oirtcces ia vosd ats camsceeiatauaatwadeaatstwetaaaasasaeass 3 19 When Should You Use a Memory Tag ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 19 How Do You Automatically Generate Tags POM Servet INL OLMallON l reyne ealancduge betoceeaste 3 20 How Do You Connect a Tag to an OPC Server eceececccccceeeesneeees 3 21 How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server eens 3 21 How Do You Define a Group of Tags for Alarming ccccecee 3 21 OCOPETALONS sctaicieisesdeaansgeetsatbenieisoncndsdeccenentuetes conn chide oedintuninietestienigeenetinsatooiseles 3 22 What Is Deadband ecn a matstuas 3 24 How Do You Use Deadband to Increase Engine Throughput 3 24 How Do You Configure a Tag to Log Its Data or Events 3
30. Tadaa Disabled Input Empty Box Disable Indexing Add Dimension Remove Dimension Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator National Instruments Corporation 14 13 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Notice that the index terminal symbol changes from a solid to an empty box when you disable indexing To restore a disabled index use the Enable Indexing command from the same menu You can extract subarrays along any combination of dimensions The following illustration shows how to extract a 1D row or column arrays from a 2D array 2D Array Extract Row From a 3D array you can extract a 2D array by disabling two index terminals or a 1D array by disabling a single index terminal The following figure shows several ways to slice a 3D array The following rules govern the use of the Index Array function to slice arrays e The dimension of the output object must equal the number of disabled index terminals For example Zero disabled scalar element One disabled 1D component Two disabled 2D component e The values wired to enabled terminals must identify the output elements BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Thus you can interpret the lower left preceding example as a command to generate a 1D array of all elements at column 0 and row 3 You can interpret the upper right example as a
31. The power of G lies in the hierarchical nature of VIs After you create a VI you can use it as a subVI in the block diagram of a higher level VI You can have an essentially unlimited number of layers in the hierarchy Divide the task to be accomplished into manageable logical pieces As the following flowchart illustrates you can expect several major blocks in one form or another for every data acquisition system National Instruments Corporation 16 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 16 Program Design Operator Panel Process Data In some cases you might not need all these blocks or you might need different blocks For example some applications might include monitoring only thus you would not need to write data to the Real Time Database Alternatively you might need additional blocks such as blocks representing user prompts Your main objective is to divide your programming task into high level blocks that you can manage easily After you determine the high level blocks you need try to create a block diagram that uses those high level blocks For each block create a new stub VI a nonfunctional prototype representing a future subVI For this stub VI create an icon as well as a front panel that contains the necessary inputs and outputs You do not have to create a block diagram for this VI yet Instead see if this stub VI is a necessary part of your top level block diagram After you assemble a group of stub VIs try t
32. Using modular subVIs to accomplish specific tasks makes it easier to manage your program reorganizations Plan Ahead with Connector Panes If you think that you might need to add additional inputs or outputs later on select a connector pane pattern with extra terminals You can leave these extra terminals unconnected With these extra terminals you do not have to change the connector pane for your VI if you find you need another input or output later This flexibility enables you to make these changes with minimal effect on your hierarchy When linking controls and indicators to the connector place inputs on the left and outputs on the right This prevents complicated unclear wiring patterns in your VIs BAD Input BAD Output Location Location GOOD Input GOOD Output Location Location OK Input OK Output Location Location If you create a group of subVIs that are used together often try to give the subVIs a consistent connector pane with common inputs in the same location You then can remember where to locate each input more easily without using the Help window If you create a subVI that produces an National Instruments Corporation 16 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 16 Program Design output that is used as the input to another subVI try to align the input and output connections This technique simplifies your wiring patterns SubVis with Required Inputs On the front panel you can edit required inputs for subVIs
33. and Index cccccccccccesecceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeesesaaeaaaaaaaas XXi Conventions Used a Tis MA a a O a xxii Related Document OD snarere A Ee EAE xxiii Customer C Oimim UII atl Okanran a ON xxili Part BridgeVIEW Concepts Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome 0 Bride VIEW ioi ean O E ein sta eu onan ieee l 1 Required System Coni ouralo i e A A an iets 1 2 lastaan oN neor a N O ANEA 1 2 Wonat Badee VU Waa sac nics cae E Saas dtr gare a ea 1 3 How Does Bidee VIEW Work artesa lisse icscsavad Sreuvetaiquiad deek tacveeducti auiserenrethentaadeean 1 3 Gy POO APT isaac ce ato sate apte sn celedatete cnaioent ten iendiaeh Conedecumie aioe OtetCecnsm edna 1 4 Tas Omid OUT AU OM cg biceteaesatcedeas sos tecutsn a O ius nasaatmeusteiars 1 5 WAC Ty S E A E TAA A dese E O E N 1 5 Genera ea aa E isiaemiarsantabemaaraeeuab tention 1 5 COMME C OM re a aceite dee ca E N E 1 6 SOTO roseintnatintenthaeaseses aa iianiun ion adeineaveaes a 1 6 ODORS sos oecass ius ccwas a San vine nudene satindSenamatmenmmeeetes 1 6 PRT ATG i E O EE genic ten oats 1 6 VS GS sree apices E dew Unseen iota danse tare laa aaa atearmueeneae l 7 Hist rica Data Logans and Extract Onc creneng l 7 SOC ana a a A A a esnaea nea sauntetns 1 7 What Is the Bridge VIEW System Architecture eeeeeeeseeesseessessssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessses 1 8 User LIVED Za pple AU ON ran a E R E eve ea atin Seeuea eoawte 1 8 Bride VIEW EDE NC saiccacat
34. ar error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 19 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Decimate Historical Trend Use the Decimate Historical Trend VI to take XY historical trend data and decimate resample it from the start timestamp to the stop timestamp The decimated trend output is a 1D array of the value at each time interval from the start timestamp to the stop timestamp eck shark stop timet T eer historical trend decimated trend shart timestamp i first timestamp stop timestamp at last timestamp time interval TE check start stop time determines whether the requested start and stop times are checked against data available in the historical trends input If this value is TRUE the start and stop timestamps are checked against the first and last timestamp in the historical trend A requested start stop time out of the range of the trend is not used the first last timestamp in the trend is used acr historical trend is the historical trend to be decimated DEL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp start timestamp is the timestamp at which the decimated trend starts If start timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output starts at the f
35. if element is a long integer with the value of five and dimension size has a value of 100 the result is a 1D array of 100 long integers all set to five You can wire the inputs from front panel control terminals as shown in the preceding illustration from block diagram constants or from calculations on other parts of your diagram To create and initialize an array that has more than one dimension pop up on the lower left side of the function and select Add Dimension You also IL can use the Resizing cursor to enlarge the Initialize Array node and add more dimension size inputs one for each additional dimension You can remove dimensions by shrinking the node by selecting Remove Dimension from the function pop up menu or with the Resizing cursor The following block diagram shows how to initialize a 3D array Initialize Array kH l 40 Arra dimension size 2 dimension size 3 If all the dimension size inputs are zero the function creates an empty array of the specified type and dimension Array Size Array Size returns the number of elements in the input array array Hae Array Size Array Size 4 Elements National Instruments Corporation 14 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 2 Rows 2D Array PERE 3 Columns Array Subset You can use this function to extract a portion of an array or matrix array index O length des Lis Vag p thy CUNS sub array Array
36. occurs first Status Details Brings up the Status Details dialog box shown in Figure 2 6 that displays a summary of the status for each tag in the system Select Tags to Brings up the Select Tags to Monitor dialog box shown in Figure 2 7 that Monitor lets you select which tags to monitor and configure how often to refresh the monitor display The Status Details dialog box shown in Figure 2 6 displays a summary of the status for each tag in the system Tags that have a warning are highlighted in blue and tags in error are red Bridge VIEW provides a description of the error or warning when possible Internal codes are reported by Bridge VIEW the Server Code is returned by the server of the tag Clicking on Status Details is equivalent to selecting Tag Monitor Status Details BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment ET Status Details E Configuration tank sct Figure 2 6 Status Details Dialog Box With the Select Tags to Monitor dialog box shown in Figure 2 7 you can select which tags to monitor and configure how often to refresh the monitor display The Available Tags list box shows the tags not displayed in the Tag Display Table By default the timeout is set to 1 00 second This controls how often the Tag Display Table is refreshed By default no tag is selected to trigger a refresh of the Tag Display Table You can select a tag to trigger a refresh of
37. opening the VI or subVI front panel editing the VI icon and so on Search Hierarchy You also can search currently visible nodes in the Hierarchy window by name You initiate the search by typing in the name of the node anywhere on the window As you type in the text a search string appears which displays the text as you type it in and concurrently searches through the hierarchy The following illustration shows the search hierarchy Search Demo After finding the correct node you can press lt Enter gt to search for the next node that matches the search string or you can press lt Shift Enter gt to find the previous node that matches the search string icon and Connector BridgeVIEW User Manual Every VI has a default icon displayed in the upper right corner of the Front Panel and Diagram windows For VIs the default is the BridgeVIEW VI icon and a number indicating how many new VIs you have opened since launching BridgeVIEW You use the Icon Editor to customize the icon by turning individual pixels on and off To activate the Icon Editor pop up on the default icon in the top right corner of the Panel window and select Edit Icon The following illustration shows the Icon Editor Window You use the tools at left to create the icon design in the pixel editing area An image of the actual icon size appears in one of the boxes to the right of the editing area 9 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating
38. operating and changing 9 19 purpose and use 9 12 sweep chart 11 2 National Instruments Corporation I 15 Index System Event Display illustration 2 14 items displayed 2 14 showing hiding 2 13 using 2 14 System VIs 7 7 A 35 Enable Event Logging 7 8 A 36 Enable historical data logging 7 8 A 37 Enable printing 7 8 A 38 Engine Launch 7 8 A 39 Engine Shutdown A 39 Get Engine Status A 41 Get Tag Status Info A 42 locating 4 16 A 35 Post System Error or Event A 43 Security See Security VIs Tag Status Handler A 44 tag attributes 3 11 connection to DDE server 3 21 connection to OPC server 3 21 Tag Attribute VIs A 71 configuring HMI indicators programmatically 4 31 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit A 72 Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting A 73 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting A 74 Get Group List A 75 Get Tag Alarm Enabled A 76 Get Tag Attribute A 77 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info A 78 Get Tag Description Group A 79 Get Tag IO Connection Info A 80 Get Tag List A 81 Get Tag Logging Info A 82 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Get Tag Range and Units A 83 location of 4 16 Set Multiple Tag Attributes A 84 Set Tag Attribute A 85 tag attributes 3 1 3 11 activity 7 10 alarm 3 3 connection 3 2 general 3 2 operation 3 2 reading or changing programmatically 7 9 scaling 3 2 static vs dynamic 3 3 Tag Attributes palette 7 9 Tag Browser utility 2 16 fields Access rights 2 17
39. or 5 00 seconds have elapsed the Read Tag Alarm VI returns and updates the National Instruments Corporation 4 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface BridgeVIEW User Manual alarm state indicator and controls the blinking of the Mixer in Alarm indicator Both loops run in parallel until shutdown is TRUE o Monitor Tag Yalue and Alarm Yi Diagram Mixer in Alarm d Figure 4 3 Monitor Tag Value and Alarm VI The Mixer in Alarm Blinking attribute and the alarm state indicator are updated only when the changed output of the Read Tag Alarm VI is TRUE This example demonstrates how you might use the changed output In this example it is not important to use the Case structure because Bridge VIEW indicators update only when the displayed information actually changes If you use a large number of indicators or attribute nodes or more complex indicators such as tables and graphs updating the indicator when changed by using a Case structure in your diagram can improve the display performance of your VI 4 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface How Do You Implement Polled Programming in G You do not have to use a separate loop for each Tags or Alarms and Events VI This can be cumbersome to program for a large number of tag reads although using the HMI G Wizard makes it easy to build separate loops quickly The alternative is to poll the database for several tags at
40. system developer System errors System events tag tag attributes Tag Browser Tag Configuration Editor Glossary Tag attributes that require the Bridge VIEW Engine to be restarted if they are edited or reconfigured Examples of static attributes are general attributes and I O connection attributes such as server device or item See also dynamic attributes An ASCII character representation of a connection to a real world T O point Program control element such as a Sequence Case For Loop or While Loop A VI called on the diagram of another VI Control in which the control loops operate independently subject to intermittent corrective action The creator of the application software to be executed in the Bridge VIEW Run Time System Errors that happen in the Bridge VIEW system like a server going down System errors are displayed in a dialog box on the Engine User Interface and also are logged in a syslog file Events that occur in the BridgeVIEW system like an operator logging on or a utility starting up System events are logged in a syslog file A connection to a real world I O point or a memory variable Tags can be one of four data types analog binary discrete or string Parameters pertaining to a tag like its alarm limits or Engineering Units Tag attributes are configured in the Tag Configuration Editor but can be changed dynamically using the Tag Attributes VIs A utility to view the con
41. the trend It is roughly the same as the amount of time historical logging was turned on for the tag Qual is the ratio of time the trend has known values to the total time elapsed in the trend max value is the maximum value in the historical trend This output ignores invalid points value NaN min value is the minimum value in the historical trend This output ignores invalid points value NaN average is the average for the values in the historical trend This is a weighted average Each point is weighted according to its time duration average ignores time intervals with invalid points value NaN The last point in the trend is not included in average because there is no known time interval associated with it AAA E E std dev is the standard deviation for values in the historical trend This is a weighted standard deviation Each point is weighted according to its time duration Std dev ignores time intervals with invalid points value NaN National Instruments Corporation A 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference The last point in the trend is not included in the standard deviation because there is no known time interval associated with it stops is the number of transitions from logging on to logging off in the trend starts is the number of transitions from logging off to logging on in the trend BridgeVIEW User Manual A 26 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI F
42. then reads the database and returns the current tag information By default timeout is 0 seconds If you wire nothing into the timeout input of your diagram the VI reads the database and returns immediately How you use the timeout input depends on whether you want to implement event driven or polled programming techniques in your HMI All VIs that read information form the Bridge VIEW database have a changed output that is TRUE if the returned information is new or updated If the VI returns and changed is FALSE the VI might have timed out or the information in the database did not change since the last time you read it You can use this output to make your program more efficient by using a case statement to update the user interface only if the information has changed Some of the more advanced Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs also return an initialize headers or config changed output that tells your program whether your HMI object needs to be initialized with new information In most cases this corresponds to the first time the VI is called and you only need to update that part of your user interface once For more information about the Tags VI Library refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference q Activity 4 3 Read a Tag Your objective is to monitor a single tag value using the Read Tag VI In this activity the Read Tag VI returns when a new value for the tag is acquired from the Tanks Server and updated in the RTDB o
43. you generate the navigation system by automatically generating code and attaching it to front panel buttons Front Panel Buttons Panel G Wizard Buttons are the most common mechanism for navigating through different panels Operators can use buttons to close windows invoke login prompts or display different panels Bridge VIEW contains a variety of different buttons that you can use and customize Buttons are located in the Controls Boolean subpalette The Panel G Wizard provides an easy interface for you to generate a panel navigation system for your operators With the Panel G Wizard you can attach code to buttons that when pressed by the operator will open your VIs If your are new to G programming the Panel G Wizard can be an immense help in producing applications with multiple windows and panels The Panel G Wizard provides the basic mechanism to attach panel management code to buttons For more advanced capabilities see the VI Server Functions section in this chapter National Instruments Corporation 7 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Use the Panel G Wizard The Panel G Wizard only operates on Boolean controls To invoke the Wizard pop up on a front panel Boolean control and select Panel G Wizard Popping up on a button control brings up the Panel G Wizard shown in Figure 7 1 i Note Because the code created by the Panel G Wizard contains file path information s
44. 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 13 20 01 13 21 01 01709 1998 01709 1998 13 20 21 e 00A o Available Data Volume of liquid miser ingredient Liters 397 018 07 10 1997 o Volume of solution in miser in lite Liters E g2 700 148166 Se 0703 1998 duct BAG Figure 6 2 Historical Trend Viewer National Instruments Corporation 6 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Select the Tags to Display Select File Select Tags and the Select Tags dialog box appears as shown in Figure 6 3 With this dialog box you can select either a scf file or a directory of Citadel files The default is to choose a scf file The scf file you choose must point to a valid directory of Citadel files If the Bridge VIEW Engine is running the scf file being used by the Bridge VIEW Engine is displayed n Select Tags for HT Ed Data Source SCF File 4 C Bridge EW Activity mutanks sct Browse r SCF File Data Directory g CAB ridgeVlE Ww Activity D ata Data Directory Tags to View Available Tags Tags to Display Move Up Move Down Tag Information Figure 6 3 Select Tags Dialog Box i Note You can look at data from only one Citadel database at a time Select the tags from the Available Tags list that you want to display The HTV displays the tags in the order that they are listed in the Tags to Display list Note You can view configuration information
45. 00E 0 1 00E 0 Cancel 9 Raun the VI 10 Save the VI as Multiple Random Plot vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory L3G End of Activity 11 6 For Loops A For Loop executes a section of code a defined number of times It is resizable and like the While Loop is not dropped on the block diagram immediately Instead a small icon representing the For Loop appears in the block diagram and you have the opportunity to size and position it To do so first click in an area above and to the left of all the terminals While holding down the mouse button drag out a rectangle that encompasses the terminals you want to place inside the For Loop When you release the mouse button G creates a For Loop of the size and position you selected You place the For Loop on the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Loop Count gt N Numerical Input Numerical Output i gt The For Loop executes the diagram inside its border a predetermined number of times The For Loop has two terminals explained below IN Count terminal an input terminal The count terminal specifies the number of times to execute the loop i Iteration terminal an output terminal The iteration terminal contains the number of times the loop has executed The For Loop is equivalent to the following pseudocode For i 0 to
46. 1 followed by scalar 1 scalar 2 andthe elements of array 2 and scalar 3 as the following illustration shows 10 Run the VI You can see the values in scalar 1 scalar 2 scalar 3 array 1 and array 2 appear ina single 1D array 11 Save the VI as Build Array vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory LIZ End of Activity 14 3 Efficient Memory Usage Minimizing Data Copies To save memory you can use single precision arrays instead of double precision arrays For information about how memory is allocated see the section Monitoring Memory Usage in Chapter 28 Performance Issues in the G Programming Reference Manual BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs What is Polymorphism Clusters Polymorphisms the ability of a function to adjust to input data of different types dimensions or representations Most G functions are polymorphic For example the following illustrations show some of the polymorphic combinations of the Add function Combination Result Scalar Scalar E gt Scalar Scalar Array alela Array TEE gt Array Array zhele E gt affaleja Array ap eS In the first combination the two scalars are added together and the result is a scalar In the second combination the scalar is added to each element of the array and the result is an array An array is a collection of data In the third combination each element of one array is a
47. 3 PDSS ere E E A 9 4 Wire SCR UCHTING minoon E EN E SENO OaE 9 5 Selec ne and Deleting Wit CS sossiconicnnstiwpatcecnssantaelonsda dda Mrasimebauaraenevabors 9 5 BAW 1069 cosa cite scnacanaseacsevens nracaueShenatobsonneneiereh E N 9 6 VI DOCUMENTATION sieessicscawernads cbaccesedatevaneranins ened eS iableaia ech aedanviada a oerenich avers 9 9 Whatis a SUD VI ices areiueasidnanscnocssseubsaanainanasnasasrasngaanaddanasaseaserdncauentavsnnetinseavoruncavumoabsectass 9 12 FIG PARC hy WW INC OW scsscsossgrntzcstedoseaniaite a a N 9 12 Sedici Hierdie iy senate ntdivenss a sonaiinne tee 9 14 TCO ANd Connector oraora n a adeeb ie sagen eae isla aos eas 9 14 Opening Operating and Changing SubVIsS cssessssssssseeseeeeseeeesesseseeseeees 9 19 How Do Vou Debus a VE tsiward celal cnaseanonieste dtaben T 9 21 Chapter 10 Customizing Vis SEL Window OPUONS siisi225 ceesacaoateng ciate senashateianiachiwenca E 10 1 SubVI Node Setup Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Wati sa SUC iaai e AA AAi 11 1 CMa a O A A eangacevouts 11 2 aein INI eTa S EER AEA a ESEE A AE EEEE T E ET 11 2 Faster Chart UPd Cork ezea E T T 11 3 Overlaid Versus Stacked Plots iniiaiee aa eia a aae 11 3 WME Loop Sasia a dace A natineuedbaceictdanee acaaoas 11 4 Mechanical Action of Boolean Switches sseseesseesesensssesssensesessssrssersssersssens 11 7 rh oo E EEEE E TE E te ce EE ener ctr tren rine mann AEE Te eee 11 9 Preventing Code Execution in t
48. 3 2 3 4 3 5 and 3 7 National Instruments Corporation 3 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 1 General Configuration Attributes Applies to Attribute Data Types O O OA O Tag Name Determines Damna a e a a a A name of the tag you are configuring Always refer to a tag by its name Tag names are not case sensitive and can include any combination of printable characters including space with the exception of forward slash and backslash Tag Group all Determines the group name to use for this tag You can use groups to assist in alarm management and reporting and to help organize tags in an application Tag all Provides a description of the tag Description Maximum string Determines the maximum number of bits in the bit array Length bit array The length is between 1 and 32 for bit array tags String tags can be of any length Connection You associate a tag with its real world I O point by assigning it a Server I O Group and Item in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 3 5 If an I O Group does not already exist for the server you must create one before you can select or enter an item for the tag The I O Group is user defined and provides you with a place to configure the rate and deadband for an item For IAK and VI based servers you select the device as part of the I O group configuration For OPC servers the I O group conforms to an O
49. 3 32 Tag Last Modified 3 33 connecting to OPC server 3 21 connection connecting tag to DDE server 3 21 defining group of tags for alarming 3 21 generate tags from server information 3 20 I O Group configuration server configuration options 3 16 item configuration options 3 18 memory tags 3 19 data types 3 10 editing copying or creating tags from the HMI G Wizard 4 7 general configuration attributes table 3 12 Maximum Length 3 12 Tag Description 3 12 Tag Group 3 12 Tag Name 3 12 I O Group Configuration Attributes table 3 16 Communication Resource 3 16 Device Comm Resource 3 16 I O Group Update Deadband 3 16 I O Group Description 3 16 I O Group Device 3 16 I O Group Name 3 16 I O Group Update Rate secs 3 16 Server Name 3 16 National Instruments Corporation l 17 Index operations 3 22 increasing engine throughput using deadband 3 24 logging data or events 3 25 setting deadband 3 24 Tag Operations dialog box 3 22 operations configuration attributes table 3 23 Initial Value 3 24 Log Data 3 23 Log Data Deadband 3 23 Log Resolution 3 23 Log Print Events 3 23 Set Initial Value 3 24 Update Deadband 3 23 scaling analog tags 3 27 bit array tags 3 29 discrete tags 3 25 string tags note 3 26 scaling configuration attributes table 3 25 Coerce 3 26 Eng Full Scale 3 25 Eng Zero Scale 3 26 Raw Full Scale 3 25 Raw Zero Scale 3 25 Scaling 3 26 Scaling Invert Mas
50. 3 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure Tags Data Type BridgeVIEW User Manual When you configure a tag with the Tag Configuration Editor you define several attributes for the tag You can separate these attributes into five categories general connection operations scaling and alarms Each of these categories is explained in detail later in this section If you import tag configuration information from a spreadsheet follow the same format in your spreadsheet as indicated in the Attribute column of each of the tables listed above For more information about using spreadsheets see the How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration section in this chapter Configuration of a tag varies slightly depending on the data type The following sections discuss the details of tag configuration for each data type Analog Tags An analog tag 1s a continuous value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can vary continuously over a range of values within a signal range Use an analog tag when you want to express a continuous value for example 0 to 100 Discrete Tags A discrete tag is a two state ON OFF value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can be either a 1 TRUE or a 0 FALSE Use a discrete tag when you want to express a two state ON OFF value Bit Array Tags
51. 7 A deravewexancnanaenes ehubdowr changed read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms read min priority is the minimum priority of alarms read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported National Instruments Corporation A 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference TE smo j ag 7 7 7 7 7 a a j F T Bridge VIEW User Manual max priority is the maximum priority of alarms read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read group tag names determines the tags for which alarm conditions and events are read timeout secs 1 specifies how many seconds to wait before reading the tag alarms and events If timeout is 0 the alarms and events are read immediately If it is wired the VI waits indefinitely until a new alarm or event occurs or the Real Time Database shuts down whichever occurs first format allows you to compose the alarm message you want to display for the tags Date determines whether to display the date Date Format determines the format of the date if it is selected for displaying Time determines whether to display the time Time Format determines the format of the time 1f it is selected for displaying Tag Name determines whether to display the name of the tag in alarm Gr
52. 8 Servers This dialog box displays general information about the OPC Server as read from your local system registry If the OPC server supports the Server Browse Address Space interface the View Server Information dialog box also displays the items available from the server and their attributes If the OPC Server does not support this interface the No Items Found checkbox and the item table appear dimmed Using Remote OPC Servers You can use the Server Browser to configure Bridge VIEW to access OPC Servers on other machine on your network Use this utility to select remote OPC Servers and add them to the Bridge VIEW server list To view the OPC servers available on other machines on your network press the Browse Network OPC Servers button on the Server Browser This brings up the Browse OPC Servers on Network dialog box shown below o Browse OPC Servers on Network Ea Network Registered Remote OFC Servers Megspe Eldritch OFC OWT est 1 cMieshh Add Server gt gt Eldritch OFC Simatic et Midget Mira Remove Server s Mohniy Molasses Newlion Aurnbriuts F cmulgee p Factos oft InProc Factory oft 5 ampl FishertPaykel PSL National lnstrumer National Instrurmer National Instrumer i Mati i F Vendor Mame National Instruments Ine Description pan OPC Server Cancel a H E E a A Figure 8 3 Browse OPC Servers on Network Dialog Box Use this dialog to view the OPC servers
53. Alarm Limit Store absolute path M Event Type M Operator Mame M Start event logging on system start up Ti 5 Field Length 1 Days to keep event files I Group pau ield Leng O Field Length Alam Message M Alarm Value 0 Field Length a Log Delimiter Shift Display 3 00 AM ir Print Format AA oe Date MM ODA TY Ls I Alarm State M Time AMPM E WM Alarm Ack State Eyen Erne M Tag Name M Alarm Priority Start printing on system start up 0 Field Length M Alarm Limit LPTI E M Event Type I Operator Mame Print Delimiter M Group Name o een 0 Field Length Alarm Message Event Filters M Alarm Value lo Field Length 7 Min Priority IE Max Priority Figure 5 1 Event Configuration Dialog Box Table 5 1 provides a description of the general event configuration selections Table 5 1 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections Event Directory Determines the path to the directory where the event files are stored on disk Store absolute Determines whether the absolute path is stored path Bridge VIEW User Manual 5 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Table 5 1 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections Continued Start event Determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine automatically begins logging logging on events when the Engine launches system Start up Days to keep Determines how many days worth of event files are kept on disk Anything event files
54. Alarms enabled 2 17 Auto Ack 2 17 Browse 2 17 Configuration File 2 17 Configured Tags 2 17 Description 2 17 Engine Status 2 17 Full Scale 2 17 Group 2 17 Item 2 17 Name 2 17 Server 2 17 Type 2 17 Units 2 18 Zero Scale 2 18 illustration 2 16 launching 2 11 purpose and use 2 18 BridgeVIEW User Manual I 16 tag configuration 3 10 See also Tag Configuration Editor accessing or changing in your application 3 46 activity 3 38 configuration settings table 3 40 historical logging and alarm acknowledgement table 3 41 registering Tanks Server 3 38 saving configuration file 3 42 viewing tag configuration 3 42 viewing tag value and status 3 42 alarms 3 31 3 34 alarm deadband on analog tags 3 36 analog tags 3 34 bit array tags 3 35 discrete tags 3 35 enabling alarms 3 34 keeping alarm unacknowledged 3 37 string tags 3 36 types of alarms 3 31 alarms configuration attributes table Alarm Deadband 3 31 Alarm Invert Mask 3 33 Alarm Message 3 33 Alarm On 3 33 Alarm Select Mask 3 33 Alarms Enabled 3 31 Auto Ack 3 31 Bad Status Enabled 3 31 Bad Status Priority 3 31 Discrete Enabled 3 32 Discrete Priority 3 33 HI Enabled 3 32 HI Limit 3 32 HI Priority 3 32 HI_HI Enabled 3 31 HI_HI Limit 3 32 HI_HI Priority 3 32 LO Enabled 3 32 National Instruments Corporation LO Limit 3 32 LO Priority 3 32 LO_LO Enabled 3 32 LO_LO Limit 3 32 LO_LO Priority
55. Basic for how to connect to an ODBC Data Source for the exact instructions for your version of Visual Basic Note Visual Basic software relies on Microsoft Access DLLs for performing ODBC queries Because it uses the non standard SQL syntax of Access be sure that Convert Special Characters is selected in the Citadel ODBC Setup dialog box See the note in the Using Microsoft Access with Citadel section in this appendix National Instruments Corporation B 13 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix B BridgeVIEW User Manual Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Using the Citadel ODBC Driver in Visual Basic is the same as using any other ODBC driver To retrieve and view data create a Data control and at least one text control First place a Data control on an open form Set its Connect property to DSN Citadel or the name of the Citadel data source and double click its Record Source property to identify Threads as its source table You can leave the Record Source property set to Threads if you want to select all of the data for all of the threads in the Citadel database or you can narrow your query by entering an SQL select statement in the Record Source property For example to retrieve LocalTime Liquid and Powder where LocalTime is greater than 10 20 95 18 00 00 and less than 18 30 00 and where Interval is one minute enter SELECT LocalTime Liquid Powder FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime gt 11 20 95 6 00 00 PM AND L
56. BridgeVIEW Environment Virtual Instruments BridgeVIEW User Manual VIs have both an interactive user interface and a source code equivalent and accept parameters from higher level VIs VIs have three main parts e The front panel e The block diagram e The icon connector With these features G promotes and adheres to the concept of modular programming You divide an application into a series of tasks which you can divide again until a complicated application becomes a series of simple subtasks You build a VI to accomplish each subtask and then combine those VIs on another block diagram to accomplish the larger task Finally your top level VI contains a collection of subVIs that represent application functions Because you can execute each subVI by itself apart from the rest of the application debugging is much easier Furthermore many low level subVIs often perform tasks common to several applications so you can develop a specialized set of subVIs and reuse them in different applications For more information about VIs see Chapter 9 Creating VIs and Chapter 10 Customizing VIs in this manual or refer to the G Programming Reference Manual Front Panel VIs contain an interactive user interface which is called the front panel because it simulates the panel of a physical device The front panel can contain knobs push buttons graphs and other controls and indicators You input data using a keyboard mouse touch scre
57. Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs i BridgeVIEW User Manual S Activity 14 2 Use Auto Indexing on Input Arrays Your objective is to open and operate a VI that uses auto indexing in a For Loop to process an array 1 Open the Separate Array Values VI by selecting File Open The VI is located in Examples G Examples General arrays 11b Open the block diagram The following illustration shows the block diagram with both TRUE and FALSE cases visible Initialize Array Positive Array Positive Array Notice that the wire from Input Array changes from a thick wire outside the For Loop indicating it is an array to a thin wire inside the loop indicating it is a single element The 7 element of the array is indexed automatically from the array during each iteration 14 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Using Auto Indexing to Set the For Loop Count N Notice that the count terminal is left unwired When you use auto indexing on an array entering a For Loop the loop executes according to the size of the array eliminating the need to wire a value to the count terminal If you use auto indexing for more than one array or 1f you set the count in addition to auto indexing an array the actual number of iterations is the smallest number possible 3 Run the VI Of the eight input values you will see four in the Positive Array and four in the Negative Array 4 From
58. Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Alarm Priority Alarm Summary Event History An alarm priority indicates the severity of an alarm Priorities range from 1 lowest to 15 highest You can filter the alarms displayed in your HMI by alarm priority An alarm summary is a collection of all the alarms that currently exist in the system In addition if a tag previously in alarm returns to normal but is unacknowledged a notification is posted in the alarm summary You can report alarms to your HMI by using the Alarm Summary Display which is available in the Controls Alarms and Events palette of the front panel and the Read Alarm Summary VI which is available in the Functions Alarms and Events palette from the block diagram The alarms displayed in your Alarm Summary Display can be filtered by group or tag names priority and acknowledgment status An event history 1s acollection of all the alarms and events pertaining to tag values that have occurred in the Bridge VIEW system since the Engine was started You can report recent events to your HMI by using the Event History Display available in the Alarms and Events palette from the front panel and by using the Read Event History VI in the Alarms and Events palette from the block diagram The alarms displayed in your Event History Display also can be filtered by group or tag names priority and acknowledgment status How Do You Display Alarm Summary Information BridgeVIEW User Manual
59. Configuration Editor press one of the following buttons Create Analog Tag s Create Discrete Tag s Create String Tag s or Create Bit Array Tag s A separate window prompts you to define a new tag The tag name must be unique within a given configuration scf file Select OK on the pop up window when you finish creating the new tag or Create New Tag to finish creating the new tag and create another tag of the same type Any changes are not written to disk until you select Save from the File menu For step by step instructions on using the Tag Configuration Editor to create a tag see Activity 3 1 later in this chapter How Do You Edit a Tag From the main panel of the Tag Configuration Editor select one or more tags from the tags listed and press the Edit Tag s button A separate window displays the attributes for the tags you select which you can then edit When you finish editing a tag select OK to save your changes and return to the main panel Edit Next Tag to save your changes and go on to the next tag or Cancel to discard your changes and return to the main panel Selecting Cancel only cancels the changes made to the current tags Any changes you make are not permanent until you save the configuration file You also can use a spreadsheet to edit multiple tags Use File Export to export the tag information to a spreadsheet file edit the fields and then use File Import to import the tag configuration i
60. Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read Note Use a separate Read Tag VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag VI in a loop to read a different tag each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes BridgeVIEW User Manual In alarm value status tag name Walle timeout secs 0 value timestamp piadnina costidevsies shutdown changed tag name is the name of the tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is 0 the Read Tag VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and is set to TRUE The default value is 0 in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or
61. Events VIs with timeout wired to a non zero value These are the types of diagrams created by the HMI G Wizard This is an event driven technique in which a tag or alarm event controls loop execution Either technique is appropriate depending on your HMI needs You can wait on multiple events for which timing is not related to each other in parallel on the same diagram as long as you wait for each event in a separate While Loop This section covers the following topics e Event driven programming e Polled programming e Multiple loop applications e Real time trends e Programmatic HMI indicator configuration How Do You Implement Event Driven Programming in G Event driven programming means your block diagram waits for one or more events to happen and as each event occurs the part of your program waiting on that event is executed In G you can develop applications that wait on different events and do operations in parallel by using multiple While Loops in your diagram Figure 4 3 shows an example using event driven programming to monitor tag value and tag alarm state One loop monitors the value of the Mixer tag and another loop monitors alarm information for the Mixer tag These two loops run independently of each other When the Mixer tag value changes or when 1 00 second has elapsed the Read Tag VI returns and updates the Mixer in Alarm Mixer value timestamp andbad value indicators When the alarm state of the Mixer tag changes
62. FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime gt 14 00 AND LocalTime lt 15 00 AND Interval 1 00 00 Queries Using Specific Applications The following sections include information on queries using specific applications Using Microsoft Query with Citadel Note The exact operation of Microsoft Query might change from version to version Look in the online help for Microsoft Query for how to connect to an ODBC Data Source for the exact instructions for your version of Microsoft Query Microsoft Query is a graphical data retrieval tool supplied with Microsoft Office and Microsoft Excel It allows you to build your SQL statement using interactive dialog boxes Let s step through a somewhat involved example to show you a few simple tricks Maquery To activate MS Query double click the MS Query icon typically found in the MS Office program group If you cannot find the icon look in C Program Files Common Files MicroSoft Shared MSQuery Msqry32 exe MS Query is not part of an MS Office standard installation so if you do not find it on your system install it from your MS Office disks Choose File New Query to begin and select the data source you have setup for your Citadel historical directory as shown here You might need to press Other to access a list of data sources to select National Instruments Corporation B 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Select Data Source A
63. Field Descriptions Configuration File Displays the name of the configuration file you are browsing Browse If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not running press this button to select a different configuration file Location Displays the full path of the directory containing the configuration file you are browsing Engine Status Displays the current state of the Bridge VIEW Engine whether it is loaded running or stopped Configured Tags Displays the list of all tags currently configured Click on a tag to display the tag configuration on the right Edits the selected tag in the Tag Configuration Editor Name Displays the name of the currently selected tag Use this display to select and copy the tag name and paste it into your HMI diagram Displays the description field for the currently selected tag Type Displays the type of the currently selected tag analog discrete bit array or string Access Displays the access rights for the currently selected tag Memory Input Output or Input Output Group Displays the group to which the selected tag belongs If this field is blank the tag does not belong to a group Server Displays the name of the server connected to the currently selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server is associated with it I O Group Displays the name of the I O group for the currently selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server or I O group is associated with it Item Displays the name of the item connected
64. HMI G Wizard has created the block diagram for you as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface gt I Actie Plat Plot Hame 5 Return to the front panel and run the VI It launches the Engine if it is not running already The Engine reads myt anks scf and launches the Tanks Server 6 Now you can see the Mixer tag values being monitored in the real time trend Select Operate Stop to stop the VI Diagrams generated by the HMI G Wizard have a lock on the top right corner of the outermost structure You cannot edit the code inside the structure until you release the lock However you can pop up on the front panel object select HMI G Wizard and change your selections in the dialog box When you press OK the changes are incorporated into the previously generated diagram The locked code is very tightly coupled with the front panel object If you delete the front panel object the block diagram associated with it is deleted automatically 7 Save the ViasMy Tank HMI vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory VES End of Activity 4 1 National Instruments Corporation 4 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface How Do You Customize Front Panel Objects BridgeVIEW User Manual You can customize BridgeVIEW controls and indicators to change their default appearance on the front panel with the Control Edit
65. Node Run VI method Functions A pplication Control Executes the subVI reference that is specified by the output of the Search 1D array Property Node Front Panel Open Property Functions A pplication Control Displays the selected HMI subVIs front panel Property Node Front Panel Open Property set to False Functions A pplication Control Uses the selected HMI subVIs front panel Close Application or VI Reference Functions A pplication Control Unloads the VI from memory Greater Than or Equal to 0 Function Functions Comparison Returns TRUE if the input value is greater than or equal to 0 Otherwise the function returns FALSE Boolean Constant Functions Numeric Supplies a constant TRUE or FALSE value to the Not Function in this activity Set this value by clicking on the T or F portion of the constant with the Operating tool The value cannot be changed while the VI is executing 15 6 National Instruments Corporation 10 Chapter 15 Application Control Not Function Functions Comparison The node inverts the Boolean state of the While Loop Save the VI Build the block diagram of HMI 1 as shown in the following illustration B at Virtual Instrument ae Front Panel Open Save HMI 1 vi Save acopy of this VI as HMI 2 vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Close HMI 1 vi and HMI 2 vi Run VI Control2 vi Make sure that you have entered the correct path in the VI path to HMI
66. OPC Servers DDE Servers and IA Device Servers l 2 National Instruments Corporation Introduction This chapter describes the unique Bridge VIEW approach to Human Machine Interface HMI and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA It also contains system configuration installation instructions and basic information that explains how to start using Bridge VIEW to develop industrial automation applications This chapter refers you to other chapters or manuals for more information Welcome to BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW adds real time process monitoring historical trending alarm and event reporting online configuration tools and PLC connectivity to a premiere graphical development environment G Bridge VIEW makes use of an intuitive graphical user interface combined with a powerful graphical programming language G that enables you to perform data acquisition and analysis create an operator interface or Human Machine Interface HMI and develop advanced supervisory control applications Bridge VIEW provides the following features for the development of your Industrial Automation applications e Graphical human machine interface HMI e Easy to use fill in the blank configuration utilities e Graphical programming tools e Real Time Database RTDB e Historical data collection and trending Citadel e Alarm and event reporting and logging e Security e Connectivity to PLC and industrial device networks e
67. OR 100 0 a0 0 60 0 40 0 20 0 0 0 500 0 x 41 oe SS SS Sanne 03 1 44 45 01703 1958 01 091996 ee 6 42 ee 11 42 33 Data Display _ e 09 19958 _ 01709 1992 _ Weight of powder miser ingrediel kg Volume of solution in mixer in lite Liters Volume of liquid miser ingredient Liters 44 308 Molume of finished product in lite Liters 105 555 The HTV displays the trends for the Powder Mixer Liquid and Product tags The Available Data display shows the start and stop timestamps of the logged data The status of the HTV is displayed on top of the Historical Trend You can see it change from Accessing Disk to Running The legend to the right of the Historical Trend shows the tag names and the plot colors as they appear on the trend and in the scales 3 View the first five minutes in the data set by clicking on the first scroll button in the set below the Historical Trend The beginning of the data is centered in the display 4 Scroll through the data set using the other buttons below the Historical Trend 5 The scales to the left of the Historical Trend show the minimum and maximum of the Mixer and Powder tags To view the scales for the other tags click on one of the scales You can see the color and tag name in the display above the scale change As you click it rotates through the list of tags displayed in the HTV 6 To zoom in on the data select the magnifying glass from the
68. Pwd gij Column Headers Date Group Mame i a ain e 1 a MMOD Ary i eee Sonn aaa OOOO Ra Rae a a aie ie Ri Tag Hame Event Type a Active Cell Cell FG Color Unack alarm Mormal The Acknowledge Alarm VI is called when the front panel ACK button is pressed This button is polled in a separate While Loop and the Read Alarm Summary VI waits for events in its own While Loop 5 Save the VIasMy Alarm Summary with Ack in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 6 Runthe VI When alarms appear in the Alarm Summary click on the ACK button You can see the color of the Alarms change from red to yellow Acknowledged alarms that are normal disappear from the display LF End of Activity 5 2 National Instruments Corporation 5 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events How Do You Configure Logging and Printing of Alarms and Events You can configure logging and printing options for Alarms and Events through the Event Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 5 1 This configures the format of alarms and events written to evt files or printed You can reach this dialog box by choosing Project Tag Configuration and then Configure Events from the Tag Configuration Editor o Event Configuration Event Logging Log Format Event Directory Date MM ODA YY Le M Alarm State Data Browse W Time OM Ph W Alarm Ack State M Tag Name M Alarm Priority O Field Length I
69. Standard Code for Information Interchange A special block diagram node you can use to control the appearance and functionality of controls and indicators BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary bit array tag block diagram Boolean controls and indicators breakpoint Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW Engine Bridge VIEW Run Time System broken VI C Case structure Citadel BridgeVIEW User Manual A multibit value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable In Bridge VIEW this type of tag can be comprised of up to 32 discrete values A pictorial description or representation of a program or algorithm In Bridge VIEW the block diagram which consists of executable icons called nodes and wires that carry data between the nodes is the source code for the VI The block diagram resides in the Diagram window of the VI Front panel objects used to manipulate and display or input and output Boolean TRUE or FALSE data Several styles are available such as switches buttons and LEDs Mode that halts execution when a subVI is called You set a breakpoint by clicking on the Breakpoint button in the execution palette A program development application for real time process monitoring and control Bridge VIEW uses the graphical development environment called G The heart of the Bridge VIEW system It maintains the Real Time Database of all tag values and alarm states The BV Engine runs as a separat
70. Subset Array Subset returns a portion of an array starting at index and containing length elements The following illustrations show examples of Array Subsets Notice that the array index begins with 0 1DAray 1 2 7 3 2 5 8 Index E Length New 1D Array 2D Array Row Index 0 Row Length Column Index Column Length New 2D Array Bridge VIEW User Manual 14 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Index Array The Index Array function accesses an element of an array element or sub array Index Array The following illustration shows an example of an Index Array function accessing the third element of an array Notice that the index of the third element is 2 because the first element has index 0 1D Array FAI oO Index m t Element You also can use this function to slice off one or more dimensions of a multi dimensional array to create a subarray of the original To do this stretch the Index Array function to include two index inputs and select the Disable Indexing command on the pop up menu of the second index terminal as shown in the following illustration Now you have disabled the access to a specific array column By giving it a row index the result is an array whose elements are the elements of the specified row of the 2D array You also can disable indexing on the row terminal a lt 4 Array __ gt j Online Help R Description Show
71. Summary VI It was probably a problem with the group tag names National Instruments Corporation A 9 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Alarm Summary VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any While Loop that calls Read Alarm Summary VI changed is TRUE if a new alarm was read If changed is FALSE the Read Alarm Summary VI probably timed out before the Alarm Summary Display was updated BridgeVIEW User Manual A 10 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Event History Use the Read Event History VI to display all the alarms and events that have occurred for a set of tags or tag groups within a given alarm priority range You also can filter out acknowledged tags The Read Event History VI formats the event history information for display in an Event History Display indicator in your HMI If you specify a timeout value greater than O this VI returns when the event history information changes or the timeout value is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed output alerts you as to whether the event history information has been updated The format and color codes inputs tell the Read Event History VI how to format and color code event history information The Read Event History VI returns all the information needed to update the Event History Display i
72. Terms of data measurement as degrees Celsius pounds grams and so on An indication of a software or hardware malfunction or an unacceptable data entry attempt Something that happens to a tag in the Bridge VIEW system Events include tags going into or out of alarm state and the user setting a tag value A method of programming whereby the program waits on an event occurring before executing one or more functions Iterative loop structure that executes its subdiagram a set number of times Equivalent to conventional code For i 0 to n 1 do Node that executes formulas that you enter as text Especially useful for lengthy formulas that would be cumbersome to build in block diagram form Subdiagram of a Sequence Structure Label on the front panel or block diagram that does not belong to any other object The interactive user interface of a VI Modeled from the front panel of physical instruments it is composed of switches slides meters graphs charts gauges LEDs and other controls and indicators G 4 National Instruments Corporation group H Help window historical trend Historical Trend Viewer HTV HMI G Wizard Human Machine Interface HMI I O Group icon icon pane input tag Input Output I O tag Glossary The graphical programming language used to develop Bridge VIEW applications See tag group or I O group Special window that displays the names and locations of the t
73. To export a list of users to a binary file choose File Export Binary File Exporting a list of users to a binary file is useful for distributing your list of users to other computers The advantage of using a binary National Instruments Corporation 7 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics file is that all user account information including passwords is included in the file How Do You Export Users to Another Computer on the Network You can put Bridge VIEW user accounts on other computers either by exporting the user list to a text or binary file on one machine and importing on another or by choosing File Export Network BridgeVIEW If you choose the File Export Network BridgeVIEW option a dialog box appears in which you can type in the name of the computer to export the accounts to or you can browse the network BridgeVIEW must be installed on the other computer for the export to function correctly i Note Windows 95 To access the user account list on another computer over the network you must have access to the Windows Registry on the remote machine Remote Registry access does not function unless the Remote Administration service is installed and running on the Windows 95 machine attempting to access another computer s BridgeVIEW account list or whose account list is to be accessed by another computer Consult your Windows 95 documentation to determine if Remote Administration is enabled
74. Utility With this utility you can see the servers in your system including OPC servers view server information and display the server front panel if the server is running VI based servers only Show Hide Shows or hides the System Event Display System Event Display National Instruments Corporation 2 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment BridgeVIEW User Manual The Engine Manager shows the current state of the Engine and has a System Event Display that shows the following e BridgeVIEW System Events e When the Engine started and stopped e Which servers have been launched e Any System Errors that have occurred This information is written to the current BridgeVIEW System Log File found in the BridgeVIEW Syslog folder Figure 2 2 shows how the Engine Manager Display looks when the Show System Events Display button is enabled Engine Manager tanks scl Engine Status urnie Lag Historical Bata iagivarts Pardvems Server Browser Stop Engine M Enable Error Dialog lt Hide System Event Display System Events Display EVENT 6 6 96 10 54 39 AM Tanks Server Launched EVENT 878796 10 54 22 OM Bridge lE Engine Started EVENT 878796 10 57 42 AM BridgeViEW Engine Stopped EVENT 878796 10 57 72 4M Historical data logging turned off EVENT 878796 10 51 11 AM Historical data logging turned or EVENT 6 6 96 10 50 10 AM Tanks Server Launched EVENT 878796 10 49 57 Ab BridgeViEV Engine St
75. VI in Bridge VIEW Your objective is to use the probe tool and the probe window and to examine data flow in the block diagram using the execution highlighting feature 1 Open Using Temp amp Vol vi from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 2 Select Windows Show Diagram If the Tools palette is not open select Windows Show Tools Palette 4 Select the Probe tool from the Tools palette Click with the Probe tool on the wire coming out of the Divide function A Probe window pops up with the title Probe 1 anda yellow glyph with the number of the probe as shown in the following illustration The Probe window remains open even if you switch to the front panel 5 Return to the front panel Move the Probe window so you can view both the probe and volume values as shown in the following illustration Run the VI The volume in gallons appears in the Probe window while Tank Volume displays the value in liters Tank Volume Volume 400 0 600 0 Liters a Gallons n a E 0 0 i Probe 1 E ON Probe 1 2 0890E 2 i Note The volume values that appear on your screen may be different than what is shown in this illustration Refer to the Numeric Conversion section in Chapter 11 Loops and Charts for more information BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs 6 Close the Probe window by clicking in the close box at the top of the Probe window title bar Another usefu
76. VI will call the HMI 1 and HMI 2 VIs Block Diagram 4 Build the block diagram of VI Control2 vi as shown in the following illustrations path to HIHI vi amp HMIHZ wi mm Virtuallristrument F F Virtual Instrument F t FrontPanelOpen Wait until done F et Virtual Instrument F Front Panel Open National Instruments Corporation 15 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter15 Application Control F mt Wirtuallnstrumert E F Virtual Instrument F Front Panel Open E p t Virtual Instrument P Front Panel Open El hd aie cH Bridge VIEW User Manual The elements of the VI are described below Open VI Reference Functions Application Control Opens the two VIs dynamically and loads them into memory Path Control Right click on the Path input of the Open VI Reference and choose Create Control Provides the path to the subVIs to be called Array String constant Functions Array Provide the name of the subVIs to be called HMI 1 vi and HMI 2 v1 Cluster to Array Functions Cluster Converts the cluster of booleans to a boolean array Search 1D Array Function Array Returns the index of the first TRUE value it finds in the Boolean array If you did not click on a button Search 1D array returns an index value of 1 and does nothing If a Boolean value is pressed it returns the index value of the respective Boolean and then runs and opens the selected subVI Invoke
77. VIEW environment BridgeVIEW security is broken into two general categories e BridgeVIEW Environment Access Privileges e Operator Interface Security National Instruments Corporation 1 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction What Is the BridgeVIEW System Architecture The Bridge VIEW system contains three sets of processes the user HMI Application the Bridge VIEW Engine and industrial automation device servers as shown in Figure 1 1 These processes interact through a client server relationship e EU Scaling e Trending Real Time Database BridgeVIEW e Alarming Engine e Event Alarm Logging Servers PLC DAQ OPC Other including DDE Figure 1 1 BridgeVIEW Architecture The Bridge VIEW Engine with any device servers runs as a separate process independent of your HMI application Your HMI application is built as a collection of VIs developed using the G programming language BridgeVIEW maintains a high performance Real Time Database in the Bridge VIEW Engine that provides information to client applications The Bridge VIEW Engine also performs other functions including the following e Data acquisition engineering unit EU scaling and alarm processing e Alarm and event logging e Historical data collection and trending EU scaling converts the Raw Range value from the device server to the engineering value used in the user application and vice versa User HMI Application The end user of the Bri
78. VIS Icon Editor File Edit Help Copy from co Black D afhule Sad PES ighyiy sae forth Light 16 Colors Show Terminals 256 Colors 0K Cancel The tools to the left of the editing area perform the following functions Pencil tool Draws and erases pixel by pixel Line tool Draws straight lines Press lt Shift gt and then drag this tool to draw horizontal vertical and diagonal lines A E Color Copy tool Copies the foreground color from an element in the icon Fill bucket tool Fills an outlined area with the foreground color Rectangle tool Draws a rectangular border in the foreground color Double click on this tool to frame the icon in the foreground color m Filled rectangle tool Draws a rectangle bordered with the foreground color and filled with the background color Double click to frame the icon in the foreground color and fill it with the background color l Select tool Selects an area of the icon for moving cloning or other changes Text tool Enters text into the icon design Foreground Background Displays the current foreground and background colors Click on each to get a color palette from which you can choose new colors National Instruments Corporation 9 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS The buttons at the right of the editing screen perform the following functions e Undo Cancels the last operation you performed e OK Saves yo
79. a great debugging tool When you launch the Tag Monitor it automatically launches the Engine The Engine loads the last scf file saved In this case it uses mytanks scf The Tag Monitor is shown in the following illustration Tag Monitor Mytanks_20 scf Tag Monitor Help Trigger Tag mie mian Dhabas Select Tags to Monitor Close Monitor Timeout sec 1 00 13 Close the Tag Monitor AIS End of Activity 3 1 National Instruments Corporation 3 43 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure Other Engine Parameters There are other Engine parameters you can configure within the Tag Configuration Editor You can define your Historical Logging Configuration and Event Configuration by selecting Configure Historical or Events through the BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration Editor dialog box shown in Figure 3 1 How Do You Turn on Historical and Event Logging at Startup To turn on historical and event logging at startup select Configure Historical or Events from the Tag Configuration Editor Checkboxes in each dialog box turn on historical and event logging at system startup For more information see Chapter 5 Alarms and Events and Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Set the File Paths for Historical and Events Files From the main panel of the Tag Configuration Editor select Configure Historical or Events The dialog box al
80. a tag when communicating with the device server and the expected engineering range and units for the tag Table 3 5 provides descriptions of the scaling configuration attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Tables 3 1 3 2 3 4 and 3 7 Table 3 5 Scaling Configuration Attributes Applies to Attribute Data Types Description Raw Full analog Determines the full scale maximum value used by the server Scale for a tag Raw Zero analog Determines the zero scale minimum value used by the server Scale for a tag Eng Full analog Determines the full scale maximum value used by the Scale Bridge VIEW Engine and the user application for a tag Engineering Full Scale must be greater than Engineering Zero Scale National Instruments Corporation 3 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 5 Scaling Configuration Attributes Continued Applies to ee Data ee ee O 2 pn ee Zero aes Scale Scaling analog discrete bit array Scaling Invert bit array Mask Scaling Select bit array Mask The next sections explain how to scale data Often your application needs Bridge VIEW to manipulate the raw data used in the device server to put it in a form called engineering units suitable for the operators The following sections describe the options for individual data types BridgeVI
81. ae eed fh fa E fa E a a EED E pE p EE p AEE Read Ack fummry History Status BridgeVIEW User Manual A 4 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Acknowledge Alarm Use the Acknowledge Alarm VI to acknowledge alarms on a tag or a group Call this VI when an Acknowledge button is pressed in your HMI You can call this VI multiple times from your HMI group tag names ack alarm T a egroup tag names is the list of tags that have alarms to be acknowledged ack alarm T determines whether alarms on tags in group tag names is acknowledged If FALSE this VI does nothing except return the shutdown status If unwired this input is TRUE by default You can wire this input in your diagram so that acknowledge is called only when a front panel control is TRUE This eliminates the need to place a case structure in your calling diagram error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Acknowledge Alarm VI This is probably a result of the tag or group name not being found shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Acknowledge Alarm VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Acknowledge Alarm VI National Instruments Corporation A 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Alarm Summary Status Use the Get Alarm Summary Status VI to check the status of alarms in the Bridge VI
82. analysis VIs 14 22 shift register 11 15 waveform chart See also charts For Loop activity 11 22 placing on subVI 10 6 using with While Loop activity 11 4 waveform graph See also graphs adding to array 14 4 creating multiplot waveform graphs 14 6 While Loops 11 4 See also shift registers acquiring and displaying data activity 11 4 block diagram 11 6 front panel 11 5 equivalent pseudocode 11 4 mechanical action of Boolean switches 11 7 changing activity 11 8 possible choices 11 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 20 preventing code execution 11 10 purpose and use 1 4 11 4 timing 11 9 activity 11 9 overview 11 9 Windows Options 10 5 wires 9 3 bad wires 9 6 purpose and use 9 3 selecting and deleting 9 5 stretching 9 5 tip strips 9 4 Wiring tool 2 4 9 4 Wiring tool hot spot 9 4 Wizard lock 4 8 Write Tag VI A 63 Write Tag bit array VI A 64 Write Tag discrete VI A 65 Write Tag string VI A 66 Write Tag on Change VI A 67 Write Tag on Change bit array VI A 608 Write Tag on Change discrete VI A 69 Write Tag on Change string VI A 70 X X and Y axes rescaling 11 18 National Instruments Corporation
83. and how to install it if it is not This service is automatically available in Windows NT How Do You Import a List of Users from a File You can import users into your Bridge VIEW system from a tab delimited or comma delimited text file or from a binary file created by Bridge VIEW To import a list of users from a text file click the Import User List button or select File Import Text File When importing from a text file the first column should contain the user name the second column the access level and the third column a list of privileges enabled for the user The privileges enabled for a user are separated by semicolons Here is a list of privileges and the abbreviation that must be used to enable the privilege for a user Table 7 2 Abbreviations Used to Enable Privileges for a User BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Table 7 2 Abbreviations Used to Enable Privileges for a User Continued Use Interactive Server Tester IST if installed Create Edit Access Levels EditAccessLevels For example a user named user having access level 100 and privileges to use the Tag Monitor Tag Browser and launch the engine would have the following privileges string in tab delimited format user 100 Engine TM TB The default password for each user imported from a text file is the user account name To change this click the Use Default Password
84. are returned as floating point values mas points in trend Citadel path in Citadel path out tag name historical trend start timestamp i error Out error in ho error shop timestamp now max points in trend is the maximum number of points to read If the value is less than zero all points available between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned Otherwise the number of points in the trend is the minimum of the actual number of data points between start timestamp stop timestamp and max points in trend Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select a data directory i tag name is the tag for which you want to read historical data If the tag is not logged in the historical database you will get an empty trend start timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted starting at the first point available for the tag error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix stop timestamp now is the date and time associated with the las
85. as Born ir RI Fon fos ooo rn eA on ie ooo Wn oon fon Wo Won a rn Ooo Wy on Bo Boo Boa Wn Bos Pn Bon rn Bon Boe Won aA rn eA a Won Bo Bona on a a al arena SoA a aa ea ea ea tet ea sia ea eea ie ea ea a sea ea sea aa a sia ee ee ee oea mea eea mea an mea sea ma mea ee eae sa E E If the Citadel Path is empty the File Dialog function is executed This brings up a File dialog box that lets the operator select the directory containing the historical data files The example then uses the tag list returned by the Get Historical Tag List VI to set up a list of names in the front panel Tag List listbox found by selecting List amp Ring Single Selection Listbox from the controls palette It uses the first timestamp output to initialize the Start Timestamp control on the front panel By default the example displays the first 60 seconds worth of data on the historical data display Historical data is displayed using the XY Graph indicator named Historical Trend Display The Read Historical Trends VI returns historical data from Start Timestamp to Stop Timestamp for the tags that are selected in the Tag List listbox and returns data in a form that can be wired directly to an XY Graph The shift register in the while loop is used to detect user input changes on the operator interface by remembering the previous Start Timestamp Stop Timestamp and the selected tag list If any of these controls are changed historical data is retrieved for the new
86. as the OPC Servers present in your system and on the network Launch the Server Browser by selecting Projects Server Tools Server Browser or by pressing the Server Browser button on the Engine Manager display Use this utility to view the properties of the devices and items registered by each server For VI based IA Device Servers you can use this utility to display the server front panel while your application is running if you launch it from the Engine Manager Typically servers run with their front panel hidden You can use the Server Browser to launch the server specific configuration utility from within Bridge VIEW if one is available The Server Browser utility shows the server information stored in the active Common Configuration Database ccdb file You can control which CCDB is active from the Server Explorer utility National Instruments Corporation 8 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers BridgeVIEW User Manual Use the Server Browser to unregister a device server that you no longer want to use Bridge VIEW device servers only This keeps the server and related information from appearing in the Edit Tag screens Notice that this invalidates any tags that use that server Once you have unregistered a server you can no longer connect to it from Bridge VIEW and you must run its configuration utility again to register it with Bridge VIEW o Server Browser C Program Files National Instruments N_ Miel A Se
87. built in Activity 9 1 returns a temperature and volume You will take a volume reading and convert the value to gallons when a switch is pressed Front Panel 2 3 National Instruments Corporation Open a new front panel by selecting File New Select a Horizontal Switch from the Controls Boolean palette and label it volume Place free labels on the front panel to indicate Liters and Gallons by using the Labeling tool Select a meter from Controls Numeric and place it on the front panel Label it Tank Volume Tank Volume Volume 500 0 400 0 600 0 anao Liters i Gallons a0 1000 0 w Change the range of the meter to accommodate values ranging between 0 0 and 1000 0 With the Operating tool double click on the high limit and change it from 10 0 to 1000 0 Switch to the positioning tool and resize the meter by dragging out one of the corners and expanding the control 9 19 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS Block Diagram Yy Y Le 10 11 Go to the block diagram by selecting Windows Show Diagram Pop up in a free area of the block diagram and choose Functions Select a VI A dialog box appears Select Temp amp Vol vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Click on Open in the dialog box Bridge VIEW places the Temp amp Vol VI on the block diagram Add the other objects to the block diagram as shown in the following illustration Temp amp Vol vi Numeric Constant
88. buttons 2 2 configuring objects programmatically 4 15 National Instruments Corporation l 7 Index customizing 4 12 Control Editor 4 12 importing graphics 4 13 overview 2 2 Panel G Wizard 7 1 Functions palette 2 5 functions adding to VIs 9 8 G programming language 2 1 See also HMI G Wizard program design building Human Machine Interface 4 25 basic principles 4 2 configuring HMI indicators using tag attributes 4 31 displaying real time trends 4 29 event driven programming 4 25 initializing and shutting down multiple loop applications 4 28 polled programming 4 27 controls and indicators 2 6 Boolean 2 7 numeric 2 6 string 2 7 tag 2 8 Controls palette 2 5 data flow 2 1 Functions palette 2 5 overview 1 4 2 1 virtual instruments VIs 2 2 Tools palette 2 4 VIs 2 1 block diagram 2 3 front panel 2 2 icon connector 2 3 opening and running activity 2 8 general attributes 3 2 General Attributes dialog box 3 11 Generate Waveform VI 14 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Get Alarm Summary Status VI A 6 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit VI A 72 Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting VI A 73 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting VI A 74 Get Engine Status VI A 41 Get Group List VI A 75 Get Historical Tag List A 23 Get Historical Tag List VI example 6 4 purpose and use A 23 Get Historical Trend Info VI A 24 Get Operator Name VI A 48 Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI A 76 Get Tag Attribute VI
89. chapter also provides activities that illustrate how to accomplish the following e Learn about different chart modes e Use a While Loop and a chart e Change the mechanical action of a Boolean switch e Control loop timing e Use a shift register e Create a multiplot chart and customize your trend e Use a For Loop What is a Structure A structure 1s a program control element Structures control the flow of data in a VI G has five structures the While Loop the For Loop the Case structure the Sequence structure and the Formula Node This chapter introduces the While Loop and For Loop structures along with the chart and the shift register The Case structure Sequence structure and Formula Node are explained in Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node While and For Loops are basic structures for programming with G so you can find them in most of the G examples as well as the activities in this manual You also can find more information on loops in Chapter 19 Structures in the G Programming Reference Manual For examples of structures see G Examples General structs 11b For examples of charts see G Examples General Graphs charts ililb National Instruments Corporation 11 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Charts Chart Modes BridgeVIEW User Manual A chart is a numeric plotting indicator which is updated with new data periodically You can find two types of charts in th
90. control to the block diagram to create a corresponding constant Auto Indexing For more information on how to create array controls and indicators on the front panel see Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual There are several ways to create and initialize arrays on the block diagram Some block diagram functions also produce arrays as the following illustration shows Sine Pattern String to Byte Array x i ASCII code 1123456 798ECDEF ERED otit character Array Controls Constants and Indicators You create array controls constants and indicators on the front panel or block diagram by combining an array shell with a numeric Boolean string or cluster An array element cannot be another array chart or graph For examples of arrays see G Examples Examples General arrays tlib For Loop and While Loop structures can index and accumulate arrays at their boundaries automatically These capabilities collectively are called auto indexing When you enable auto indexing and wire an array of any dimension from an external node to an input tunnel on the loop border components of that array enter the loop one at a time starting with the first component The loop indexes scalar elements from 1D arrays 1D arrays from 2D arrays and so on The opposite action occurs at output tunnels elements accumulate sequentially into 1D arrays 1D arrays accumulate into 2D arr
91. days from date of shipment as evidenced by receipts or other documentation National Instruments will at its option repair or replace software media that do not execute programming instructions if National Instruments receives notice of such defects during the warranty period National Instruments does not warrant that the operation of the software shall be uninterrupted or error free A Return Material Authorization RMA number must be obtained from the factory and clearly marked on the outside of the package before any equipment will be accepted for warranty work National Instruments will pay the shipping costs of returning to the owner parts which are covered by warranty National Instruments believes that the information in this manual is accurate The document has been carefully reviewed for technical accuracy In the event that technical or typographical errors exist National Instruments reserves the right to make changes to subsequent editions of this document without prior notice to holders of this edition The reader should consult National Instruments if errors are suspected In no event shall National Instruments be liable for any damages arising out of or related to this document or the information contained in it EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE CUSTOMER S RIGHT TO RECOVER DAMAGES C
92. delimiter between the various parameters is a tab character which makes viewing the file in a spreadsheet program such as Excel convenient BridgeVIEW User Manual 5 14 National Instruments Corporation Historical Data Logging and Extraction This chapter explains the concept of a trend how to log and extract historical data and how to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV a utility that displays historical data that has been logged to disk with BridgeVIEW What Is a Trend Real Time Trend Historical Trend A trend is a display of tag values against time Bridge VIEW displays tag values with two types of trends real time trends and historical trends You can find these trends in the Controls palette A real time trend is a display of tag values as they are collected in real time over a relatively short period of time You can display a real time trend in your HMI by using the Trend Tags VI in the Tags palette in the block diagram You also can use the HMI G Wizard to create a real time trend For more information about the HMI G Wizard see Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface A historical trend is a display of tag values that have been logged to disk This is usually over a relatively long period of time You can display a historical trend in your HMI by using the Get Historical Tag List VI and Read Historical Trend VI from the Historical Data palette from the block diagram You also can view historical data by launching
93. device servers See servers digital indicator adding to array 14 4 For Loop activity 11 22 Disable Indexing command 14 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index discrete tags alarm configuration 3 35 creating 3 5 purpose and use 3 10 Distribution ring 2 3 Divide function adding to subVI 9 20 Sequence structure 12 10 shift register 11 14 documentation conventions used in manual xxii organization of manual xix related documentation xxii documenting VIs 9 9 dynamic attributes 3 3 Dynamic Data Exchange server See DDE server dynamic vs static attributes 3 3 E Edit User Accounts dialog box 7 18 editing tags 3 5 Enable Event Logging VI 7 8 A 36 Enable historical data logging VI 7 8 A 37 Enable Indexing command 14 14 Enable Launch VI 7 8 Enable printing VI 7 8 A 38 Engine communication with device servers note 3 5 Engine Launch VI A 39 Engine Manager See also BridgeVIEW Engine Enable error 2 13 Engine Status 2 13 illustration 2 12 Log Events 2 13 Log Historical Data 2 13 Print Events 2 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Quit Engine 2 13 Run Stop Engine 2 13 Server Browser 2 13 Show Hide System Event Display 2 13 Engine Shutdown VI A 39 engineering units assigning to an analog tag 3 28 conversion by BridgeVIEW Engine 1 8 environment security See security error handling in BridgeVIEW VI Library A 1 errors error checking in programs 16 5 errors not reported by Bridge VIEW Engin
94. device specific parameters of your industrial network before using the server with Bridge VIEW The Server Explorer also registers your server so you can use it with Bridge VIEW Each server on line help file documents configuration instructions specific to each server on the CD See the on line help files for your server for more information Registering Simulation Servers BridgeVIEW User Manual Bridge VIEW automatically installs three servers used by several of the Bridge VIEW examples the Tanks Server the SIM Server and the Cookie Server You can use these servers to experiment with Tag Configuration and building your HMI You also can look at the diagrams of these servers to see how a VI based server works These servers must be registered for Bridge VIEW to recognize they exist The three servers are contained in folders named Tanks Server SIM Server and Cookie Server inthe BridgeVIEW _servers folder Within each folder each server has a VI named Register Tanks Server vi Register SIM Server vi and Register Cookie Server vi respectively To register each server open its register VI run it and close the VI The server then appears in the Bridge VIEW list of servers whenever you configure a tag or look at servers in the Server 8 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Servers Browser utility You can remove these servers from the server list by selecting the Unregister Server option in the Server Browser utility
95. discrete Use the Write Tag on Change discrete VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change discrete VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change discrete VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag Tl generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value
96. display tyertical switch coi hidden OFF Transparent Color Random Signal Swavetorm chart Digital display shown Open a new front panel by selecting File New Place a Vertical Switch Controls Boolean on the front panel Label the switch Enable Use the Labeling tool to create free labels for ON and OFF Select the Labeling tool and type in the label text With the Color tool shown at left make the border of the free label transparent by selecting the T in the bottom left corner of the Color palette Place a waveform chart Controls Graph on the front panel Label the chart Random Signal The chart displays random data in real time Note Make sure that you select a waveform chart and not a waveform graph In the Graph palette the waveform chart appears closest to the left side gt National Instruments Corporation Pop up on the chart and choose Show Palette and Show Legend to hide the palette and legend The digital display shows the latest value Then pop up on the chart and choose Show Digital Display and Show Scroll Bar Rescale the chart from 0 0 to 1 0 Use the Labeling tool to replace the HI limit of 10 0 with 1 0 Place a knob Controls Numeric on the front panel Label the knob Loop Delay sec This knob controls the timing of the While Loop Pop up on the knob and deselect Show Digital Display to hide the digital display 11 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts
97. displayed along with the alarm notification for a discrete tag Notice that this output is not valid for any tag type other than discrete A 16 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Historical Data VIs Use the Historical Data VIs to obtain or read historical data about a tag resample trend data compute statistical data for a historical trend or convert historical trend data to a spreadsheet format The Historical Data subpalette is shown below H TREH DECI MATE National Instruments Corporation A 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Call HTV Use the Call HTV VI to include the Historical Trend Viewer HTV in your HMI application programmatically Wire no inputs to launch the HTV in its default state or wire one or more inputs to override the defaults If the HTV is running when this VI is called already running returns TRUE and the HTV appears at the front of the screen The inputs are not used in this case amo u32 u u Bridge VIEW User Manual ect path data directory launch T already running tag list plot attributes pm error out error Ir shark time shop time scf path is the path of the scf file that contains configuration information for the tags to be displayed If the Engine is running the HTV ignores this input and uses the active scf file data directory is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical
98. entire Alarm Summary Display including attributes is updated only if the current alarm information changes and if there was no timeout Table indicator updates can be slow for large tables so it is a good idea to update the table only if changed is TRUE Notice that changed is always TRUE after the first execution of the VI read parameters grote Initialize headers group tag names column headers timeout secs 1 F summar data format fF row colors color codes Pp E alarm summary status buffer size 10 T eae shutdown changed aer read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms read min priority is the minimum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported National Instruments Corporation A 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference TE T Tjj im 7 I 7 7 7 ml a BridgeVIEW User Manual max priority is the maximum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read group tag names determines the tags for which alarm conditions are read timeout secs 1 specifies how many seconds to wait before reading the tag alarms If timeout is 0 the alarms are read immediately If it is wired the VI waits indefinitely until a new alarm occurs or the Real Time Database
99. equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag value is the latest value of the tag read from the Real Time Database A 54 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag is not valid See value status for the specific error condition HE shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Tag VI no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag VI changed is TRUE when the Read Tag VI returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE the Read Tag VI probably timed out before the tag value was updated i National Instruments Corporation A 55 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Tag bit array Use the Read Tag bit array VI to read the latest value for a given bit array tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout Secs
100. event before updating the Alarm Summary Display The Read Alarm Summary VI returns when an alarm event occurs on any of the tags in the tag constant array The column headers for the Alarm Summary Display are initialized when the Read Alarm Summary VI returns for the first time and the initialize output is set The Alarm Summary Display is updated when the Read Alarm Summary VI returns with changed set 4 Save the VI asMy Alarm Summary vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 5 Run the VI Now you can display the alarms on tags that have been configured for alarms By default the Alarm Summary Display shows alarms as red when they are in an unacknowledged alarm state yellow when they are acknowledged and in alarm and green when they are not in alarm but unacknowledged Note If there are no alarms being displayed launch the Tag Configuration Editor Project Tag Configuration and open mytanks scf Edit it as indicated in Activity 3 1 save it and relaunch the Engine AIS End of Activity 5 1 National Instruments Corporation 5 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events How Do You Display Event History Information To read all the alarms and events in the Bridge VIEW system that have occurred since the Engine was started unless limited by buffer size drop the Event History Display from the Alarms and Events palette on your front panel Then you can invoke the HMI G Wizard to create the diagram code for an
101. event history You also can build your own diagram and use the Read Event History VI in your block diagram If you want to change the default fields time date tag name alarm limit that are visible in the Event History Display you can use the Event History Format control from the Controls Alarms and Events palette and change the checkbox selections You also can change the default colors of alarms events normal and acknowledged alarms with the Color Codes for Event History control which also is available in the Alarms and Events palette You also can report the status of alarms currently in the system using the output of either Read Alarm Summary VI or Read Event History VI or by using the Get Alarm Summary Status VI This gives information on the number of active alarms and unacknowledged alarms in the system You can use the Alarm Summary Status control available in the Alarms and Events Controls palette to display this information on your HMI How Do You Acknowledge Alarms BridgeVIEW User Manual You can view the acknowledgment status of alarms in the Alarm Summary or Event History Display To acknowledge alarms currently in the system use the ACK button from the Controls Boolean palette on the front panel and the Acknowledge Alarms VI in the Functions Alarms and Events palette in the block diagram Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display takes you through this process When you acknowledge these alarms
102. explains how to access online help for Bridge VIEW and provides an activity that illustrates how to examine the front panel and block diagram of a virtual instrument VI Chapter 3 Tag Configuration explains tags the Tag Configuration Editor and how you edit tags within the Bridge VIEW system Before you can run a Bridge VIEW application you must specify a tag configuration Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface explains what a Human Machine Interface HMI is and how you can monitor and control tags from your HMI Chapter 5 Alarms and Events introduces the basic concepts of alarms and events and explains how to view acknowledge and configure them within the Bridge VIEW system Part BridgeVIEW Concepts BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction explains the concept of a trend how to log and extract historical data and how to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV a utility that displays historical data that has been logged to disk with Bridge VIEW Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics explains Bridge VIEW Environment Securitythe advanced topics you need to understand to make optimum use of Bridge VIEW for developing applications The advanced topics covered in this chapter are the Panel G Wizard BridgeVIEW System Control Tag Attributes VIs and BridgeVIEW Security Chapter 8 Servers explains how to use servers with Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW supports several types of servers including
103. indicators on your front panel Each rectangle on the connector represents a terminal area and you can use the rectangles either for input or output from the VI If necessary you can select a different terminal pattern for your VI To do this pop up on the icon select Show Connector pop up again and select Patterns ty 9 3 Create an Icon and Connector Your objective is to make an icon and connector for a VI To use a VI as a subVI you must create an icon to represent it on the block diagram of another VI and a connector pane to which you can connect inputs and outputs Bridge VIEW provides several tools with which you can create or edit an icon for your VIs 9 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIS The icon of a VI represents it as a subVI in the block diagram of other VIs It can be a pictorial representation of the purpose of the VI or a textual description of the VI 1 Open Temp amp Vol viinthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory 2 From the front panel pop up on the icon in the top right corner and select Edit Icon You also can double click on the icon to invoke the icon editor Note You only can access the icon connector for a VI from the front panel 3 Erase the default icon With the Select tool which appears as a dotted National Instruments Corporation rectangle click and drag over the section you want to delete and press the lt Delete gt key You also can double click on th
104. is a collection of data elements that are all the same type An array has one or more dimensions and up to 23 1 elements per dimension memory permitting You access each array element through its index The index is in the range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of elements in the array The following 1D array of numeric values illustrates this structure Notice that the first element has index 0 the second element has index 1 and so on index 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 josonenara 12 02 e2 eo e s1 0 1025 17 How Do You Create and Initialize Arrays If you need an array as a source of data in your block diagram you can choose Functions Array and then select and place the array shell on your block diagram Using the Operating tool you can choose a numeric constant Boolean constant or string constant to place inside the empty array The following illustration shows an example array shell with a numeric constant inserted into the array shell To create an array on the front panel select Array amp Cluster from the Controls palette and place the array shell on your front panel Then select an object numeric for example and place that inside the array shell This creates an array of numerics National Instruments Corporation 14 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs i Note You also can create an array and its corresponding control on the front panel and then copy or drag the array
105. is not affected by how often the VI reads the control mF Switch When Released action Changes the control value only after you Er release the mouse button during a mouse click within the graphical boundary of the control The action is not affected by how often the VI reads the control This action is similar to what happens when you click on National Instruments Corporation 11 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts at i bet ibs 2 a mm q al Bridge VIEW User Manual a check mark in a dialog box it becomes highlighted but does not change until you release the mouse button Switch Until Released action Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the new value until you release the mouse button at which time the control reverts to its original value The action is similar to that of a doorbell and is not affected by how often the VI reads the control Latch When Pressed action Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the new value until the VI reads it once at which point the control reverts to its default value This action happens regardless of whether you continue to press the mouse button This action is similar to that of a circuit breaker and is useful for stopping While Loops or having the VI do something only once each time you set the control Latch When Released action Changes the control value only aft
106. know how to operate your computer and that you are familiar with its operating system Organization of This Manual This manual is divided into two parts Part I BridgeVIEW Concepts introduces you to the basic Bridge VIEW concepts and includes Chapters 1 through 8 Part II G Tutorial describes the G programming language and how it works within Bridge VIEW and includes Chapters 9 through 15 We encourage you to work through all the activities in this manual before you begin building your applications You should save all of the VIs you create with the BridgeVIEW activities in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory To view the VI s for an activity that you have not completed yourself see the BridgeVIEW Activity Solutions directory for the solutions to the activities from the BridgeVIEW Concepts section of this manual and the BridgeVIEW Activity Solution directory for the solutions to the activities in the G Tutorial section of this manual BridgeVIEW Concepts Part I BridgeVIEW Concepts contains the following chapters e Chapter 1 Introduction describes the unique BridgeVIEW approach to Human Machine Interface HMI and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA It also contains system configuration installation instructions and basic information that explains how to start using Bridge VIEW to develop industrial automation applications e Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment describes the Bridge VIEW environment It explains
107. menu and then drag the cursor over each function and VI The Help window for the Process Monitor VI is shown below BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs Proc F Pressure ee Temperature i nn i Volume Process Monitor Yi 10 Using the Wiring tool wire the objects as shown Random Number 0 1 Note To move objects around on the block diagram click on the Positioning tool in the Tools palette 11 Select File Save and save the VI as Temp amp Vol vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory 12 From the front panel run the VI by clicking on the Run button Notice values for Volume and Temperature are displayed on the front panel Close the VI by selecting File Close LF End k nine 9 1 VI Documentation You can document a VI by choosing Windows Show VI Info Type the description of the VI in the VI Information dialog box Then you can recall the description by selecting Windows Show VI Info again You can edit the descriptions of objects on the front panel or their respective terminals on the block diagram by popping up on the object and choosing Data Operations Description Note You cannot change the description of a VI or its front panel objects while the VI is running National Instruments Corporation 9 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS The following illustration is an example pop up menu that appears while you ar
108. names Other packages that are truly ODBC compliant should be able to handle tag names up to 126 characters long All threads whose tag names exceed the Maximum Column Name Length are excluded from queries If you plan to use Microsoft Access or Visual Basic select Convert special characters This forces BridgeVIEW tag names into a format acceptable by these applications by replacing characters within the tag names as follows period backslash ampersand amp at sign exclamation vertical bar 7 Select OK and CLOSE to exit What is SQL Structured Query Language SQL is an industry standard language used for retrieving updating and managing data You can use SQL to build queries that extract data from Citadel Beyond simple data extraction the Citadel ODBC driver also includes many built in data transforms that greatly simplify statistical analysis of retrieved data National Instruments Corporation B 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity How Do You Access Citadel Data Threads Table Data Transforms BridgeVIEW User Manual The ODBC driver presents Citadel data to other applications as a Threads table The table contains a field or column for each data member logged to the Citadel database The Threads table contains three fields you can use to specify query criteria and to time stamp retrieved data Interval LocalTime and UTCTime Interval al
109. names take the format Y YMMDDHHMM log where YY year MM month DD day HH hour and MM minute What Is the Tag Browser BridgeVIEW User Manual With the Tag Browser utility shown in Figure 2 4 you can view the general configuration of all configured tags in the system Launch the Tag Browser by selecting Project Tag Browser A list of all the configured tags appears in the listbox Select a tag by clicking on it and the configuration for that tag displays on the right For more detailed tag configuration information or to learn how to edit a tag configuration see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration En Tag Browser Es Configuration File tanks sct Location CANBridgeViIE WE samples ser Applications Tank System Engine Status Running TERT Name Liquid quid Lluthet or aw a n Miner Description Yolurme of liquid miser ingredient 2 in liters Mixer Outlet Powder Tag Definition Powder Outlet Server Connection Praduct Type Analog Server Tanks Server Product Outlet Access nput E group IO Group ALL Group group ltem Ingre Event Logging Enabled 9 Data Logging Enabled Alarm Settings Scaling W Alarms Enabled Full Scale 500 00 IY Auto ck Zem Scale 0 00 Unita Liters Figure 2 4 Tag Browser Utility Table 2 4 describes each of the fields in the Tag Browser Utility dialog box 2 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 3 Tag Browser
110. new analog tag Enter the values listed in the Setting column for each attribute in the Tag Configuration dialog box to configure the tag connection operations scaling and alarms For example in the General tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box you should type in Product as the tag name After entering all of the values press the OK button to set the tag configuration Note You also can specify a tag name by selecting the proper I O connections tag access item etc and then clicking on Paste Item Name to Tag Name After doing so the item name appears in the Tag Name field National Instruments Corporation 3 39 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 10 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 Category Attribute Setting Tag Group product in liters Connection Operations Update Deadband 1 00 of range Set Initial Value Enabled 0 00 Log Print Events Enabled Log Deadband 5 200 of range Log Resolution 0 10 engineering units Scaling Engineering Unit BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 40 National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 10 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 Continued Category Attribute Setting Alarms Enable Alarms Enabled Alarm Acknowledge Auto Ack on Normal Mode Alarm Deadband 100 of range HI HI Enabled Limit 950 00 Priority 1 Enabled Limit 0007007 Priority 1 LO_LO Disabl
111. not begin execution until the code in the Sequence structure has completed execution Another way to enforce this order of execution is to put the While Loop inside the second frame of the Sequence structure Both techniques are correct The advantage of the technique used in Figure 4 6 is that it is easy to see the entire diagram at a glance How Can You Use Tag Attributes to Configure HMI Indicator Attributes Programmatically Use the Tag Attributes VI library to read or change specific configuration details of a tag Anything you have configured in the Tag Configuration Editor can be queried programmatically using the Tag Attributes VIs Use these VIs when you want to control attributes programmatically for your front panel controls or indicators or to display configuration information on your HMI Setting attributes programmatically for front panel controls and indicators is an alternative to changing attribute values for the control or indicator through the various front panel pop up menus or by typing into various control and indicator fields Handling attributes programmatically is most useful when you use the same indicator or control for different tags For more information on tag configuration see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration For more information about the Tag Attributes VIs see the section Tag Attributes VIs in Appendix A HMI Function Reference and Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Figure 4 7 shows a simple case where the
112. of Sequence structures 16 8 checking for errors 16 5 common operations 16 4 left to right layouts 16 5 studying examples 16 8 purpose and use 2 3 toolbar and buttons 2 2 Boolean constants adding to subVI 10 7 VI Server 15 6 Boolean controls and indicators 2 7 National Instruments Corporation Boolean switches changing mechanical action activity 11 8 possible choices for mechanical action 11 7 Latch Until Released 11 8 Latch When Pressed 11 8 Latch When Released 11 8 Switch Until Released 11 8 Switch When Pressed 11 7 Switch When Released 11 7 Breakpoint tool 2 4 Bridge VIEW architecture 1 8 features 1 1 getting started 1 10 installation 1 2 overview 1 3 purpose and use 1 3 required system configuration 1 2 system control System VIs 7 7 VI Server Functions 7 5 Bridge VIEW client 3 6 Bridge VIEW Configuration file 3 4 edting 3 4 Bridge VIEW Engine description 1 9 increasing throughput using deadband 3 24 overview 1 3 parameter configuration 3 44 memory allocation parameters table 3 45 stopping and starting programmatically 7 8 National Instruments Corporation l 3 Index Bridge VIEW environment 2 1 Engine Manager 2 12 G programming language online help 2 23 Project menu items table 2 10 system errors and events 2 15 Tag Browser utility 2 16 Tag Monitor 2 18 Bridge VIEW server 3 6 BridgeVIEW System Log file 2 14 BridgeVIEW VI Library Alarms and Events V
113. older than the number of days specified here is deleted automatically Log Delimiter Determines the separator between parameters on a line By default it is the tab character This makes event files easy to import into a spreadsheet program Spreadsheet programs can handle other delimiters as well Shift Display An array of numerics ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 hours to determine 00 00 23 59 the length of the shift that events are logged in a file At the end of the shift a new event file is generated and written to Start printing on Determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine automatically begins printing system start up events when the Engine launches Determines the port to which your printer is connected Print Delimiter Determines the separator between different parameters on a line By default it is a comma Min Priority Determines the minimum priority an event must have before it is logged Events with priorities below this configured number are not logged The minimum value is 1 Max Priority Determines the maximum priority an event can have to be logged Events with priorities above this configured number are not logged The maximum value is 15 There are various format options for logging and printing The print selections are a set of several parameters that determine the format of the data to be printed Similarly the log selections are a set of several parameters that determine the format of the data to be lo
114. on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag discrete operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag discrete VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag discrete VI National Instruments Corporation A 65 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag string Use the Write Tag string VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag string VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag string VI is called but not wr
115. registered on other machines on your network The Registered Remote OPC Servers list shows which remote servers have been added to the Bridge VIEW servers list If you wish National Instruments Corporation 8 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers to use the server on another machine from your machine use the network tree control to open the machine and select one of the OPC servers shown on that machine and press the Add Server gt gt button The information for the remote OPC server is now stored in your local machine registry and the server will appear in your Bridge VIEW servers list with the server name format of machine name programID BridgeVIEW runs the server on the remote machine when you configure a tag to use that server To remove one or more remote OPC server from the BridgeVIEW server list select the servers and press the Remove Server s button The servers will no longer appear in your Bridge VIEW server list You can also use the Windows utility dcomcnfg exe to configure an OPC server to run on a remote machine rather than your local machine In order to use dcomcnfg exe to configure an OPC server on a remote machine you must also have the server registered on your local machine To register an OPC server on your local machine either install the server locally or run the server registration utility on your local machine Then launch dcomcnfg exe and complete the following steps 1 Select the OPC server i
116. regularly timed intervals You usually need one While Loop in your diagram to poll your front panel controls so you can monitor what the operator is doing Using polling you can combine monitoring of HMI controls with the reading in of tag values and alarm states Figure 4 4 shows an example implementing a more complex user interface that polls all the input tags as well as the front panel Start Batch button at 100 m s intervals When you leave the timeout input unwired all Read Tag VIs read the Bridge VIEW database immediately by default i Note In this case you must explicitly program the loop wait time by using the Wait Until Next ms Multiple VI If you do not the loop operates as often as possible and requires most of the CPU time This example also illustrates use of the Write Tag VIs In this case the Write Tag discrete VI is called only when the front panel button is pressed In other cases you might want to write the tag value at each iteration You also can use the Write Tag on Change VI to update the RTDB only when the value of the front panel control changes This can improve your over all application performance National Instruments Corporation 4 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface T Process View Display i Diagram Start Batch Figure 4 4 Process View Display VI How Do You Initialize and Shut Down Multiple Loop Applications BridgeVIEW User Manual When you have a multipl
117. scale range for all the front panel level and temperature indicators are set to the engineering scale that is configured for the tag A unit string display for each L1 and Temp indicator is initialized to the engineering unit for the respective tag The Get Tag Range and Units VI returns the engineering scale range information in a form that can be wired directly to a control or indicator scale range attribute node The VI also returns the engineering units configured for the tag National Instruments Corporation 4 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface o Process View Display ady vi Diagram ALI Level amp L2 Level ALa Level Figure 4 7 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 0 Figure 4 8 illustrates the subsequent frame of the Sequence structure The HMI runs in a loop monitoring the various tags and front panel controls until the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 32 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface en Process Yiew Display addy vi Diagram Start Batch a i set Start Batch Tag when button pressed ra al p Tany Figure 4 8 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 1 National Instruments Corporation 4 33 Bridge VIEW User Manual Alarms and Events This chapter introduces the basic concepts of alarms and events and explains how to view acknowledge a
118. separator used in the spreadsheet format The default separator is a tab historical data is the set of historical data trends to convert to spreadsheet format m 10 ol Ll a tag names is the list of tag names corresponding to the historical trends These tag names are used as column headers when converted into spreadsheet format National Instruments Corporation A 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference sample interval 1 sec determines the time interval for each historical trend If unwired the data is sampled at one second intervals acr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Enginein this appendix start timestamp is the timestamp for which the spreadsheet rows start If start timestamp is unwired the spreadsheet rows start at the first timestamp in the historical data stop timestamp is the timestamp for which the spreadsheet rows end If stop timestamp is unwired the spreadsheet rows start at the last timestamp in the historical data spreadsheet string contains spreadsheet formatted data that can be written to a text file This file can be opened into spreadsheets like Excel arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the
119. set select any cell within the worksheet s result set choose Data Get External Data and click the Refresh button National Instruments Corporation B 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Using Microsoft Access with Citadel The exact operation of Microsoft Access might change from version to version Look in the online help for Microsoft Access for how to connect to an ODBC Data Source for the exact instructions for your version of Microsoft Access Note The SQL 92 standard states that a delimited identifier is any string of not more than 128 characters enclosed in quotation marks It further states that characters within a delimited identifier are exempt from SQL syntax checking Unfortunately Microsoft Access performs its own syntax checking for ODBC queries using a non standard SQL syntax even within delimited identifiers For this reason National Instruments provides a Convert Special Characters selection in the Citadel ODBC Setup dialog box When selected the ODBC driver converts the disallowed characters to something acceptable to Access as follows period backslash ampersand amp at sign exclamation vertical bar Therefore Access recognizes a Bridge VIEW identifier such as Modbus 1 40001 as the delimited identifier Modbus 1 40001 When you query Citadel data using MS Access You must use Microsoft Access s non standard SQL synt
120. shuts down whichever occurs first format allows you to compose the alarm message you want to display for the tags Date determines whether to display the date Date Format determines the format of the date if it is selected for displaying Time determines whether to display the time Time Format determines the format of the time if it is selected for displaying Tag Name determines whether to display the name of the tag in alarm Group Name determines whether to display the name of the group that the tag in alarm belongs to Alarm Value determines whether to display the value of the tag that caused the alarm Alarm State determines whether to display the type of alarm HI_HI LO etc Alarm Ack State determines whether to display the status of the user who acknowledged the alarm Alarm Priority determines whether to display the priority of the alarm state Alarm Limit determines whether to display the alarm limit Operator Name determines whether to display the operator name A 8 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Alarm Message determines whether to display the user configured alarm message This applies to discrete tags only oe color codes is a cluster of parameters that determine the colors for the messages in the Alarm Summary Display event determines the color for events The Alarm Summary Display does not include events ack alarm determines the color for a
121. shutting down National Instruments Corporation A 41 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Status Info Use the Get Tag Status Info VI to obtain status information associated with tags Tag status information can be broken down into two types Status information from Bridge VIEW This status can be from the Engine or a Server It consists of details about the status and whether it is an error or warning Status information from a Server Only the status code is reported Check your server documentation for a description of this status reported by description tag status BridgeVIEW status ee warming F error T server status User error tag status can be broken down into status information from Bridge VIEW Engine or Server and status information from a server or a user error reported by indicates whether the status was reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine or a server description gives the details of the part of the status reported by BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW status is the numeric representation of the portion of the status reported by BridgeVIEW TE warning F error T indicates if the portion of status reported by Bridge VIEW is an error if it is negative or a warning if it is positive server status user error is either the numeric value of the portion of tag status posted by the device server refer to your server documentation for details on this value or an indicat
122. source is a string that indicates the origin of the error if any Usually source is the name of the VI in which the error occurred Bridge VIEW User Manual A 2 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference BridgeVIEW VI Library Many of the VIs in the Bridge VIEW VI Library are specific to Bridge VIEW and are not part of the standard G library These VIs include Alarms and Events VIs Historical Data VIs System VIs Tags VIs and Tag Attributes VIs This section contains an explanation of the VIs specific to Bridge VIEW The VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI palette name then by VI name For more information about standard G VIs refer to the Bridge VIEW Online Reference Select Help Online Reference and choose the topic G Language G Reference G Function Reference To reach the Bridge VIEW VIs choose Window Show Functions Palette from the block diagram window The Functions palette is shown below o Functions ce if of ee Tost Alarm Sint gna faa EER att National Instruments Corporation A 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Alarms and Events VIs Use the Alarms and Events VIs to acknowledge alarms display alarm summary or event history information or obtain alarm summary status information The Alarms and Events subpalette is shown in the following illustration 3 Functions X Alarms amp Events eseAlarms amp Events
123. square root scaling 3 28 Application Control 15 1 locating 15 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index array functions Array Size 14 11 Array Subset 14 12 Build Array 14 9 Index Array 14 13 Initialize Array 14 10 using Build Array function activity 14 15 Array Max amp Min function 14 22 array shell 14 1 Array Size function 14 11 array string constant 15 6 Array Subset function 14 12 arrays 14 1 auto indexing 14 2 auto indexing activity 14 3 block diagram 14 4 front panel 14 3 multiplot graphs 14 6 setting For Loop count 14 9 controls constants and indicators 14 2 creating and initializing 14 1 data acquisition arrays in graphs 14 20 efficient memory usage minimizing data copies 14 16 index 14 1 input arrays activity 14 8 setting For Loop count with auto indexing 14 9 purpose and use 1 5 resizing array indicator 14 5 attribute nodes 13 1 activity 13 3 block diagram 13 3 front panel 13 3 creating 13 1 Help window 13 2 purpose and use 1 5 13 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 2 attributes alarm 3 3 connection 3 2 general 3 2 operation 3 2 scaling 3 2 static vs dynamic 3 3 tag 3 1 axis text modifying note 11 19 B bit array tags alarm configuration 3 35 creating 3 5 purpose and use 3 10 scaling 3 29 Bit Array Tag Configuration dialog box 3 30 scaling examples table 3 30 block diagram generating with HMI G Wizard 4 8 program design 16 4 avoiding overuse
124. static picture on your front panel or you can use the Import Picture option of a popup menu or the Import Picture options in the Control Editor Picture files supported include EMF BMP and WMF files q F nae l Activity 4 2 Import a Graphic Image into aay BridgeVIEW Your objective is to use a graphic image created in an external drawing package in a BridgeVIEW front panel control 1 In BridgeVIEW select File New to create a new VI With the front panel open select a Horizontal Pointer Slide from Controls Numeric Pop up on the slide click on it with the right mouse button and select Change to Indicator 2 With the Positioning tool grab the upper right corner of the slide and stretch it to the right to make the slide longer If you hold down the lt Shift gt key when you click and drag the mouse you will restrict the stretch to one direction Move the Digital Display of the slide to a central location below the slide 3 Select the slide with the Positioning tool and select Edit Edit Control The Control Editor window appears as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 4 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface BridgeVIEW User Manual Control 5 OW x File Edit Operate Project Windows Help Control 13pt Application Font Ba EF S E Ni a i x 5 E Click on the Edit Mode button in the Control Editor toolbar The wren
125. the Bridge VIEW CD You can choose to install the NI DAQ OPC Server at the same time you install NI DAQ or you can install the NI DAQ OPC Server at a later time Select the NI DAQ OPC Server when you are prompted to install servers After you install the NI DAQ OPC Server you must run the NI DAQ Configuration Utility and the Channel Wizard to configure your DAQ system before you can use the NI DAQ OPC Server with Bridge VIEW National Instruments Corporation 8 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers All Channels created with the NI DAQ Channel Wizard appear as items when the DAQ OPC Server is selected in Bridge VIEW Installing and Configuring Device Servers from the BridgeVIEW Device Servers CD The Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD contains servers for several PLCs and remote I O devices These device servers are DLL based servers using the Device Server Toolkit interface to BridgeVIEW To install the Bridge VIEW Device Servers from the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD follow these steps 1 Insert the CD in your CD ROM drive If you are running BridgeVIEW on Windows 95 or NT 4 0 select Run from the Start menu 2 Follow the instructions that appear on the screen The Installer prompts you to select one or more servers to install It also installs the Server Explorer which all the device servers contained on the CD use for server configuration After you run the installer you must run the Server Explorer to configure the
126. the block diagram wire a constant of 5 to the count terminal of the For Loop Run the VI You will see three values in the Positive Array and two in the Negative Array even though the input array still has eight elements This demonstrates that if N is set and you are auto indexing the smaller number is used for the actual number of iterations of the loop Close the VI and do not save changes ya End i Activity 14 2 Using Array Functions G has many functions to manipulate arrays located in Functions Array These functions include Replace Array Element Search 1D Array Sort 1D Array Reverse 1D Array and Multiply Array Elements For more information about arrays and the array functions available refer to Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual or Online Reference Function and VI Reference Build Array aera SIAR array with appended elementis oiam Shar aye Build Array National Instruments Corporation 14 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs BridgeVIEW User Manual Build Array function Functions Array You can use it to create an array from scalar values or from other arrays Initially the Build Array function appears with one scalar input You can add as many inputs as you need to the Build Array function and each input can be either a scalar or an array To add more inputs pop up on the left side of the function an
127. the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag bit array VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the BridgeVIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag bit array VI BridgeVIEW User Manual A 64 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag discrete Use the Write Tag discrete VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag discrete VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag discrete VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation
128. the right or straight down The array now displays several elements in ascending index order beginning with the element corresponding to the specified index as the following illustration shows Warvetorm Array Waveform Array 5 noz 1 02 0 66 index 6 gt 8 14 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs In the previous block diagram you specified an initial X and a delta X value for the waveform The default initial X value is zero and the delta X value is 1 So you can wire the waveform array directly to the waveform graph terminal without the initial X and delta X specified as the following illustration shows Waveform Graph Wavetorm Array 1D Array 13 Return to the block diagram Delete the Bundle function and the numeric constants wired to it To delete the function and constants select the function and constants with the Positioning tool then press lt Delete gt Select Edit gt Remove Bad Wires Finish wiring the block diagram as shown in the previous illustration 14 Run the VI Notice that the VI plots the waveform with an initial X value of 0 and a delta X value of 1 Multiplot Graphs You can create multiplot waveform graphs by building an array of the data type normally passed to a single plot graph 2D Array BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 15 Continue building your block diagram as shown i
129. the same time There is no limit to the number of cursors a graph can have The following illustration shows a waveform graph with the cursor display 0 wo k e JOBS amp gt Gea Js 10 tT ft fe Cursor Y Position Style Movement X Position Control Control Cursor Lock Name to Plot Active Control Cursor Button for Cursor Movement For more detailed information on customizing graphs see Chapter 15 Graph and Chart Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual Refer to the ZoomGraph VI in Examples G Examples General Graphs zoom 11b for an example that reads cursor values and programmatically zooms in and out of a graph using the cursors National Instruments Corporation 14 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Graph Axes You can format the scales of a graph to represent either absolute or relative time Use absolute time format to display the time date or both for your scale If you do not want G to assume a date use relative time format To select absolute or relative time format pop up on the chart and select the scale you want to modify Select Formatting This enables the Formatting dialog box which you can use to specify different attributes of the chart Data Acquisition Arrays Data returned from a plug in data acquisition board using the Data Acquisition VIs can be in the form of a single value a 1D array or a 2D array You can find a number
130. the server does not support item configuration this button is disabled The Edit button invokes the Item Entry dialog box which you can use to edit an existing item name for a selected server If the server has access paths you also can edit an access path If the server does not support item configuration or if the selected item is not valid this button is disabled The Delete button invokes a confirmation dialog box If confirmed the selected item is removed from the item list If the server has access paths the selected access path is removed from the access path list If the server does not support item configuration or if the selected item is not valid this button is disabled ltem Configuration Options Configuring Item Resources This option is supported by servers that allow users to configure item resources The Create button invokes a server dependent configuration dialog box which you can use to configure a new item for a selected server If the server does not support item configuration this button is disabled 3 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration The Edit button invokes a server dependent configuration dialog box which you can use to edit the configuration of the selected item If the server does not support item configuration or if the selected item is not valid this button is disabled The Delete button invokes a confirmation dialog box If confirmed the selecte
131. the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Write Tag on Change string no longer waits for the tag to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use Shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change string A 70 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Tag Attributes VIs Use the Tag Attributes VIs to get and set tag configuration parameters currently used by the Bridge VIEW Engine for tag processing programmatically The Tag Attributes subpalette is shown below National Instruments Corporation A 71 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit Use the Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit VI to obtain limit information for a single tag value alarm for an analog tag Use the Alarm type input HI_HI HI LO LO_LO to specify the desired alarm limit information i alarms enabled tag name tag value alarm enabled alarm type lirit eror in no error Ses error out priority tag name is the name of the tag about whether you want to obtain information alarm type determines the type of alarm for which information is queried For analog tags the various alarm types are HI_HI HI LO and LO_LO error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not
132. to Export Alarm Deadband Tag Name Alarm Invert Mask Data Type Alarm Message Add gt Server Alarm Select Mask O Group Move Up Alarm on Peele herr 0 Group Device Auto Ack Move Down All gt gt Bad Status Enabled Bad Status Priority Coerce Use Default Order OF Cancel After you edit the file save it as a t xt file Then from the Tag Configuration Editor select File Import to import the information from the spreadsheet file If you use spreadsheet files with the Tag Configuration Editor it is important that you understand the following points e If you do not choose all of the fields when exporting your data you lose configuration information when you import it back to the Tag Configuration Editor e You might choose to export a subset of information and then rely on tag default parameters when you import the data back in to the Configuration Editor However each row in the spreadsheet file must contain the tag name and data type fields or the import mechanism cannot read it e Some configuration parameters such as Historical Logging Configuration and Event Configuration are inherited from the currently open scf file when you import spreadsheet data e When importing you can append the imported tags to the current scf file i Note If the tag name and data type fields are missing the File Import option does not work on the spreadsheet file National Instruments Corporation
133. to obtain the current operator name access level and access level name operator name access level access level name operator name is the login name of the current Bridge VIEW user Bridge VIEW user access level name is a descriptive name associated with the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user access level is the numeric access level assigned to the current BridgeVIEW User Manual A 46 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Invoke Login Dialog Use the Invoke Login Dialog VI to launch the Bridge VIEW Login dialog box If the user selects Cancel in the Login dialog box the previous user remains active operator name access level access level name cancelled operator name is the login name of the current Bridge VIEW user access level is the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user access level name is a descriptive name associated with the numeric access level assigned to the current Bridge VIEW user d E BE F cancelled indicates whether the user pressed Cancel in the Login dialog box aborting the login National Instruments Corporation A 49 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Programmatic Login Use the Programmatic Login VI to programmatically log in a user T AoE a HHE BridgeVIEW User Manual user name iler User name out access level access level name login successful error
134. to the current direction To create more bends in the wire click the mouse button To change the direction of the wire press the spacebar Click with the mouse button to tack the wire down and move the mouse perpendicularly Tip Strips When you move the Wiring tool over the terminal of a node a tip strip for that terminal pops up Tip strips consist of small yellow text banners that display the name of each terminal These tip strips should help you to wire the terminals The following illustration displays the tip strip that appears when you place the Wiring tool over an output of the Simple Error Handler VI 9 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs VI gt 2 lt q Wiring Tool lt q Tip Strip i Note When you place the Wiring tool over a node G displays wire stubs that indicate each input and output The wire stub has a dot at its end if it is an input to the node Wire Stretching k You can move wired objects individually or in groups by dragging the selected objects to a new location with the Positioning tool Temperatura 1 Es Temperature 2 Temperature 3 Selecting and Deleting Wires You might wire nodes incorrectly If you do select the wire you want to delete and then press lt Delete gt A wire segment is a single horizontal or vertical piece of wire The point where three or four wire segments join is called a junction A wire branch contains all the
135. type and wires it to the terminal BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 2 National Instruments Corporation Terminals Wires Chapter 9 Creating VIS SHOW Data Operations Replace Representation Format amp Precision Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator k You can create an indicator and wire it to an output terminal by popping up on the terminal and selecting Create Indicator As an alternative to placing constants on the block diagram and wiring them to functions and VIs you can pop up on a function or VI terminal and select Create Constant You cannot delete a control or indicator from the block diagram As with all front panel objects you must go to the front panel select the Positioning tool and then delete the object Each time you create a new control or indicator on the front panel Bridge VIEW creates the corresponding terminal in the block diagram The terminal symbols suggest the data type of the control or indicator For example a DBL terminal represents a double precision floating point number a TF terminal is a Boolean an I16 terminal represents a regular 16 bit integer and an ABC terminal represents a string For more information about data types in G and their graphical representations see the G Programming Quick Reference Card Terminals are regions on a VI or function through which data passes Terminals are analogous to parameters in text based programming languages It is important that you
136. until the power switch is turned off The objects inside the loop include functions and subVIs that generate simulated data that is displayed on the historical trends and other objects on the front panel At this point you do not need to understand all of the structures and objects completely Chapters 9 through 16 of this manual describe in greater detail each element that appears in a VI Close the VI AIS End P Activity 2 1 BridgeVIEW Environment Project Menu The Bridge VIEW system is comprised of the G programming language and a collection of software tools designed specifically for industrial automation applications You can access these tools through the Project menu in your Bridge VIEW system Table 2 1 provides a brief description of the items in the Project menu Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Configure Bridge VIEW Opens a utility you can use to configure Bridge VIEW to start Startup particular VIs whenever you start Bridge VIEW Historical Trend Viewer Launches the Historical Trend Viewer HTV You can use the HTV to view historical data logged in the Citadel Historical Database For more information about the HTV see Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Bridge VIEW User Manual 2 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Continued Launch Engine Launches the Bridge VIEW Engine The Bridge VIEW Engine manages the Re
137. unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to the timeout input The Read Tag bit array VI returns with the most recent Real Time Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read Note Use a separate Read Tag bit array VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag bit array VI in a loop to read a different tag each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag bit array VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes JE Bridge VIEW User Manual m alarm value status tag name value timeout secs 0 value timestamp e fare changed tag name is the name of the bit array tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database before reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is the default value of 0 the Read Tag bit array VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag bit array waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs be
138. want to update your settings each time you exit the HTV How Do You View New Data Automatically After It Has Been Logged to Citadel You can use Live Mode to watch incoming data after it has been logged When the Engine is turned on with historical logging enabled the Live button appears to the right of the panning buttons When you click the Live button the trend automatically updates periodically Select Viewer Preferences in the HTV Preferences dialog box to set how often the trend will display the new data The default is 10 seconds If Always scroll with new data is checked the display updates whenever new data is logged While Live Mode is turned on the values for each tag are extrapolated to the last time the trend was updated These extrapolated values are marked with an asterisk in the Data Display When a cursor or slider is placed before the extrapolation begins for a tag the asterisk will not be present Turning off Live Mode also turns off extrapolation How Do You Incorporate the HTV into Your HMI Application The HTV is available by selecting Project Historical Trend Viewer However in many HMI applications you might elect not to give the operator access to the standard menu bar You can use the Call HTV VI located in the Historical Data subpalette of the Functions palette to call the HTV dynamically from your HMI application See the section Historical Data VIs in Appendix A HMI Function Reference for deta
139. wire segments from one junction to another from a terminal to the next junction or from one terminal to another if there are no junctions in between You select a wire segment by clicking on it with the Positioning tool Double clicking selects a branch and triple clicking selects the entire wire National Instruments Corporation 9 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS Segment Junction T gt Selects a Segment Selects a Branch Selects an Entire Wire Bad Wires A dashed wire represents a bad wire You can get a bad wire for a number of reasons such as connecting two controls or connecting a source terminal to a destination terminal when the data types do not match for instance connecting a numeric to a Boolean You can remove a bad wire k by clicking on it with the Positioning tool and pressing lt Delete gt Choosing Edit Remove Bad Wires or lt Ctrl B gt deletes all bad wires in the block diagram This is a useful quick fix to try if your VI refuses to run or returns the Signal has Loose Ends error message i Note Do not confuse a black dashed wire with a dotted wire A dotted wire represents a Boolean data type as the following illustration shows Dashed Wire bad Mumber 1 ra Dotted Wire good BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIS Activity 9 1 Create a VI Your objective is to build a VI Ws Imagine that you ha
140. wire the correct terminals of a function or VI You can view the icon connector to make correct wiring easier To do this pop up on the function or VI and choose Show Terminals To return to the icon pop up on the function or VI and select Show Terminals again A wire is a data path between nodes Wires are colored according to the kind of data each wire carries Blue wires carry integers orange wires carry National Instruments Corporation 9 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS BridgeVIEW User Manual floating point numbers green wires carry Booleans and pink wires carry strings For more information about wire styles and colors see the G Programming Quick Reference Card To wire from one terminal to another click the Wiring tool on the first terminal move the tool to the second terminal and click on the second terminal It does not matter at which terminal you start The hot spot of the Wiring tool is the tip of the unwound wiring segment In the wiring illustrations in this section the arrow at the end of this mouse symbol shows where to click and the number printed on the arrow indicates how many times to click the mouse button When the Wiring tool is over a terminal the terminal area blinks to indicate that clicking connects the wire to that terminal Do not hold down the mouse button while moving the Wiring tool from one terminal to another You can bend a wire once by moving the mouse perpendicular
141. written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change discrete operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change discrete or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Write Tag on Change discrete no longer waits for the tag to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change discrete National Instruments Corporation A 69 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag on Change string Use the Write Tag on Change string VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If th
142. xxi Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual Conventions Used in This Manual bold italic bold italic monospace monospace bold monospace italic lt gt lt Control gt paths BridgeVIEW User Manual The following conventions are used in this manual Bold text denotes a parameter menu name palette name menu item return value function panel item or dialog box button or option Italic text denotes mathematical variables emphasis a cross reference or an introduction to a key concept Bold italic text denotes an activity objective note caution or warning Text in this font denotes text or characters that you should literally enter from the keyboard Sections of code programming examples and syntax examples also appear in this font This font also is used for the proper names of disk drives paths directories programs subprograms subroutines device names variables filenames and extensions and for statements and comments taken from program code Bold text in this font denotes the messages and responses that the computer automatically prints to the screen This font also emphasizes lines of code that are different from the other examples Italic text in this font denotes that you must enter the appropriate words or values in the place of these items Angle brackets enclose the name of a key on the keyboard for example lt PageDown gt A hyphen between two or more key names encl
143. you can use other servers available from companies other than National Instruments To use a device server with Bridge VIEW first you must install the device server and register it or run its configuration utility More specific information on installing and registering National Instruments servers follows later in this section This information is written to the Common Configuration Database where Bridge VIEW obtains the server information For some servers you configure devices and items with the server specific Configuration Utility Then the Tag Configuration Editor imports server device and item information so you can create tags AK device servers allow you to directly create and configure communication resources devices and items from the Tag Configuration Editor 8 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Servers When you register a device server its name appears in the list of servers shown in the various Edit Tag screens of the Tag Configuration Editor Once you configure your server you can create a Bridge VIEW Configuration using that server Depending on the server different information is written to the Common Configuration Database CCDB when the server is registered The most simple servers register no more than their names and launch paths You can select items by adding in the item strings in the Edit Tag dialog box for each tag using that server To select a device you must create an I O Group and selec
144. your HMI into several panels so the operator can navigate through them using buttons on the screen The Panel G Wizard helps you generate the navigation system by automatically generating code and attaching it to front panel buttons For more information about the Panel G Wizard see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Build an HMI BridgeVIEW User Manual To build an HMI use the graphical controls and indicators to lay out the user interface objects on the front panel and a special set of VI libraries on the block diagram to do the following e Read and write tag values e View and acknowledge alarm states and events e Display historical and real time data e Read tag configuration and security information e Control the BridgeVIEW system programmatically e Access and change tag attributes e Control output tags 4 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface Front Panel Objects A front panel is the user interface of a virtual instrument VI You build the front panel of a VI with a combination of controls and indicators representing the values of the tags Controls are the means of supplying data to your VI and indicators display data that your VI generates There are many types of controls and indicators available from the Controls palette shown in the following illustration You can choose objects to place on your front panel such as real time trend displays alarms and events displ
145. 1 vi amp HMI 2 vi section Click on the HMI 1 button The front panel of HMI 1 vi appears Now click on the HMI 2 button The front panel of HMI 2 vi appears Press the Shutdown button to close the front panels of HMI 1 and HMI 2 and stop VI Control2 vi LF End of Activity 15 1 National Instruments Corporation 15 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Program Design Now that you are familiar with many aspects of G programming you need to apply that knowledge to develop your own applications This chapter suggests some techniques to use when creating programs and offers programming style recommendations Use Top Down Design When you have a large project to manage incorporate top down design G has an advantage over other programming languages with respect to top down design because you can start with the final user interface then animate it Make a List of User Requirements Create a list of the panels with which the user can interact the number and type of controls and indicators for these panels the need for real time analysis data presentation and so on Next create mock up front panels you can show to the prospective users or manipulate yourself if you are the user Think about and discuss functions and features Use this interactive process to redesign the user interface as necessary You might need to do some low level research at this early stage to be certain you can meet specifications Design the VI Hierarchy
146. 150 MB of disk space The Standard installation is recommended 4 After selecting an installation follow the instructions that appear on your screen Note If you plan to use National Instruments Data Acquisition DAQ devices VISA or GPIB instrumentation you can perform either the Full installation which installs all necessary drivers and example programs or the Custom installation in which you Select the items to install After you have installed BridgeVIEW completely it is ready to run You might need to re boot your machine after installation so that updated system DAQ VISA or GPIB drivers can be loaded properly BridgeVIEW User Manual 1 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction What Is BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW is a software package specifically targeted at industrial automation applications Bridge VIEW provides configurable solutions for common HMI and SCADA functions while leveraging the flexibility of graphical programming Bridge VIEW is built around the G programming language created by National Instruments Corporation With Bridge VIEW you can acquire data and control one or more distributed devices in an overall facility Bridge VIEW can change set points or send control instructions to the individual devices while monitoring the entire system It also can gather information like alarms and measurement points from these devices Common devices used for data acquisition include Programmab
147. 25 How Do You Set Initial Tag Value at Startup cc eeeeeseeeeeees 3 25 SCAUNE heie a ae icy cece a eels ete sete seine ba areata de E 3 25 PATIO WAG S cose Saye viet E iene can eater are teale Moma 3 27 Example Lincar Salini ace tae muedinecesesiee 3 27 Example Square Root Scaling ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 How Do You Assign Units to an Analog Tag cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 Discite WAC S22 aad cctias a acon tecet Aucttea eames 3 28 BCA y De 24 ce en nc aR 3 29 National Instruments Corporation vii Bridge VIEW User Manual Contents PRAWNS cisereeiah Peis A sewed casdetends teat agaane eiclasaontoatec donee A 3 31 How Do You Configure Alarms for a Tag cceccccecscseeetnnteteeneees 3 34 PATIOS Tisya a ial dasa a puaneleanatateeneatnane 3 34 Decret TIE Saia s A dace 3 35 BEAN ASS a a E AA 3 35 Se Tae S a A 3 36 What Is Alarm Deadband on Analog Tags cesseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 36 How Do You Keep an Alarm Unacknowledged after the Alarm Returns to Normal ccessessenetececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 37 AUTO ACK OI IN OFA li aea Gaeta A 3 37 User MU TACK acict sig cicere sures snciusesueanssomeuananssdnonaeoveteamenanee 3 38 How Do You Configure Other Engine Parameters cccccccccccceecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaaaes 3 44 How Do You Turn on Historical and Event Logging at Startup 3 44 How Do You Set the File Paths for Historical and Events
148. 45 efficient use with arrays 14 16 VI Server considerations 15 2 memory tags 3 19 when not to use 3 19 when to use 3 20 Microsoft Access retrieving Citadel data B 12 Microsoft Excel retrieving Citadel data B 11 Microsoft Query retrieving Citadel data B 7 multiple loop applications initializing and shutting down 4 28 multiplot chart creating activity 11 17 multiplot graphs creating 14 6 Multiply function 12 9 network tags 3 6 adding 3 7 networking Bridge VIEW exporting users to another computer on the network 7 20 importing users from another computer on the network 7 21 using remote OPC servers 8 7 NI DAQ 6 x 8 3 NI DAQ OPC server installing 8 3 Not Equal function 12 10 National Instruments Corporation l 11 Index Not function adding to subVI 10 8 VI Server 15 7 numeric constants adding to subVI 9 20 auto indexing 14 5 Case structure 12 3 For Loop 11 23 graph and analysis VIs activity 14 20 Sequence structure 12 9 shift register 11 23 numeric controls and indicators 2 6 numeric conversion 11 21 0 Object pop up menu tool 2 4 ODBC driver B 1 threads table B 4 using B 6 One Button Dialog function 12 4 online help accessing 2 23 Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 13 links to online help files 2 24 simple complex help view 2 23 OPC servers connecting to tags 3 21 remote 8 7 using with Bridge VIEW 8 5 Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver B 1 Open VI Referenc
149. 6 creating and modifying user accounts 7 17 Edit User Accounts dialog box 7 18 exporting a list of users to a file 7 19 finding access level 7 15 finding environment access privileges 7 15 National Instruments Corporation l 13 Index identifying current operator 7 17 logging in and out 7 15 modifying access privileges 7 22 modifying list of available user access levels 7 19 Privileges dialog box 7 16 prompting operator to log in 7 16 restricting access 7 17 environment security importing a list of users from a file 7 20 Operator Interface Security 7 22 controlling visibility attributes 7 23 limiting user access to operator interface panels 7 23 overview 1 7 Project menu items Security Access Levels 2 11 Security Change Password 2 11 Security Edit User Accounts 2 11 Security Login 2 11 Security Logout 2 11 Security Privileges 2 11 Security Monitor VI A 52 Security VIs Check Operator Privileges A 47 Get Operator Name A 48 Invoke Login Dialog A 49 Programmatic Login A 50 Programmatic Logout A 51 Security Monitor A 52 User Account List A 53 Select Tags to Monitor dialog box 2 21 selector 12 2 sequence local variable 12 9 Sequence structure 12 5 activity 12 5 block diagram 12 7 front panel 12 5 diagram identifier 12 1 illustration 12 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index incrementing and decrementing subdiagrams 12 1 overview 12 5 purpose and use 1 4 subdiagram display w
150. 7 03 11 011 288 8528 905 785 0086 514 694 4399 45 76 26 02 09 725 725 55 01 48 14 24 14 089 714 60 35 2686 8505 03 6120095 02 41309215 03 5472 2977 02 596 7455 5 520 3282 0348 430673 32 84 86 00 2265887 91 640 0533 08 730 43 70 056 200 51 55 02 737 4644 01635 523154 512 794 5678 National Instruments Corporation Technical Support Form Photocopy this form and update it each time you make changes to your software or hardware and use the completed copy of this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently If you are using any National Instruments hardware or software products related to this problem include the configuration forms from their user manuals Include additional pages if necessary Name Company Address Fax ___ Phone ___ Computer brand Model Processor Operating system include version number Clock speed MHz RAM MB Display adapter Mouse __ yes __no Other adapters installed Hard disk capacity MB Brand Instruments used National Instruments hardware product model Revision Configuration National Instruments software product Version Configuration The problem is List any error messages The following steps reproduce the problem BridgeVIEW Hardware and Software Configuration Form Record the settings and revisions o
151. 76 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Attribute Use the Get Tag Attributes VI to obtain the value of a tag attribute The tag attribute input provides a large list for selection Each attribute is selected by specifying its numeric code The value of the attribute selected is returned upon execution If the attribute returns a numeric use the value output If the attribute returns a Boolean use the value discrete output For more information about the tag attributes you can query with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual If the attribute returns a numeric output value discrete returns a FALSE if the value is zero and a TRUE if the value is nonzero If the attribute returns a discrete output value returns a 1 or O corresponding to TRUE or FALSE in value discrete tag attribute 0 lt none value discrete emor in no error eor out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information tag attribute 0 lt none gt is a list of various parameters that you can query for a tag Each attribute has a numeric code E A error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix val
152. AUSED BY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT THERETOFORE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF DATA PROFITS USE OF PRODUCTS OR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF This limitation of the liability of National Instruments will apply regardless of the form of action whether in contract or tort including negligence Any action against National Instruments must be brought within one year after the cause of action accrues National Instruments shall not be liable for any delay in performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control The warranty provided herein does not cover damages defects malfunctions or service failures caused by owner s failure to follow the National Instruments installation operation or maintenance instructions owner s modification of the product owner s abuse misuse or negligent acts and power failure or surges fire flood accident actions of third parties or other events outside reasonable control Under the copyright laws this publication may not be reproduced or transmitted in any form electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording storing in an information retrieval system or translating in whole or in part without the prior written consent of National Instruments Corporation BridgeVIEW LabVIEW National Instruments natinst co
153. Alarms for Discrete Tag Configuration Bit Array Tags You can enable one of two types of alarms for bit array tags Alarm on Any indicates the overall tag is in alarm if any of the bits are in alarm state Alarm on All means the overall tag is in alarm only if all of the bits are in alarm state You can use the Invert Mask to determine the bits that should use alarm on low OFF rather than the default alarm on high ON You can use the Select AND Mask to determine the bits that should be considered for the alarm If you have bits in the Select Mask that are zero OFF these bits are not used in calculation of the tag alarm state Figure 3 13 shows the Alarms tab of the Bit Array Tag Configuration dialog box National Instruments Corporation 3 35 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User Manual o Bit Array Tag Configuration Tagil General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Tag Value Alarms W Enable Tag Yalue Alarms Alarm on Any all Any All Alarm Invert Mask x 0 Edit Alarm Select Mask x FFFFFFFF Edit Priority 1 Alarm Message Bad Status Alarm W Enable Priority 15 Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 13 Alarms for Bit Array Tag Configuration String Tags String tags have no alarm states based on tag value They only support Bad Status alarms What Is Alarm Deadband on Analog Tags
154. Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix Bridge VIEW User Manual A 28 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File This VI stores the data from a set of historical trends into a spreadsheet file format The columns created are date time tag data tag2data and so on A header is created labelling the date time and tag names The default delimiter is the tab character sending a different value via the format info input such as a comma will change the character used to separate columns You can also override the default date and time format by wiring a different value to the date amp time format input To customize the file dialog behavior if the file path input is an empty path or Not A Path use the file info input file info format info date amp time format aR Of file path peal file path out historical data tag names error out error in no error sample interval 1 0 sec stark stop time mfo file info describes information to customize the file prompt and creation behavior prompt is the messages that appears below the list of files and directories in the file dialog box function function is the operation to perform default name is the initial file name that appears in the selection box of the File dialog box pattern is the match pattern specification used to display only certain types of files or directories 1 HE E format
155. Control Panel S1Ze 0 cecceeeseseseeennceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 7 6 How Do You Control Panel Visibility 00 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 7 7 Bridie VLE W SystemC onmo laa a alc src tesestee lee anette ht 7 7 SV SCSI VIG nnan aa ya eydanigeaamedbaatantessvancndie dias sodancusacian 7 7 How Do You Start or Stop the Bridge VIEW Engine HOn YOUR A PPlCAllOm ac aicicsteecer neck pices Saceracee lel etanterdvnaeean sade 7 8 How Do You Start or Stop Historical Logging from WY OUR A PPNCAT ON hisor Ge isteavete cs Gate amen tatnaatas temaacivinestanayl 7 8 How Do You Start or Stop Event Logging Foni VOU ADP CALGON sscvsicostecet ce caactond cakas a 7 8 How Do You Start or Stop Event Printing HONY OULEA PP CAUION xi isis sadteceresiadaedanediudantGusieadm on dusreusmaatanriucauses 7 8 PAG ACTOS SV 1S aecicecacati anon a ad bao basa aaa ecw a a a a 7 9 Brdce VIEW Se C unity eona E cel enanaante cman cated sur tantunaubeostedes 7 13 Environment SC CUTIES aiee banal n mac astasmasannscacenenumtendalusealoketsncetines 7 13 How Do You Log In and Out sos vecssserotrcncsscrarecccasentvosta tonuretsedibeusivesswes 7 15 How Do You Find Your Access Level cccsssssssssstcccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 15 How Do You Find Your Environment Privileges 0csceeeeees 7 15 How Do You Change Your Password ccccccccseseceeeeeeneseessssnsseees 7 16 How Do You Check a User s Privileges ccccccceccccesseeeesnenessn
156. Data Range With the Data Range option you can prevent a user from setting a control or indicator value outside a preset range or increment Your options are to ignore the value coerce it to within range or suspend execution The range error symbol appears in place of the run button in the toolbar when a range error suspends execution Also a solid dark border frames the control that is out of range 6 Pop up on the Number to Match indicator and choose Data Range 7 Fill in the dialog box as shown in the following illustration and click OK Representation Minin oc Maximum fio o ooo lf Value is Out of Range Increment fo Suspend Default Id Use Default Values Cancel _ Block Diagram Open the block diagram 9 Place the Sequence structure Functions Structures in the block diagram 10 Enlarge the structure by dragging one corner with the Resizing cursor 11 Create a new frame by popping up on the frame border and choose Add Frame After Repeat this step to create frame 2 12 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustrations National Instruments Corporation 12 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Get initial time Humber to Match of iterations Increment starts at 0 z0 Increment by 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 8 National Instruments Corporation Oooo do 13 14 ava O National Instruments Co
157. E e Highlight Execution button Displays data as it passes through wires Step Into button Steps into loops subVIs and so on Step Over button Begins single stepping steps over a loop subVI and so on Step Out button Completes execution of loops VIs block diagrams and so on lcon Connector VIs use a hierarchical and modular structure You can use them as top level programs or as subprograms within other programs A VI within another VI is called a subVI The icon connector pane of a VI works like a graphical parameter list so that other VIs can pass data to it as a subVI National Instruments Corporation 2 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Tools Palette Br F K E iii COTE Bridge VIEW User Manual Bridge VIEW has a floating Tools palette which you can use to edit and debug VIs You use the lt Tab gt key to tab through the commonly used tools on the palette If you have closed the Tools palette select Windows Show Tools Palette to display the palette A shortcut for bringing up the Tools palette is to right click while pressing the lt Shift gt key The following illustration shows the Tools palette Operating tool Places Controls and Functions palette items on the front panel and block diagram Positioning tool Positions resizes and selects objects Labeling tool Edits text and creates free labels Wiring tool Wires objects together in the block d
158. EW system You can call this VI multiple times from your HMI group tag names read parameters alarm summary status m group tag names determines the tags for which alarm status is to be read Use group lt ALL gt to get the status of all of the tag alarms in the system arr read parameters is a cluster of parameters for filtering out the alarms for which status is checked min priority is the minimum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 1 and above are reported max priority is the maximum priority of alarms to read If left unwired alarms corresponding to priority level 15 and below are reported filter ACK alarms determines whether acknowledged alarms are read arr alarm summary status contains information about the alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system T TF Bridge VIEW User Manual active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system any alarm is an indication of any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status unack alarms is the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system any unack alarm is an indication of any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged A 6 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Alarm Summary Use the Read Alarm Summary VI to display current alarm information for a set of tags or tag groups within a given alarm pri
159. EW User Manual Determines Din ees zero scale minimum value used by the Bridge VIEW Engine and the user application for a tag Engineering Zero Scale must be less than Engineering Full Scale Determines the engineering units for a tag Examples include degrees Celsius liters and kilograms Determines the type of scaling algorithm to be used for a tag The scaling methods differ according to tag data type You can configure analog tags for linear or square root scaling discrete tags for invert scaling or bit array tags for mask scaling All tags can be configured for no scaling Determines whether to coerce data so that it 1s valid for the target If scaling to output the value must be within the raw device server range If scaling to input the value must be within the engineering HMI range Determines which bits are inverted for a bit array tag Bits in the mask that are 1 are inverted bits that are 0 are not inverted The default mask is 0 indicating none of the bits are inverted In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an XOR with the Invert Mask to produce the scaled value Determines which bits are used for the bit array tag Bits in the mask that are 1 have their values passed through to the RTDB bits that are 0 are set to zero regardless of the value received from the server In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an AND with the Select Mask to produce the scaled value i Note There ts
160. Engine They return a Boolean error flag to indicate whether the operation was successful If the error flag is TRUE the tag specific information returned by the VI might not be valid Some VIs also return a more detailed value status variable All the VIs return a shutdown indication If TRUE this output indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is in the shutdown state and your application must finish execution so that shutdown can finish If the Bridge VIEW Engine goes into the shutdown state while these VIs are waiting on an event the VI terminates the wait and returns immediately to the calling diagram You can use this output to tell your diagram to complete execution All VIs that read information from the Bridge VIEW database can return information immediately or wait for the database to be updated with new information before returning The timeout input controls this behavior This input tells the VI how long to wait in seconds for the tag information to be updated in the Real Time Database If timeout is O seconds the VI immediately reads the database and returns the current tag information If timeout is less than O the VI continues to wait until the tag is updated or the Engine shuts down If timeout is greater than O the VI waits until the tag is updated in the database or the timeout BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface period is exceeded whichever occurs first
161. Files 008 3 44 How Do You Conmieoure SHS eera a E 3 44 How Do You Configure Engine Parameters ccccccccccccsceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 44 How Do You Launch Server Configuration Utilities fromthe Fas Conti curation Or scant ted cap brceidi conaioduwabcaahd a T 3 46 How Do You Access or Change Tag Configuration Information If VOUE APP CAO anea a a aN 3 46 Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface WY ae ES a HM accent Sac a acl esas tee a a a ae uke aa E eased 4 How Do Y ou Buldan HM lt 5 cca ce ccenet ean E E TAN 4 2 Pront Pant LOD COS era a E Medassanensauansusaniies 4 3 HM GWIZ d isis os sad ctss te aaa a eed a a teaches bat 4 3 Generate the Block Dia traning n a Rites aeateees 4 8 Front Panel Object and Wizard Subdiagram Association ceeees 4 8 How Do You Customize Front Panel Objects 0 0 cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeenees 4 12 Control Editor saacesesthannas caterers tea aupeseueeattan A 4 12 Dnporine Graphies ae a A a 4 13 How Do You Configure Front Panel Objects Programmatically e vais aia tosis 4 15 How Do You Monitor and Control Tags sists csandeatlewainteatnnstnageatecsanondevieuntaniemidunthiodencts 4 16 Tae Data Type nesae a a e a e a 4 17 Tags Visand Alarms and Events VISnarc an a E 4 20 How Do the Tags and Alarms and Events VIs Affect Startup Shutdown royre eiaistadascamentsininciestandts 4 24 Bridge VIEW User Manual viii National Instruments Corporation Contents Genera
162. Format F Binan f Octal f Hexadecimal Discrete Yalue Display Numeric Yalue True On ee tilts False Ot Timestamp Precision Digits of Precision T Monitor Same Tags in Next Session Cancel Figure 2 8 Tag Monitor Preferences Dialog Box 2 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment How Do You Access Online Help Choose Help Show Help When you place one of the tools on a subVI node the Help window shows the icon for the subVI with wires attached to each terminal The following illustration shows an example of online help This is the Acknowledge Alarm VI from the Functions Alarms amp Events subpalette groupflag names ack alarm T Veediheuacivanwanecan shutdowr Acknowledge Alarm vi Thi YI allows you to acknowledge Alarms from your MMI It can be used to acknowledge the alarm condition of a single tag or a group of tags You can call it when a boolean is pressed by a user on pour MMI This Vl can be called multiple times from your Simple Complex Help View In the Help window you can specify whether you want to display the simple or complex view for block diagram objects i Note When you open the Help window BridgeVIEW automatically defaults to the simple help view In simple help view Bridge VIEW displays only the required and recommended inputs for VIs and functions In complex help view BridgeVIEW displays the required recommended and optio
163. Get Tag Bad Status Alarm More information and an activity that use the Tag Attributes VIs can be found in the Tag Attributes VIs section of Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics For complete information about these and other VIs see Appendix A HMI Function Reference 3 46 National Instruments Corporation Human Machine Interface This chapter explains what a Human Machine Interface HMI is and how you can monitor and control tags from your HMI This chapter also describes several general principles of HMI programming in G and provides activities that illustrate how to accomplish the following e Build your HMI using the HMI G Wizard e Customize front panel objects with imported graphics i Note To understand the concepts and to complete most tasks associated with building an HMI you should be familiar with the basic functionality of G programming If you have not completed the G Tutorial section of this manual you should do so now The example diagrams shown in this chapter are taken from several HMI examples you can find in the BridgeVIEW Examples HMI Examples folder What Is an HMI An HMI is the interface through which an operator interacts with the Bridge VIEW system and with the outside environment that Bridge VIEW monitors and controls The operator is the end user of the system To monitor the changes in configured tags in real time you can build one or more Human Machine Interface HMI applications
164. HMI G Wizard Operations Control analog tags Numeric Control Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a numeric control to associate an analog output tag value with that control You can set the colors and blink options under alarm conditions and specify the updates to happen only when the control value changes Display analog Numeric Indicator Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a numeric indicator to values associate an analog input tag value with that indicator You can set the color and blink options under alarm conditions Control discrete tags Boolean Control Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a Boolean control to associate a discrete output tag value or an alarm acknowledgement state Alarm Acknowledgement with that control When you invoke the Wizard for the first time on a Boolean control the Configuration dialog box is set for Tag Value To change the control association from tag value to alarm acknowledgement mode change the Attach Control to ring to Alarm Acknowledgement Select a set of tags that requires acknowledgement when the Control value is set to TRUE You can set blink and color options under Alarm Conditions A preformatted Acknowledge Alarm button is contained in the Boolean Controls palette Acknowledge alarms BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface Table 4 1 HMI G Wizard Operations Continued Display discrete Boolean Indicator Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a Boolean indi
165. Historical Trend A 20 Decimate Historical Trends A 21 example 6 4 Get Historical Tag List 6 4 A 23 Get Historical Trend Info A 24 Historical Trend Statistics A 25 Historical Trend Statistics VI 6 7 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet A 27 National Instruments Corporation Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File A 29 list of VIs 6 4 locating A 17 Read Historical Trend A 31 Read Historical Trends 6 4 A 33 Historical Logging Configuration dialog box illustration 6 3 parameters table 6 3 Historical Trend Statistics VI example 6 7 purpose and use A 25 Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 9 activity 6 15 exporting data to spreadsheet 6 13 illustration 6 9 incorporating into HMI applications 6 14 launching 2 11 live mode 6 14 online help 6 13 plot colors and style in trend changing 6 13 Select Tags dialog box 6 10 selecting tags to display 6 10 tag time and color preferences setting 6 13 time axis changing 6 10 manual changes 6 11 panning button functions 6 11 timespan of displayed data changing 6 12 viewing newly logged data 6 14 viewing tag value at specific point in time 6 12 Y axis changing 6 12 zooming in on a trend 6 13 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File VI A 29 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet VI A 27 National Instruments Corporation l 9 Index HMI G Wizard alarm acknowledgement activity 5 7 building alarm summary activity 5 3 copyi
166. IEW see the section How Do You Access Online Help in Chapter 2 Bridge VIEW Environment of this manual With attribute nodes you can assign characteristics or read the current state of an attribute by popping up on the attribute and selecting Change to Read BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes 9 Activity 13 1 Use an Attribute Node Your objective is to create a VI that indicates a high limit condition using attribute nodes You will use the Fill Color attribute of a Tank indicator to indicate whether a randomly generated tank level has gone above the user defined limit is Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and create it as shown in the following illustration Limit Setting 50 00 Digital Control Rectangular Stop Button 2 Rescale the tank from 0 0 to 100 0 3 Set the default Limit Setting to 50 00 Block Diagram 4 Create the block diagram as shown below Fandom Humber 0 1 National Instruments Corporation 13 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes gt visio o d yvy a piis Not function Functions Boolean In this exercise the Not function inverts the value of the STOP button so that the While Loop executes repeatedly until you click the STOP button The default state of the button is FALSE Random Number Generator Functions Numeric Generates raw data between 0 a
167. IEW RTDB Instead you can query as well as control other features of the Bridge VIEW system These VI libraries are as follows e Tag Attributes e Historical Data e System which includes Security VIs You can reach these VIs through the Functions palette shown below ar Functions Tags Read Write and Trend Alarms and Events Tags and Constants Tag Attributes System and Security Historical Data BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface Tag Data Type Bridge VIEW has a special data type called the tag data type that is aware of the available tag names and tag group names contained in the current scf file All Bridge VIEW functions that can operate on tags or tag groups use the tag data type The tag data type is marked with a valve glyph Constants and wires in the block diagram carrying this tag information are displayed in purple The tag control and indicator can be found in the Controls Strings palette The tag constant can be found in the Functions Tags palette The Functions Tags palette also contains functions that convert between a tag data type and a string data type and a special not a tag constant The following illustration shows the tag control indicator and constant as they appear on the front panel and block diagram Front Panel View of Tag Controls and Indicators Tag Control Tag Indicator Block Diagram View of a Tag Control and In
168. Is A 4 Acknowledge Alarm A 5 effect on startup and shutdown 4 24 Get Alarm Summary Status A 6 locating A 4 purpose and use 4 16 4 20 Read Alarm Summary A 7 Read Event History A 11 Read Tag Alarm A 15 error handling A 1 errors not reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 errors reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 Historical Data VIs A 17 Call HTV A 18 Decimate Historical Trend A 20 Decimate Historical Trends A 21 Get Historical Tag List 6 4 A 23 Get Historical Trend Info A 24 Historical Trend Statistics 6 7 A 25 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet A 27 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File A 29 locating A 17 Read Historical Trend A 31 Read Historical Trends 6 4 A 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Security VIs Check Operator Privileges A 47 Get Operator Name A 48 Invoke Login Dialog A 49 Programmatic Login A 50 Programmatic Logout A 51 Security Monitor A 52 User Account List A 53 System VIs A 35 Enable Event Logging 7 8 A 36 Enable historical data logging 7 8 A 37 Enable printing 7 8 A 38 Engine Launch 7 8 A 39 Engine Shutdown A 39 Get Engine Status A 41 Get Tag Status Info A 42 locating A 35 Post System Error or Event A 43 Tag Status Handler A 44 Tag Attributes VIs A 71 Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit A 72 Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting A 73 Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting A 74 Get Group List A 75 Get Tag Alarm Enabled A 76 Get Tag Attribute A 77 Get Tag Bad Status Alarm In
169. Manual The Number to Match control contains the number you want to match The Current Number indicator displays the current random number The of iterations indicator displays the number of iterations before amatch Time to Match indicates how many seconds it took to find the matching number Modifying the Numeric Format By default Bridge VIEW displays values in numeric controls in decimal notation with two decimal places for example 3 14 You can use the Format amp Precision option of a control or indicator pop up menu to change the precision or to display the numeric controls and indicators in scientific or engineering notation You can also use the Format amp Precision option to denote time and date formats for numerics 2 Pop up on the Time to Match digital indicator and choose Format amp Precision The front panel must be the active window to access the menu 3 Enter 3 for Digits of Precision and click OK Format amp Precision x Format Example Mumeric 3 14 4 Digits of Precision amp Floating Point Notation Scientific Notation Engineering Notation amp Relative Time seconds Cancel 4 Pop up on the Number to Match digital control and choose Representation I32 5 Repeat Step 4 for the Current Number and the of iterations digital indicators 12 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Setting the
170. N 1 Execute Diagram Inside The Loop The following illustration shows a For Loop that generates 100 random numbers and displays the points on a chart Numeric Conversion Until now all the numeric controls and indicators you have used have been double precision floating point numbers represented with 32 bits G however can represent numerics as integers byte word or long or floating point numbers single double or extended precision The default representation for a numeric is a double precision floating point If you wire two terminals together that are of different data types G converts one of the terminals to the same representation as the other National Instruments Corporation 11 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts terminal As a reminder G places a gray dot called a coercion dot on the terminal where the conversion takes place N For example consider the For Loop count terminal The terminal representation is a long integer If you wire a double precision floating point number to the count terminal G converts the number to a long integer Notice the gray dot in the count terminal of the first For Loop Double Precision Long Integer Note When the VI converts floating point numbers to integers it rounds to the nearest integer If a number is exactly halfway between two integers it is rounded to the nearest even integer For example the VI rounds 6 5 to 6 but rounds 7 5 to 8 T
171. Number 0 1 function generates one random value The VI adds this value to the last three values stored in the left terminals of the shift register The Random Number 0 1 function divides the result by four to find the average of the values the current value plus the previous three Then the average is displayed on the waveform chart 11 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog A This function ensures that each iteration of the loop occurs no faster than the millisecond input The input is 500 milliseconds for this activity If you pop up on the icon and choose Show Label the label Wait Until Next ms Multiple appears 6 Pop up on the input of the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function and select Create Constant A numeric constant appears and is automatically wired to the function Sno 7 Type 500 in the label The numeric constant wired to the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function specifies a wait of 500 milliseconds one half second Thus the loop executes once every half second Notice that the VI initializes the shift registers with a random number If you do not initialize the shift register terminal it contains the default value or the last value from the previous run and the first few averages are meaningless Run the VI and observe the operation 9 Savethis VIas Random Average viinthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory
172. OPC Server Support National Instruments Corporation 1 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Required System Configuration Bridge VIEW is distributed on a CD ROM that includes the complete BridgeVIEW 2 0 release The Windows 95 NT version of Bridge VIEW runs on any system that supports Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 A minimum of 24 MB of RAM is required for this version to run effectively We recommend 32 MB of RAM and at least 30 MB of swap space available on your system Note The standard Bridge VIEW installation requires approximately 110 MB of disk space A full installation requires approximately 150 MB If you plan to install the NI DAQ Server as well an additional 30 MB of disk space is required Installation Complete the following steps to install Bridge VIEW 1 Insert the CD in your CD ROM drive 2 Run the Bridge VIEW installer a If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 and your system uses the AutoPlay feature the Welcome to BridgeVIEW screen appears a short time after you insert the CD b Ifyou have a system not using AutoPlay run the following program X bvsetup exe where x is the letter of your CD ROM drive 3 Choose an installation The installer offers several installation types Standard Full Minimum and Custom The Standard installation requires approximately 110 MB The Full installation which also includes Data Acquisition GPIB and VISA libraries and examples requires approximately
173. OPC Servers Figure 2 3 Server Browser The Show Server User Interface button appears on the Server Browser dialog box only when you invoke the Server Browser from the Engine Manager If your application does not shut down within a few seconds after you close the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager Bridge VIEW displays a dialog box notifying you to shut down your HMI application You can ensure your application shuts down when the Engine shuts down by monitoring the shutdown output of any Tags or Alarms VI or the Engine Status VI in your diagram This technique is explained in Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface What Are System Errors and Events System errors are conditions on a system level as opposed to a per tag basis that result in problematic functioning of the BridgeVIEW system When a system error occurs Bridge VIEW prompts the user with a dialog box You can turn this dialog box on or off System events are changes in the system that cause a change in behavior that is not problematic These include events reported by utilities such as the Tag Configuration Editor National Instruments Corporation 2 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Detailed system error and event messages are logged to a system log file The messages are written to an ASCII file with a 10g extension in the SYSLOG directory Bridge VIEW automatically creates this directory if it does not exist already The system log file
174. PC group When you edit a tag use the ring inputs to assign values to the tag Use the Create Edit and Delete buttons to configure I O Groups and Items For more information about device servers see Chapter 8 Servers BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration T Analog Tag Configuration Tagi Es General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Tag Access Input Orly Serwer Hame DDE Server LO Group Group Create Edit Delete ltem Connection ltem Hame Filter E O EITA i None Selected Paste ltem Mame to Tag Name Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 5 Tag Connection Dialog Box If a device server does not appear in the server name list you must run the configuration or registration utility for your server before Bridge VIEW can access the server Table 3 2 provides descriptions of the connection attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Tables 3 1 3 4 3 5 or 3 7 National Instruments Corporation 3 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 2 Connection Configuration Attributes Applies to Attribute Data Types Description Data Type all Determines the data type of the tag you are configuring Bridge VIEW tags can be analog discrete bit array or string Tag Access all Determines the acc
175. Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types d HEE tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms specified by alarm type are enabled If FALSE they are disabled If TRUE alarm type alarms are enabled j ag H e e p limit is the value corresponding to a given alarm type For example for HI_HI alarm limit is the value the tag must exceed to go to the HI_HI alarm state error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix priority is the priority of the analog alarm being queried The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest Bridge VIEW User Manual A 72 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting Use the Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting VI to obtain alarm setting information for bit array tags ieavadaitesieoieeteageat alarm enabled LTD RGRIAaS tag value alarm enabled tag name alarm on ALL Invert mask error in no error om select mask
176. Run button in the toolbar The button i changes appearance to indicate that the VI is running 3 Use the Operating tool to change the values of the Inflow Rates and other controls First highlight the old value either by double clicking on the value you want to change or by clicking and dragging across a the value with the Labeling tool When the initial value is highlighted type a new value and press lt Enter gt You also can click on the Enter button in the toolbar or click the mouse in an open area of the window to enter the new value 4 Stop the VI by clicking on the Stop button 5 Open the block diagram of the Tank Simulator VI by choosing Windows Show Diagram The following illustration shows the block diagram T Tank Simulation vi Diagram Continue monitoring the tank until Power button is pushed ep Hf eae p 6 Examine the different objects in the block diagram Every front panel in Bridge VIEW has an accompanying block diagram which is the VI equivalent of a program Think of the block National Instruments Corporation 2 9 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment diagram as source code The components of the block diagram represent program nodes such as For Loops Case structures and multiplication functions The components are wired together to show the flow of data within the block diagram The outermost structure in this diagram is the While Loop It continues to run
177. T Analog Tag Configuration Tagi General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms Engine Update Deadband of range Set Initial Value Logging Data and Events T LogPrint Events J Log Data Log Deadband of range Log Resolution engineering units Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 7 Tag Operations Dialog Box Table 3 4 provides descriptions of the operations attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Tables 3 1 3 2 3 5 and 3 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual 3 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 4 Operations Configuration Attributes Applies to Attribute Data Types Description Update all Determines when the Real Time Database RTDB updates the Deadband value for this tag It is used to improve system performance and prevent unnecessary processing of tag values in the RTDB The field is expressed differently for analog discrete string and bit array tags For analog tags Update Deadband is a percent of full scale The database updates analog tags only when a new tag value is different than the currently stored value by at least the Update Deadband Use 0 if you want each new value for the tag to be saved in the RTDB For discrete string and bit array tags Update Deadband is expressed as either Always or On Change Log Data analog Determines whether a ta
178. Time Database Use this VI if you want to control when the Engine is launched explicitly If configuration file to use is unwired Bridge VIEW automatically uses the last configuration file you viewed or edited Use launch engine to control whether the Engine is launched The outputs indicate whether the Engine is running already and which configuration file is being used These outputs are valid only if launch engine is TRUE configuration file to use configuration file in use launch engine already launched shutdown configuration file to use specifies exactly which Tag Configuration file the Bridge VIEW Engine should use You must provide the complete path to the configuration file If unwired the last configuration you viewed or edited is used i launch engine determines whether to launch the Bridge VIEW Engine provided that it is not already running If FALSE the VI does nothing If unwired this input is TRUE by default You can wire this input if you do or do not want to launch the Engine based on logic in your program Tl configuration file in use indicates which BridgeVIEW configuration file is currently in use E F already launched indicates whether the Bridge VIEW Engine was launched already when this VI was called If so the Bridge VIEW Engine is left undisturbed and this VI returns which configuration file is being used shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case cal
179. VI 15 6 locating 7 5 panel size and visibility controlling 7 6 purpose and use 1 5 7 5 VI Control VIs See Application Control and VI Server 15 1 National Instruments Corporation Index VI Server activity 15 4 block diagram 15 5 front panel 15 4 locating 15 1 memory considerations 15 2 purpose and use 15 2 using to load and execute VIs dynamically 15 3 VI Server functions activity Invoke Node 15 6 Open VI Reference 15 6 Property Node front panel open property 15 6 controlling panel visibility 7 7 VI Setup dialog box 10 1 View Server Device Information dialog box 8 11 viewing new data automatically after logging 6 14 VIs 2 1 See also BridgeVIEW VI Library program design subVIs block diagram 2 3 components 1 4 2 2 creating 9 1 activity 9 7 controls constants and indicators 9 2 documenting VIs 9 9 hierarchy of VIs 9 1 Hierarchy window 9 12 saving as individual files 9 1 saving in VI libraries 9 1 terminals 9 3 wires 9 3 debugging 9 21 activity 9 21 overview 9 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index front panel 2 2 icon connector 2 3 opening and running activity 2 8 overview 1 3 purpose and use 1 4 9 1 subVI node setup 10 1 activity 10 2 System VIs 7 7 VI Server Functions 7 5 VI Setup dialog box 10 1 visibility 7 23 Visual Basic retrieving Citadel data B 14 W Wait Until Next ms Multiple function adding to subVI 10 8 attribute node 13 4 graph and
180. VI A 5 adding network tags 3 7 alarm attributes 3 3 alarm limit 5 1 alarm priority 5 2 alarm states 5 1 alarm summary applying security activity 7 24 building activity 5 3 displaying 5 2 purpose and use 5 2 alarms acknowledging 5 6 ACK button 5 6 activity 5 7 Auto Ack on Normal option 5 6 User Must Ack option 5 6 configuring logging and printing 5 10 defining group of tags for alarming 3 21 Event Configuration dialog box event logging and printing selections table 5 10 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections 5 12 logging 5 12 printing 5 13 National Instruments Corporation purpose and use 1 6 5 1 tag configuration 3 31 alarm deadband on analog tags 3 36 analog tags 3 34 Auto Ack on Normal option 3 37 configuration attributes table 3 31 discrete tags 3 35 enabling alarms 3 34 keeping alarms unacknowledged 3 37 string tags 3 36 types of alarms 3 31 User Must Ack option 3 38 viewing 5 14 Alarms and Events VIs A 4 Acknowledge Alarm A 5 effect on startup and shutdown 4 24 Get Alarm Summary Status A 6 locating A 4 purpose and use 4 16 4 20 Read Alarm Summary A 7 Read Event History A 11 Read Tag Alarm A 15 Alarms Configuration Attributes table 3 31 Alignment ring 2 3 analog tags alarm configuration 3 34 alarm deadband 3 36 creating 3 5 purpose and use 3 10 scaling 3 27 analog tag scaling dialog box 3 27 assigning units 3 28 linear scaling 3 27
181. VI accepts an array of tag names and returns information for a real time trend you can wire directly to the real time trend or Waveform Chart indicator You can control how often the trend updates by the time interval control which if left unwired is once per second by default The scale to control controls the scale on the trend If scale to is TRUE the trends return as a percent of full scale for each tag If scale to is FALSE the trends return in engineering units If scale to is left unwired trend values return in engineering units by default The Trend Tags VI always waits the specified time interval For this reason a Trend Tags VI usually is placed in its own While Loop because it controls the loop execution rate If you want to execute other VIs at the same rate that the real time trend updates place them in the same loop Figure 4 5 shows an HMI with two real time trend displays The Trend Tank Temperature displays the trend in percent of full scale and is updated every 1 0 second The Trend Tank Level is displayed in engineering units and is updated every 2 0 seconds The tag names passed into the Trend Tags VI are tag array constants containing the tag names of interest Notice that the Trend Tags VI only accepts tag names and not tag group names National Instruments Corporation 4 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface So Two Trend Display vi Diagram File Edit ane Project Windows H
182. VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB generate event F i tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE I 7 status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change bit array operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change bit array or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the BridgeVIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag on Change bit array BridgeVIEW User Manual A 68 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag on Change
183. a aneeinneaiateas erect 2 23 Gnksto Onine Hem FeS ores i tam 2 24 Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Wate a Fao rer nn A E A A 3 1 Tas AO aooi a E O E E EN 3 1 General AIDU S o a N EN 3 2 COMME COMA PUD ULES aenn nE a basi Seok i 3 2 Operation Attributes isis ciao irene cen naa can er cae waniataantuaaaceeebauama usenet 3 2 SC dM AUITDULES iia secon cnonesneus such agvacnsdadocancednvaneadeisicavticedtux ue Ena 3 2 A Varin ADUE crnan E wat nsanusaurenelsdt A 3 3 SldiCVSi Dynami ACM DUES aisia o A ian nena 3 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual vi National Instruments Corporation Contents What Is the Tag Configuration ECitOr sic aisescdidscdedevenessdediaatacca doederdeaedeeiacietensivedeionuaeasies 3 3 How Do rou Cte abe a TaS kin cthica tances becu el eux a 3 5 How Do You Edita Uae Ea A veneane eavaueoranees 3 5 How Do You Deleted TiS aonda a cena anisante actcaneees 3 5 Whatare NSi Work Taps enso a Manteia sdarencd ee eaetuueatniceaeos 3 6 How Do rou Add Network Pass aanne a aula viatiaven Nel elcaaes 3 7 How Do You Set Default Values for Tag Configuration Fields ee 3 7 How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration 0000seeeeees 3 8 How Do You Contisure Tacs sx swe hentient cst an a a a a 3 10 Data EY DC cased el cia Coch ears E EE A S 3 10 ADG Tanira te eR Ne Nea 3 10 Discrete I AG Si siietenteatpiatasleasssthasteed eaapinaneadceinea auassuin diene tuddacieaaaded 3 10 BLAN bassin e 3 10
184. aa eric oe erent ery at a Tee eRe RSE EET EEE net Sree eet rere mn eT er er tee eee 14 17 CSAP NS anos a E E anaes tas nate eae lout ud eidonsas a 14 18 CUSTOMIZING A DNS es csasdencs mace soncemtadeeaae aaa 14 18 Graph CUES ORS usc a Sod ntonnia aden acento neetaa a tases 14 19 OA ES a sesso ssa oi seachs Gass e E aeoet eats 14 20 ata ACGUISIUION ATT ay Sea O mani sananensaess 14 20 TILES IG y PIOS b 2 toccan scents gabassashscatateascean Gantteanainudatanuntet A 14 23 Chapter 15 Application Control What is thie VESENET 15 2 National Instruments Corporation Xiii Bridge VIEW User Manual Contents Chapter 16 Program Design Use Top Down Detit fiircorcissnio si iaaia waudetaaa a N 16 1 Mak aListof User Requirements srren e ai E 16 1 Desis mthe VEH erare hyena E 16 1 Creat the Poria continu cam sisiod wn accave uses deanan edema 16 3 Plane Ahead with Connector Panes irisi eat daniessuatdnpiuaaeatsantuancusnctean tenanceais tans 16 3 Sub Vis with Required Inputs sgescasnnts dc cisdawsven a a a A aan 16 4 Good D asrani o Vleteren th ects eansacolct E chased vanaanlades 16 4 Watch for Common Operations esea aea eia tnednnan nee 16 4 Use beit to Ri cht Way Outs ean 16 5 Check LOE ErO Sei a eee coc ea E E A i 16 5 Watch Out for Missina Dependencies seii a a a 16 7 Avoid Overuse of Sequence Structures eeeeseseeesssssssssssssssssseeseeseessseesseerrrreeeee 16 8 Study IDe Exam lS Sec a a a 16 8 Appendix A HMI Function Reference Appendix B
185. about a tag by selecting it in the Available Tags list and clicking on the Tag Information button How Do You Change the Time Axis You can change the time axis for a trend within the HTV manually or by using Panning buttons BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Panning Buttons The Panning buttons allow you to move backward and forward through the historical data in the trend The buttons do not affect the timespan of the trend For example if the trend displays data from 9 45 to 9 55 on the same day the timespan is ten minutes Table 6 2 describes the Panning button functions Table 6 2 Panning Button Functions Retrieve Retrieve oldest data data Retrieve oldest data Displays the first available page of data Back to closest point Centers the display around the closest point to the left of the timespan If there is no data in the previous time span skips to the previous end of data Back one half page Moves the display back by half of the current timespan Forward to closest point Centers the display around the closest point to the right of the timespan If there is no data in the next time span it skips to the next start of data Displays the most recent available page of data Manual Changes ee Forward one half page Moves the display forward by half of the current timespan You can also select the text at either end of the
186. al Time Database communicates with device servers and performs alarm management and historical data logging The Bridge VIEW Engine runs according to a configuration file called a scf SCADA Configuration File file You can create and edit scf files using the Tag Configuration Editor For more information about the Bridge VIEW Engine see the section What Is the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager in this chapter Security Access Levels Opens a utility you can use to add remove and modify access levels in your Bridge VIEW system If user accounts are defined in your system you must have Administration privileges to edit the list of access levels For more information about security and access levels see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Change Password Opens a dialog box to change the current user password You must be logged in to change your password For more information about security and passwords see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Edit User Opens a utility you can use to create and edit user accounts in your Accounts Bridge VIEW system If user accounts are defined in your system you must have Administration privileges to create and edit user accounts For more information about security and user accounts see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Login Opens a dialog box you can use to log in to the system For more information about security see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Top
187. alarm when high 1 The default mask is O indicating none of the bits are inverted In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an XOR with the Invert Mask to produce the alarm state The Alarm Invert Mask is applied to the scaled value after any relevant scaling masks are applied Alarm Select bit array Determines which bits are used for the bit array alarm Mask calculation Bits in the mask that are 1 are used in the alarm calculation bits that are 0 do not cause an alarm regardless of their value In bit wise logic terminology the Engine performs an AND with the Select Mask to produce the alarm state The Alarm Select Mask is applied to the scaled value after any relevant scaling masks are applied Alarm discrete Determines the string used to provide additional information Message bit array about the meaning of an alarm condition Tag Last all Indicates when the last edit to a tag occurred Modified National Instruments Corporation 3 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure Alarms for a Tag While editing a tag click the Enable Alarms checkbox Alarms are generated depending on the value or state of a tag The alarms based on value vary with the tag data type But for any tag if the status is bad a Bad Status alarm is generated By default Bad Status Alarm is enabled and has the highest priority 15 You can change this selection from the Alarms tab of the Tag Configuration E
188. alette 13 Build the rest of the front panel as shown in the following illustration Temperature Data frectangular stop button Swayetorm chart Date Time string indicator string indicator string indicator Bridge VIEW User Manual 10 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Customizing VIs Block Diagram 14 Create a Sequence structure and add the following to frame 0 as shown in the following illustration TOOOOUWOOODVOOODHOOODUOOOUOOOOOD want sec OOOOHMWOODHOODHOOODOOOOOOOOD Areal Get Date Time String function Functions Time amp Dialog Outputs the current date and time ri Get Operator Info VI Functions Select a VI from the z BridgeVIEW Activity directory Pops open its front panel and G prompts the user to enter a name the date and the time T Boolean constant Functions Boolean Controls whether the input date and time string are TRUE To set this option to TRUE click on the constant with the Operating tool 15 Pop up on the Sequence structure and select Add Frame After from the pop up menu 16 Place a While Loop inside frame 1 of the Sequence structure National Instruments Corporation 10 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Customizing VIs 17 Add the objects shown in the following illustration Temp amp Vol vi Temperature TEMF YOL a alt Until Next me Multiple Mot TEHF Temp amp Vol VI Functions Select a VI from the Bri
189. ameters and stores this information in a Bridge VIEW Configuration File with the extension scf SCADA Configuration File The Bridge VIEW Engine reads this file to determine all of the configuration parameters for execution With the Tag Configuration Editor you can specify the following e Tags used in the system e File paths for historical data and event logging The scf file does not contain any information about the VIs in your HMI In fact it is not specific to a single user application Multiple user applications can run concurrently as long as they use the same set of tags When you launch the Tag Configuration Editor the last opened scf file opens automatically i Note Only one scf file can be loaded and running in the Bridge VIEW Engine at a time BridgeVIEW User Manual If you edit a scf file while the Engine is running and select Save or Save As a dialog box confirms if you want to update the Engine with your latest changes If you want to update the Engine and any static attributes have been changed the Engine shuts down and restarts If you have changed only dynamic attributes in the scf file the Engine is updated without restarting 3 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration i Note Communication between the Bridge VIEW Engine and any device server is stopped temporarily when the Engine shuts down and restarts How Do You Create a Tag From the main panel of the Tag
190. ancel You will display previously logged data which is included in the BridgeVIEW Activity Data directory It contains a 25 minute run of data You can change the time axis to display the first minute of this data Run the VI The trend displays one minute of data You can use the panning tool to grab the plot and scroll to the left or right to show more data Hold down the lt Shift gt key while you pan to constrain the movement to the horizontal direction Stop the VI Modify the Block Diagram to incorporate statistics a Inthe block diagram pop up on the wizard lock and select Release Wizard Lock Now you can edit the diagram to incorporate statistics into your data retrieval application b UsingaFor Loop andthe Historical Trend Statistics vi Functions Historical Data build the diagram as shown below If you click and drag the Positioning tool inside the case structure while holding down the lt Ctrl gt key the diagram will expand to give you some room to add the new diagram code 6 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction ao0o0o0000000000000000000 Gy 77 1 6600000 QOQOOOOOOOOODOOOOE Start Time fl PAn pe Stop Time 06 26 00 AM 09 27 1996 TOOOOOOOOOODOODOOOODOOOOODOOOODOODOODOOOODOOODOOODOODOOOOOODOOODOOOOE 6 On the front panel create an array of numeric indicators Stretch the array indicator so that four fields are showing Then pop up on the array indicat
191. and Events oh o cies elect uses Hace ac detanasanacieanaies 5 12 How Do You Print Alarms and Events cccccccccccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeenaas 5 13 How Do You View Alarms and Vents ccsassesessncisersadis dears tei gectnelenducswclied gd ivoles 5 14 Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Moat ia Tren aitcte aechcccnastcnSbasagu cats tvawsenacspnacone teen stuaenesuaiaepenticaseh bal i Saget accu aidaecenadnasanss 6 1 Real Tine Pron js tasicgsduse2ts secs ates te bewes be alaieansaeassas caer E herp eemaare eta 6 1 FAST C Al TON ac coret tastes sates Sacanbancieeonnbedensaswee E EAS 6 1 Wiat Cael tiie canstatace cas ola EE E E ated taldnccudesauae 6 1 How Do Yow oe Histomeali Data sis cssdhehsartanaintientceatind aincdtnart eet lovee lecahapeowosmenen arouecesnnnes 6 2 How Do You Configure Historical Logging ou eeeseeeeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeees 6 3 How Do You Extract and View Data from Historical Log Files oo ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Fistoncal ALANS arises ove ctastecnca aa T a AOO 6 4 Historical Trend Viewer HTV cccccccecccccceseccceseccccenscsceesecesesecsseesesseeesccseenesess 6 9 How Do You Select the Tags to Display ossseeeeeeeeseeseeesssesseeesssesssesseeo 6 10 How Do You Change the Time Axis csvassedeacassesniseinsaderinsestonsesarcielens 6 10 Pannine BUtONS esinahan a eMaae 6 11 Mammal Chan Ges oee a N a 6 11 How Do You Change the Timespan of Data Displayed
192. and set Start logging on system start up to be TRUE e For programmatic control you can call the Enable Historical Data Logging VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn historical data logging on or off dynamically for all the tags in the system while the Bridge VIEW Engine is running e The Engine Manager also has a button to turn historical data logging on or off If you have Supervise or higher level privileges you can access this button When you log historical data for your application there is a coupling between your configuration scf file and the Citadel Historical Database When you decide to archive these take the scf file along with your historical files to the new location Although you can retrieve historical data without the scf file you will not have the tag configuration information such as engineering range and unit unless you archive the scf file as well Preferably maintain the relative path between the scf file and the historical files in this new location For example if your scf file is in C ARCHIVE keep your historical database in C ARCHIVE DATA If you save anew scf file and have not specified a historical data directory you are prompted to specify the path and the directory is created for you 6 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Configure Historical Logging You can reach the Historical Logging Configurat
193. and use the Tag Monitor utility Use Tag Browser User can use the Tag Browser utility User can use the Server Browser utility Disable lt Alt gt Key If enabled the lt Alt gt key on the keyboard is disabled in Bridge VIEW Configure Startup VIs User can assign VIs to launch when Bridge VIEW is started National Instruments Corporation 7 13 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Table 7 1 Assignable BridgeVIEW Privileges Continued Project Configure Log File Locations User can use the Tag Configuration Editor to Privileges edit the historical and event logging configuration of a tag configuration but can not create delete or edit tags Create Edit Tags User can create delete and edit tags in the Tag Configuration Editor Use Interactive User can launch the Interactive Server Server Tester Tester this privilege can be configured only if the VI Server Developer Toolkit is installed Engine Start Stop Engine User can start and stop the Engine via the Privileges Engine Manager Start Stop Historical Logging User can start and stop Historical Logging via the Engine Manager Start Stop Event Logging User can start and stop Event Logging via the Engine Manager Start Stop Printing User can start and stop Event Printing via the Engine Manager Security Change Password User can change his or her own password Privileges Create Edit Access Levels Using the Access Levels dialog box th
194. ank HMI vi you created in Activity 4 1 Use the HMI G Wizard 8 Your front panel should now look like this My Menu Bar vi Alarms Monitor Trend 9 Before you run the VI make sure that the correct mytanks scf file is being used If the engine is currently running you can check the Engine Manager display If an incorrect scf file is in use stop the engine and open the Tag Browser Select Tag Browser to configure BridgeVIEW to open the mytanks scf file in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Launch the engine either from the Engine Manager display or by selecting Project Launch Engine 10 Save My Menu Bar vi Run the VI When you press on one of the buttons the appropriate panel should open and run 11 Experiment with other buttons to open the Historical Trend Viewer invoke a Login prompt and so on You can also configure security access checks on the buttons LF End of Activity 7 1 VI Server Functions The VI Server provides you with several functions to control your VIs such as panel location size and visibility These functions are useful when your application requires a large number of different operator screens National Instruments Corporation 7 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics BridgeVIEW User Manual For example you might find it unnecessary to load certain panels into your application until they are needed By using these functions you can control wh
195. anual 10 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Customizing VIs b Select Window Options and make the selections shown in the following illustration En Yi Setup Window Options Dialog Box fw Show Scroll Bars I Window has Tithe Bar Iv Show Menu Bar p Allow User to Clase Window fw Show Toolbar Allow User to Resize Window M Show Run Button J Allow Run Time Pop up Menu I Show Continuous Run Button Hilite Return Boolean Jw Show Abort Button Size to Screen M Allow Debugging Compile in debugging code 4uto Center J Enable Log Print at Completion I Auto handling of menus at launch Window Title Temp amp Vol wi Same as Yl Mame 8 After you finish with the VI Setup options resize the front panel as shown in the following illustration so you do not see the three string indicators Enter your name here fd Verify correct date and time Time es S E Now you will use this VI as a subVI 9 Save and close the VI National Instruments Corporation 10 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Customizing VIs Front Panel 10 Open a new front panel 11 Place a Waveform Chart Controls Graph on the front panel and label it Temperature Data 12 Modify the scale of the chart so that its upper limit is set to 90 0 and its lower limit is set to 70 0 Pop up on the chart and choose Show Legend to hide the legend Pop up on the chart again and choose Show Palette to hide the p
196. any loop that uses the Write Tag VI National Instruments Corporation A 63 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag bit array Use the Write Tag bit array VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag bit array VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag bit array VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag I I generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag bit array operation was successful If status is less than O either
197. aph is a two dimensional display of one or more data arrays called plots There are three types of graphs in the Controls Graph palette e XY graph e Waveform graph e Intensity graph This palette also contains the Historical Trend which is an XY Graph specifically configured for displaying logged data in Bridge VIEW The difference between a graph and a chart discussed in Chapter 10 Loops and Charts in this manual is that a graph plots data as a block whereas a chart plots data point by point or array by array For examples of graph VIs see Examples G Examples General Graphs Customizing Graphs Both waveform and XY graphs have a number of optional parts that you can show or hide using the Show submenu of the pop up menu for the graph The options include a legend through which you can define the color and style for a given plot a palette from which you can change scaling and format options while the VI is running and a cursor display The following illustration of a graph shows all of the optional components except for the cursor display BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Major Grids Minor Grids Y Scale HAASE lt 4 Palette NEEE Graph Cursors You can place cursors and a cursor display on all the graphs in G and you can label the cursor on the plot You can set a cursor to lock onto a plot and you can move multiple cursors at
198. are printed to a standard line printer through a parallel port There are three steps you must complete to print alarms and events 1 National Instruments Corporation Configure your tags to have Log Print Events enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select event printing for a single tag go to the panel for configuring the tag Configure a printer for event printing To choose the printer select Configure Events in the Tag Configuration Editor Turn on event printing for the Bridge VIEW Engine according to one of the techniques outlined below 5 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events There are three techniques for turning event printing on or off e You can configure event printing in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on printing select Configure Events Configure the printer and set Start printing on system start up to be TRUE e For programmatic control you can call the Enable Printing VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn event printing on or off dynamically for all the tags in the system while the Bridge VIEW Engine is running e The Engine Manager also has a button to turn event printing on or off Those with Supervisor or higher level privileges can access this button Table 5 2 provides a description of the printing configuration selections How Do You View Alarms and Events Event files are ASCII files and can be read with any text editor The default
199. arted Figure 2 2 Engine Manager with System Events Displayed Once the Bridge VIEW Engine is launched and running the Engine Manager is minimized and appears in your Windows taskbar Click on the Bridge VIEW Engine icon in your taskbar to bring up the Engine Manager display You can leave the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager display minimized unless you want to start or stop the Engine or start or stop historical logging event logging and printing view system events or view server information From the Engine Manager you can reach the Server Browser utility shown in Figure 2 4 by pressing the Server Browser button With this utility you can see the servers in your system view server information and display the server front panel if the server is running VI based servers only 2 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment The Server Browser is shown in the following illustration For more information about device servers see Chapter 8 Servers Server Browser C Program Files National Instruments N Miel Ee Servers Applicom Cookie Factory DirectNE T GE Fanuc Ethernet bd odbus View Server Information MI DAQ Server National Instruments D agll pe National Instruments FieldPointl Unregister Server National Instruments OPCModbu National Instruments OPCT est OPC Simatic HE T OPTAM Show Server User Interface Omron Host Link Sim Server Browse Network
200. at describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix access rights indicates whether the tag is a Memory Input Output or Input Output tag length is the maximum length for the tag This field is applicable to bit array and string tags only It is not used for analog or discrete tags A 80 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag List Use the Get Tag List VI to return a list of all tags in a group By default group is lt ALL gt so the VI returns all configured tags group lt 4LL gt erar in no error group lt ALL gt determines what tags are in a list The default is lt ALL gt so that the VI returns all configured tags in tag list error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix tag list is the list of tags contained in group no scf loaded is TRUE if there is no scf file currently loaded in the system error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix i x j National Instruments Corporation A 81 BridgeVIEW User Manual App
201. ating that you have assigned the indicator to that terminal If the terminal is white you have not made the connection correctly Repeat steps a and b to associate the bottom terminal with the Volume indicator Pop up on the connector and select Show Icon Now this VI is complete and ready for use as a subVI in other VIs The icon represents the VI in the block diagram of the calling VI The connector with two terminals outputs the temperature and volume The connector specifies the inputs and outputs of a VI when you use it as a sub VI Remember that front panel controls can be used as inputs only front panel indicators can be used as outputs only 11 Close the VI by choosing File Close LF End of Activity 9 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs Opening Operating and Changing SubVls You can open a VI used as a subVI from the block diagram of the calling VI by double clicking on the subVI icon or by selecting Project This VPs SubVIs You will see a palette containing all the subVIs of the calling VI Select the subVI you want to open Any changes you make to a subVI alter only the version in memory until you save the subVI The changes affect all instances of the subVI and not just the node you used to edit the VI q U i Activity 9 4 Call a SubVI Your objective is to build a VI that uses the Temp amp Vol vi as a subVI The Temp amp Vol VI you
202. ation Alarm Summary with Security yi Diagram lt I 13pt Application Font Bo EF aj E 1 ie filter ACK alarms 7 Run the VI Because you are logged in as Administrator you have privileges to acknowledge alarms BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics 8 Log in as Anyone with Password Viewer by selecting Project Security Login 9 The Acknowledge button is now disabled This is because operability access is given to users with Level 50 or above in Bridge VIEW User Anyone has an access level of 25 10 Close the VI and log in as Administrator again LI End of Activity 7 3 National Instruments Corporation 7 27 Bridge VIEW User Manual Servers This chapter explains how to use servers with BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW supports several types of servers including OPC Servers DDE Servers and National Instruments Standard IA Device Servers OPC Servers are written to the OPC Foundation OPC Data Access specification and are provided by many companies A DDE Server is any server that supports the DDE Server interface A Device Servers are a type of server developed by National Instruments There are two implementations of IA Device Servers VI based and DLL based The DLL based servers are also known as IAK Device Servers This chapter also describes how to install and configure the IA Device Servers available from National Instruments and ho
203. ault setting for scale to is FALSE time interval secs 1 is the time interval in seconds for reading the tag values for the real time trend The default time interval is 1 second trend data contains the data from each tag formatted for wiring to a waveform chart These values are either in engineering units or scaled as specified by scale mode error indicates that an error occurred when executing Trend Tags or that one or more tag values could not be accessed shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Trend Tags returns immediately with shutdown TRUE and trend data might no longer be valid You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Trend Tags VI config change indicates that configuration of the Trend Tags VI has changed since the last execution This could be because of a change in the list of tags in the trend the time interval input or the scale to input Optionally use this output to reinitialize your waveform chart because past history data will be no longer valid A 62 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag Use the Write Tag VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag If the tag is an input only tag the Write Tag VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag
204. auto indexing and the Graph and Analysis VIs Chapter 15 Application Control introduces the VI Server and provides an activity that explains how to use it within Bridge VIEW The VI Server allows you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory Chapter 16 Program Design suggests some techniques to use when creating programs and offers programming style recommendations Appendices Glossary and Index National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference describes error handling for Bridge VIEW VIs and contains an explanation of the VIs in the BridgeVIEW VI library In this appendix the VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI Library name Alarms and Events Historical Data System Tags and Tag Attributes then by VI name Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity describes the Citadel database and the Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver and includes several examples of how to use it Appendix C Customer Communication contains forms to help you gather the information necessary to help us solve your technical problems and a form you can use to comment on the product documentation The Glossary contains an alphabetical list of terms used in this manual including abbreviations acronyms metric prefixes mnemonics and symbols The ndex contains an alphabetical list of key terms and topics in this manual including the page where you can find each one
205. ax in your select statement Be sure to use the special characters that are converted for Access compatibility and double quotes around Bridge VIEW thread names Finally you must use square brackets around identifiers and s around time stamps For example to retrieve LocalTime Liquid and Powder where LocalTime is less than 10 22 95 18 00 00 and where Interval is one second enter SELECT LOGal Tame Liguid Powder FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime lt 10 22 96 6 00 00 PM AND Interval 0 01 To query Citadel from within MS Access open a database select File Get External Data and then click Import In the Import dialog box in the Files of Type box select ODBC Databases In the SQL Data Sources dialog box choose your Citadel Data Source as shown here BridgeVIEW User Manual B 12 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity SQL Data Sources Ea Select Data Source Tank_S patem Excel Files MS Access 7 0 Database Student Registration i Cancel In the Import Objects dialog box choose Threads The new table attaches to your database Import Objects T ables Cancel Select All Deselect All Now you can build queries in Access that extract data directly from the Citadel database Using Visual Basic with Citadel The exact operation of Visual Basic might change from version to version Look in the online help for Visual
206. ays and numeric indicators You also can choose automation symbols such as vessels pumps and valves T Controls Booleans Acknowledge Tag Controls Alarm Button 23 3 and Indicators Graphs A Real Time Trend Vessels WE Historical Trend Pipes Pumps and Valves Automation Decorations Alarms and Events To develop an HMI application configure your tags create the front panel interface and then use the HMI G Wizard to build your block diagram For more information about how to use the HMI G Wizard refer to the HMI G Wizard section in this chapter If you prefer to build the block diagram on your own without the assistance of the HMI G Wizard you may do so or you can get started by building a basic block diagram with the HMI G Wizard and then building upon that to create a more advanced HMI on your own HMI G Wizard The HMI G Wizard provides an easy interface for you to generate repetitive pieces of diagram code If you are new to G programming the HMI G Wizard can be an immense help in building simple tag monitoring and control loops National Instruments Corporation 4 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface The HMI G Wizard associates a front panel control or indicator with a tag and generates the necessary Wizard subdiagram for a configuration that you specify Table 4 1 provides a list of front panel objects and explains how the HMI G Wizard operates on each of them Table 4 1
207. ays and so on Note Auto indexing is the default for every array wired to a For Loop You can disable auto indexing by popping up on the tunnel entry point of the input array and selecting Disable Indexing BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Disable Indexing p Aray Tools P Create Constant Create Control Create Indicator By default auto indexing is disabled for every array wired to a While Loop Pop up on the array tunnel of a While Loop to enable auto indexing q Activity 14 1 Create an Array with Auto Indexing Your objective is to create an array using the auto indexing feature of a For Loop and plot the array in a waveform graph You will build a VI that generates an array using the Generate Waveform VI and plots the array in a waveform graph You also will modify the VI to graph multiple plots Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel avetorm Graph avetorm Ara ri JEFES 2 Place an array shell from Controls Array amp Cluster in the front k panel Label the array shell waveform Array National Instruments Corporation 14 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 3 Place a digital indicator from Controls Numeric inside the element display of the array shell as the following illustration shows This indicator displays the array contents Waveform Arra 4 Place a waveform graph from Con
208. bdiagram for the TRUE condition contains the work of the While Loop The test for continuation occurs outside the Case structure and the results are wired to the conditional terminal of the While Loop and the selector terminal of the Case structure In the following illustration labels represent the pretest condition Pretest Condition Pretest Condition This example has the same result as the following pseudocode While pretest condition Do actual work of While Loop Loop Shift Registers Shift registers available for While Loops and For Loops transfer values from one loop iteration to the next You can create a shift register by popping up on the left or right border of a loop and selecting Add Shift Register National Instruments Corporation 11 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Online Help Description Show Replace H Remove While Loop Add Shift Register The shift register contains a pair of terminals directly opposite each other on the vertical sides of the loop border The right terminal stores the data upon the completion of an iteration That data shifts at the end of the iteration and appears in the left terminal at the beginning of the next iteration as shown in the following illustration A shift register can hold any data type numeric Boolean string array and so on The shift register automatically adapts to the data type of the first object you wire to the shift re
209. bly timed out before the tag value was updated National Instruments Corporation A 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Tag discrete Use the Read Tag discrete VI to read the latest value for a given discrete or Boolean tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout secs unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to timeout The Read Tag discrete VI returns with the most recent Real Time Database value when it is updated the timeout is exceeded or the Real Time Database is shutting down whichever occurs first Use the changed output to determine whether the value changed since the last read Note Use a separate Read Tag discrete VI for each tag you want to monitor In other words for example do not put the Read Tag discrete VI in a loop to read a different tag for each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag discrete VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes JE Bridge VIEW User Manual m alarm value status tag name timeout secs 0 wardsancsapededacese shutdown changed tag name is the name of the discrete tag timeout secs 0 specifies how many seconds to wait for the tag value to be updated in the Real Time Database bef
210. by clicking the icon pane on the upper right side of the window and choosing Show Connector This Connection Is From the submenu choose between the Required Recommended or Optional options The following illustration displays the submenu options Ul Setup Edit Icon Show icon Patterns Rotate 90 Degrees Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical Disconnect All Terminals Disconnect This Terminal This Connection Is Ao egued Recommended Optional i If you want to return to the icon pane in the front panel pop up on the connector pane and select Show Icon Good Diagram Style In general avoid creating a block diagram that uses more than one or two screens of space If a diagram becomes very large decide whether you can reuse some components of your diagram in other VIs or whether a section of your diagram fits together as a logical component If so consider dividing your diagram into subVIs With forethought and careful planning it is easier to design diagrams that use subVIs to perform specific tasks Using subVIs helps you manage changes and debug your diagrams quickly You can determine the function of a well structured program after only a brief examination Watch for Common Operations As you design your programs you might find that you perform a certain operation frequently Depending on the situation consider using subVIs or loops to perform an action repetitively BridgeVIEW User Manua
211. cator values to associate a discrete input tag value or an alarm state with that indicator When you invoke the Wizard for the first time on a Boolean indicator the Configuration dialog box is set for Tag Value You can set blink and color options under Alarm Conditions To change the control association from tag value to alarm state change the Attach Indicator to ring to Tag Alarm State Select the tag for which the indicator will display the alarm state Indicate an alarm state Control string tags String Control Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a string control to associate a string output tag value with that control You can set the colors and blink options under alarm conditions and specify the updates to happen only when the control value changes Display string String Indicator Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a string indicator to values associate a string input tag value with that indicator You can set the color and blink options under alarm conditions Display alarm Alarm Summary Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a table indicator summary Display or any Table to obtain a summary of current alarms Alarm Indicator Summary You can set the HMI G Wizard to Alarm Summary mode by setting the value of the Use this Indicator for ring to Alarm Summary You can select a set of tags whose alarms require monitoring You also can set colors of acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms and column format of the summary Preformatted alarm summary indica
212. ces include a bulletin board service an FTP site a fax on demand system and e mail support If you have a hardware or software problem first try the electronic support systems If the information available on these systems does not answer your questions we offer fax and telephone support through our technical support centers which are staffed by applications engineers Electronic Services Bulletin Board Support National Instruments has BBS and FTP sites dedicated for 24 hour support with a collection of files and documents to answer most common customer questions From these sites you can also download the latest instrument drivers updates and example programs For recorded instructions on how to use the bulletin board and FTP services and for BBS automated information call 512 795 6990 You can access these services at United States 512 794 5422 Up to 14 400 baud 8 data bits stop bit no parity United Kingdom 01635 551422 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity France 01 48 65 15 59 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity FTP Support To access our FTP site log on to our Internet host ftp natinst com as anonymous and use your Internet address such as joesmith anywhere com as your password The support files and documents are located in the support directories National Instruments Corporation C 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Fax on Demand Support Fax on Demand is a 24 hour information
213. ch changes to a pair of tweezers to illustrate that you are in Customize mode In Customize mode the control is broken into several parts You cannot operate the control while the Control Editor is in Customize mode Select Edit Import Picture from File from the Control Editor menu bar A file dialog box prompts you to select a picture file to open Open boat1 wmf from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Pop up on the pointer of the slide and select Import Picture The boat image is imported onto the triangular pointer of the slide as shown in the following illustration File Edit Operate Project Windows Help Control 1 3p Application Fort Ba EF S 2 Control 5 Mel 5 E 4 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface 7 Click on the pair of tweezers to return to Edit mode You can finish editing the control in Edit mode 8 Pop up on the housing of the slide and select Scale Style None The scale for the slide disappears 9 Change tools to the Color tool To do this you either can select the tool from the palette if visible or you can use the lt Tab gt key to rotate through the tools until the Color tool is selected Pop up on the housing for the slide with the Color tool and select the transparent color The housing disappears as shown in the following illustration Control 5 aay TE With the Operator tool you can operate the slide Not
214. ch formula statement must end with a semicolon The operators and functions available inside the Formula Node are listed in the Help window for the Formula Node as shown in the following illustration A semicolon terminates each formula statement National Instruments Corporation 12 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node BridgeVIEW User Manual Formula Node operators lowest precedence first assignment conditional 7 logical DA dogical AND tke relational AS aa anthmetic 7 UNA Formula Node functions abs acos acosh asin asinh atan atanh ceil cos cosh cot cec exp expml floor getexp getman Int intz In inp log log mas min mod rand rem sec sign sin sinc sink sqrt tan tanh The following example shows how you can perform a conditional assignment inside a Formula Node Consider a code fragment that computes the square root of x if x is positive and assigns the result to y If x is negative the code assigns 99 to y if x gt 0 then y sqrt x else y 99 end if You can implement the code fragment using a Formula Node as shown in the following illustration Conditional False Operator Condition AE y x gt 0 sgrtfs 99 Condition True Condition 12 12 National Instruments Corporation Ws Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Activity 12 3 Use the Formula Node Your ob
215. check box and type in a new password Note that this changes the password for all imported accounts To import a list of users from a binary file choose File Import Binary File and select a file from the list that appears in the dialog box For more information about creating and exporting to a binary file see the How Do You Export a List of Users to a File section earlier in this chapter How Do You Import Users from Another Computer on the Network You can import Bridge VIEW user accounts from other computers from a text or binary file or by choosing File Import Network BridgeVIEW National Instruments Corporation 7 21 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics If you choose File Import Network BridgeVIEW a dialog box appears in which you can type in the name of the computer to import the accounts from or you can browse the network i Note Windows 95 To access the user account list on another computer over the network requires access to the Windows Registry of the remote machine Remote Registry access does not function unless the Remote Administration service is installed and running on any Windows 95 machine that attempts to access another computer s Bridge VIEW account list or whose account list is to be accessed by another computer Consult your Windows 95 documentation to determine if Remote Administration is enabled and how to install it if it is not This service is automatically availabl
216. check start sto p time T e historical trends decimated trends start timestamp first timestamp stop timestamp last timestamp time intery al check start stop time determines whether the requested start and stop times are checked against data available in the historical trends input If this value is TRUE the start and stop timestamps are checked against the first and last timestamp in the historical trend A requested start stop time out of the range of the trend is not used the first last timestamp in the trend is used To override this and use the input values regardless of the data points in the trend set this input to FALSE historical trends is a set of historical trends to be decimated timestamp is the date and time for the value value is the value of the tag at the timestamp start timestamp is the timestamp at which the decimated trend starts If start timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output starts at the first timestamp in the historical trend stop timestamp is the desired stop time of the decimated trend If stop timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output ends at or before the last timestamp in the historical trend time interval determines the interval at which the trend is decimated or resampled If unwired data is extracted with the default interval of 1 second National Instruments Corporation A 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference decimated trends
217. cidator and Tag Constant Le Liquid Outlet C Tag controls indicators and constants also can be contained in arrays Many BridgeVIEW VIs operate on arrays of tags When you drop a tag control indicator or constant on a front panel you can click on the right menu ring button of the tag control to display a list of the available tags and tag groups and select one Tag groups are distinguished from individual tags in the list by a folder glyph A special group lt ALL gt also appears in the list This 1s a default group that contains all the tags in your scf file The following illustration shows a list of tags and tag groups National Instruments Corporation 4 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface so Untitled 2 Tag Control bal Mixer ji Liquid Liquid Outlet Mixer Outlet Powder Powder Outlet Product Product Outlet fea lt ALL gt fea group You also can enter the name of the tag you want to use The tag control performs a Type Look Ahead as you type and displays the closest tag or group name to what you enter By default the tag control does not allow you to enter a name that is not contained in the current scf file You can configure each tag control indicator or constant to permit entry of names not contained in the current scf file by right clicking on the tag object and selecting Allow undefined tags as shown in the illustration below If a tag name is not in your sc
218. cknowledged alarms unack alarm determines the color for unacknowledged alarms KE E normal determines the color for tags that are currently in normal state but have an unacknowledged alarm buffer size determines the number of entries to be displayed in the alarm summary display The default setting is 10 R Tl initialize headers is TRUE when the summary data has been read for the first time indicating that column headers should be updated column headers represents the information displayed in the alarm summary Wire this output to the Column Headers attribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your HMI we a tal summary data lists the alarms that currently exist is the system and have been filtered with the user specified priority and filter parameters row colors is an array of colors for the alarms displayed Wire this output to the Cell FG Color attribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your HMI alarm summary status contains information about the alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the BridgeVIEW system 7 any alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status unack alarms is the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system F any unack alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Alarm
219. command to generate a 2D array of page 1 The new Oth element is the one closest to the original as shown in the preceding illustration i L Activity 14 3 Use the Build Array Function Your objective is to use the Build Array function to combine elements and arrays into one bigger array Front Panel l National Instruments Corporation Create a new front panel as shown in the following illustration amay 1 s scalar 1 4 Place a digital control from the Controls Numeric palette and label it scalar 1 Change its representation to 132 Copy and paste it to create two other digital controls and label them scalar 2andscalar 3 Create an array of digital controls and label it array 1 Copy and paste it and label it array 2 Expand the arrays and enter the values through 9 in array 1 scalar 1 scalar 2 array 2 and scalar 3 as shown in the illustration above Copy the array and paste it and change it to an indicator Label it 1D array Expand it to show nine values 14 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Block Diagram 7 Place a Build Array function Functions Array on the block diagram Expand it with the Positioning tool to have five inputs 8 Pop up on the first input in the Build Array node and select Change to Array Do the same for the fourth input 9 Wire the arrays and scalars to the node The output array is a 1D array composed of the elements of array
220. con connector The front panel specifies the user interface of the VI The block diagram consists of the executable code that you create using nodes terminals and wires With the icon connector you can use a VI as a subVI in the block diagram of another VI For more information about VIs refer to Chapter 9 Creating VIs and Chapter 10 Customizing VIs e Loops and Charts G has two structures to repeat execution of a sub diagram the While Loop and the For Loop Both structures are resizable boxes You place the subdiagram to be repeated inside the border of the loop structure The While Loop executes as long as the value at the conditional terminal is TRUE The For Loop executes a set number of times Charts are used to display real time trend information to the operator For more information about loops and charts refer to Chapter 11 Loops and Charts e Case and Sequence Structures The Case structure is a conditional branching control structure which executes a subdiagram based on certain input sequence structure is a program control structure that executes its subdiagrams in numeric order For more information about Case or Sequence structures refer to Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node 1 4 National Instruments Corporation Tag Configuration Chapter 1 Introduction e Attribute Nodes Attribute nodes are special block diagram nodes that you can use to control the appearance and functional charac
221. curity is applied Disabled attribute value is the value to send to the Disabled attribute of the control or indicator to which security is applied TE shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down Note When you use this VI in your operator interface loops you do not want the timeout value to be too long or your front panel can take a long time to finish execution Similarly setting timeout to 0 seconds degrades the overall performance of your interface because this VI is called too often too quickly BridgeVIEW User Manual A 52 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference User Account List Use this VI to generate a list of Bridge VIEW user accounts aono User accounts abe user accounts is a list of Bridge VIEW user accounts Tags VIs Use the Tags VIs to read the latest value for a tag write a new value to a tag or obtain data for a real time trend The Tags subpalette is shown below noe a E gt a C brite C brite C brite men a National Instruments Corporation A 53 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Tag Use the Read Tag VI to read the latest value of a tag from the Real Time Database For immediate polling of the tag value leave timeout Secs unwired To wait until the value is updated before reading it wire a timeout value in seconds to timeout The Read Tag VI returns with the most recent Real Time
222. d Tag VI and select Create Indicator Pop up on the in alarm output of the Read Tag VI and select Create Indicator The block diagram should appear as shown in the following illustration 1 00 Gil From the front panel change the format of value timestamp to display absolute time Pop up on the value timestamp indicator select Format amp Precision and set Format to Time amp Date Your front panel should appear as shown in the following illustration 4 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface value timestamp Product 4 00 00 AM 975 00 01701 1904 Format amp Precision Time amp Date in alarm 9 Save the VI as Monitor Product vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 10 Run the VI The Engine launches unless it is running already The tank level changes to reflect the changing values of the Product tag When the value goes over 800 the in alarm Boolean changes from OFF to ON indicating an alarm condition LF End of Activity 4 3 How Do the Tags and Alarms and Events Vis Affect Startup Shutdown When a user defined VI runs and executes one of the Tags VIs or Alarms and Events VIs that VI checks the status of the Bridge VIEW Engine If it is not running executing the VI automatically starts execution of the BridgeVIEW Engine The Bridge VIEW Engine loads and executes all required device servers When the VI returns the Engine is running The Bridge VIEW Engine contin
223. d for the server to update the item value in the of range engine for all tags configured with the I O Group Use 0 if you do not want the server to apply deadbands to the item i Note Not all servers support deadbands and some might ignore this value Server Name Indicates the Server Name associated with the I O Group you are configuring Communication Resource Provides a means to configure create edit or delete a communication resource This field is valid only for IAK servers Device Determines a specific device used by the I O Group and Server for this tag If the associated server is an OPC Server this attribute is not used Device Comm Resource Indicates the communication resource associated with the selected device This field is valid only for IAK servers Server Configuration Options Use this group of fields to configure and select server resources Some or all fields in this group might not be used depending on the server type An IAK server has both Device and Communication Resource configuration capabilities BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Communication Resource Configuration Options For IAK servers use the Create button to invoke a new untitled IAK Create Communication Resource Configuration dialog box This configuration option is not used for other classes of servers For IAK servers use the Edit button to invoke the IAK Edit
224. d how to configure tags See Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 2 2 Engine Manager Field Descriptions Engine Status Displays the current status of the Bridge VIEW Engine whether launching running or stopped Log Historical Turns on or off logging of historical data to file This button is pressed Data automatically if you selected Start logging on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a valid event log path configured or do not have a printer configured this checkbox is disabled Log Events Turns on or off logging of alarms and events to file This button is pressed automatically if you selected Start event logging on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a valid event log path configured this checkbox is disabled Print Events Turns on or off printing of alarms and events to your line printer This button is pressed automatically if you selected Start printing on system start up in your configuration file If you do not have a printer configured this checkbox is disabled Run Stop Engine Starts the BridgeVIEW Engine or stops the Bridge VIEW Engine and shuts down any loaded servers Closes and exits the Bridge VIEW Engine process Enable Error Enables or disables the showing of the Error dialog box If this box is checked Dialog a System Error Display dialog box pops up for you to acknowledge the event when a system error occurs Server Browser Launches the Server Browser
225. d item is removed from the server configuration The Browse button which only applies to OPC Servers that support browsing invokes the Browse OPC Server dialog box Use this button to browse the list of available items and select an item and associated access path Browse What Is a Memory Tag Memory tags are tags not connected directly to I O points They exist only in the BridgeVIEW RTDB To configure a memory tag set the Access Rights of a tag to Memory When Should You Use a Memory Tag Use memory tags when you want to perform alarm calculations or log historical data and event information on data that is either a software generated value or a combination of values from different I O tag readings Below are some examples illustrating when to use memory tags Example 1 When Not to Use a Memory Tag You do not need to use a memory tag for program variables unless you want to use the historical and event logging or alarm management capabilities of the Bridge VIEW Engine An HMI displays the trend of a temperature tag and the difference between the current reading and a previous reading to allow operators to see the current rate of change in the temperature value Although the individual values are logged for historical trends the current difference is not You can configure the Bridge VIEW Engine to include the tag that reads temperature The block diagram of the HMI reads the tag value and passes it to areal time tr
226. d select Add Element Input or Add Array Input You also can enlarge the Build Array node with the Resizing cursor place the Positioning tool at the corner of an object to transform it into the Resizing cursor You can remove inputs by shrinking the node with the Resizing cursor or by selecting Remove Input The following illustration shows two ways to create and initialize arrays with values from block diagram constants On the left five string constants are built into a 1D array of strings On the right three groups of numeric constants are built into three 1D numeric arrays Then the three arrays are combined into a 2D numeric array The result is a 3 x 3 array with the rows 3 4 7 1 6 2 and 5 2 8 _ Arrayof p 2D Array Strings of Numbers You also can create an array by combining other arrays along with scalar elements For example suppose you have two arrays and three scalar elements that you want to combine into a new array with the order array 1 scalar 1 scalar 2 array 2 and scalar 3 Initialize Array Use this function to create an array whose elements all have the same value In the following illustration this function creates a 1D array Initialize Array dimension size The element input determines the data type and the value of each element The dimension size input determines the length of the array For example 14 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs
227. d the Close File VI This program might not work as expected The following version of the block diagram establishes a dependency by wiring an output of the Read File VI to the Close File VI The operation cannot end until the Close File VI receives the output of the Read File VI National Instruments Corporation 16 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 16 Program Design Notice that the preceding example still does not check for errors For instance if the file does not exist the program does not display a warning The following version of the block diagram illustrates one technique for handling this problem In this example the block diagram uses the error I O inputs and outputs of these functions to propagate any errors to the Simple Error Handler VI Avoid Overuse of Sequence Structures Because VIs can operate with a great deal of inherent parallelism avoid using Sequence structures Using a Sequence structure guarantees the order of execution but prohibits parallel operations For instance asynchronous tasks that use I O devices GPIB serial ports and data acquisition boards can run concurrently with other operations if Sequence structures do not prevent them from doing so Sequence structures tend to hide parts of the program and interrupt the natural left to right flow of data You do not sacrifice performance by using Sequence structures However when you need to sequence operations you might consider using data flo
228. data transform value enter the function directly into a blank column For example to view the minimum value of Liquid you would enter min Liquid Take special note of the use of quotation marks and braces The above data set was retrieved using no specifying criteria so the ODBC driver used the default criteria There are several ways to specify criteria For this example we ll use the criteria pane Click the View Criteria button To add a field to the criteria pane drag it from the list of fields to the Criteria Field National Instruments Corporation B 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity F a ane Microsoft Query File Edit View Format Table Crtena Recorde Window Help EAE Da Query Criteria Field Value or Powder 1996 10 22 20 27 14 478 1996 10 22 20 28 14 250 1996 10 22 20 29 14 265 1996 10 22 20 30 14 300 When you enter qualifying criteria values be sure to use the syntax demonstrated in the where clauses of the SQL Examples found in this chapter To specify a starting time of 9 45 today for example you would enter gt 9 45 As soon as you specify a criteria Microsoft Query immediately retrieves the specified data You can save your query at any stage of its development As you build your query the application builds an SQL statement When sou you click the SQL button you can view and edit the query statement as shown in the following dialo
229. database files If the Engine is running the HTV ignores this input and uses the active Citadel data directory If the Engine is not running and the scf path is not empty the HTV ignores this input and uses the Citadel data directory found in the scf file launch T determines whether to launch the HTV If TRUE the Call HTV VI starts the HTV If FALSE the VI does nothing tag list is the array of tags to be displayed in the HTV plot attributes is a cluster of parameters to set the color point style and line style of the trend display colors is an array of colors to be used points is an array of points to be used Use the position in the trend palette to determine the value for each point style The default value is 0 no point lines is an array of line styles to be used Use the position in the trend palette to determine the value for each line style The default value is 0 solid line A 18 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference error in is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix start time is the time to be displayed at the beginning of the trend stop time is the time to be displayed at the end of the trend already running indicates whether the HTV is running when the Call HTV VI executes If the HTV is running this VI returns TRUE
230. dded to the corresponding element of the other array You also can use other combinations such as clusters of numerics or arrays of clusters You can apply these principles to other G functions and data types G functions are polymorphic to different degrees Some functions might accept numeric and Boolean inputs others might accept a combination of any other data types For more information about polymorphism see Online Reference Function and VI Reference A cluster is a data type that can contain data elements of different types The cluster in the block diagram that you will build in Activity 14 4 groups related data elements from multiple places on the block diagram reducing wire clutter When you use clusters your subVIs require fewer connection terminals A cluster is analogous to a record in Pascal or a struct in C You can think of a cluster as a bundle of wires much like a telephone cable Each wire in the cable would represent a different element of the cluster The components include the initial X value 0 the delta X value 1 and the Y array waveform data provided by the numeric constants on the National Instruments Corporation 14 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs block diagram In G use the Bundle function to assemble a cluster For more information about Clusters refer to Chapter 14 Array and Cluster Controls and Indicators in the G Programming Reference Manual Graphs A gr
231. de 5 Save the VI as Equations vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory LIF End of Activity 12 3 Artificial Data Dependency Nodes not connected by a wire can execute in any order Nodes do not necessarily execute in left to right top to bottom order A Sequence structure is one way to control execution order when natural data dependency does not exist Another way to control execution order is to create and artificial data dependency a condition in which the arrival of data rather than its value triggers execution of an object The receiver may not actually use the data internally The advantage of artificial dependency is that all of the nodes are visible at one level although in some cases the confusion created by the artificial links between the nodes can be a disadvantage You can open the Timing Template data dep vi from G Examples General structs 11b to see how the Timing Template has been altered to use artificial data dependency rather than a sequence structure National Instruments Corporation 12 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Front Panel Object Attributes This chapter describes objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes that control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators With attribute nodes you can set attributes such as display colors visibility position blinking trend scales and many more To create an attribute node select Create Attr
232. dge VIEW system sees and interacts with an HMI The HMI application is a collection of VIs that you build with the G programming language in Bridge VIEW You build VIs that interact BridgeVIEW User Manual 1 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction with the Bridge VIEW Engine to read and write tag values acknowledge alarms access historical data and read and write tag attributes Bridge VIEW makes development of operator graphic displays easy and fast Floating palettes provide controls and functions necessary to develop effective HMI and SCADA applications The Controls palette provides a number of predefined objects selected from the automation symbol library for building your HMI The Functions palette provides a set of functions and VIs you can use for I O analysis historical data and networking BridgeVIEW Engine The BridgeVIEW Engine is the heart of the Bridge VIEW System It runs as a separate process independent of your HMI application This minimizes interference between the Engine and your HMI The Bridge VIEW Engine maintains the Real Time Database of all tag values and alarm states It reads values from the various device servers These values are scaled and compared with their alarm limits If a tag is in an alarm state the Engine generates appropriate events and logs them to disk The Real Time Database RTDB is an in memory snapshot of the state of all tags in the system If a tag value changes m
233. dgeVIEW i Activity directory Returns one temperature measurement from a simulated temperature sensor Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog Causes the For Loop to execute in ms Numeric constant Functions Numeric You can also pop up on the Wait Until Next Tick Multiple function and select Create Constant to create automatically and wire the numeric constant The numeric constant delays execution of the loop for 500 ms 0 5 seconds 2 E Not function Functions Boolean Inverts the value of the STOP button so that the While Loop executes repeatedly until you click on STOP 18 Save the VI as Pop up Panel Demo vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory W 19 Run the VI The front panel of the Get Operator Info VI opens and prompts you to enter your name the date and the time Click on the Continue button to return to the calling VI Then temperature data is acquired until you click on the STOP button Note The front panel of the Get Operator Info VI opens because of the options you selected from the VI Setup dialog box Do not try to open the front panel of the subVI from the block diagram of the My Pop Up Panel Demo VI 20 Close all windows LF End of Activity 10 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 8 National Instruments Corporation Loops and Charts This chapter introduces structures and explains the basic concepts of charts the While Loop and the For Loop This
234. diagram execution by clicking on the Highlight Execution button Execution highlighting is commonly used with single step mode to trace the data flow in a block diagram For debugging purposes you might want to execute a block diagram node by node This is known as single stepping To enable the single step mode click on the Step Into button or Step Over button This action then causes the first node to blink denoting that it is ready to execute Then you can click on either the Step Into or Step Over button again to execute the node and proceed to the next node If the node is a structure or VI you can select the Step Over button to execute the node but not single step through the node For example if the node is a subVI and you click on the Step Over button you execute the subVI and proceed to the next node but cannot see how the subVI nodes execute To single step through a structure or subVI select the Step Into button Click on the Step Out button to finish execution of the block diagram nodes and or complete single stepping For more information about debugging see Chapter 4 Executing and Debugging VIs and SubVIs in the G Programming Reference Manual For more information about block diagrams and the options available from the block diagram window see the section Block Diagram in Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment National Instruments Corporation 9 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS 9 Activity 9 5 Debug a
235. ditor shown in Figure 3 11 Analog Tags Analog tags have four alarm levels HI_HI HI LO and LO_LO By providing separate alarm levels you can provide more information about the nature of the alarm condition o Analog Tag Configuration Tagi General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Enable Alarms Alam Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Alam Deadband of range 1 00 Tag Value Alarms Enable Alarm Lirit Priority M HI_HI of 1 I HI a 1 Mo of 1 M LO_LO 0f 1 Bad Status Alarm W Enable Priority 15 Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 11 Alarms for Analog Tag Configuration Alarms are calculated after scaling is performed Alarm levels are expressed in engineering units BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 34 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Discrete Tags Discrete tags have one alarm state either the tag is in alarm or it is not You can determine whether a tag is in alarm when it is ON High or OFF Low Figure 3 12 shows the Alarms tab of the Discrete Tag Configuration dialog box er Discrete Tag Configuration Tagi General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Enable Alarms Alarm Acknowledge Mode Auto Ack on Normal Tag Value Alarms W Enable Tag Value Alarms Alarm on D Low 1 High Priority 1 Alarm Message E oiler Valve oper Bad Status Alarm W Enable Pricrity 1 Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 12
236. down In this case Read Tag discrete no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Read Tag discrete changed is TRUE when Read Tag discrete returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag discrete probably timed out before the tag value was updated National Instruments Corporation A 59 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Tag string Use the Read Tag string VI to read the latest value for the tag from the Real Time Database If timeout is 0 Read Tag string VI returns the current Tag value and update timestamp from the Real Time Database otherwise the Read Tag string VI waits up to the specified timeout for the tag to be updated in the Real Time Database and returns the new value Note Use a separate Read Tag string VI for each tag you want to monitor Do not put the Read Tag string VI in a loop to read a different tag each iteration of the loop This results in slower program performance The Read Tag string VI is designed to save information about the tag internally for efficient operation This information is updated every time the tag name changes BridgeVIEW User Manual In alarm value status tag name value timeout secs 0 value timestamp 7 sedioni shutdown changed tag name is the name of the tag timeout secs
237. ds WHERE LocalTime gt 12 1 95 AND LocalTime lt 1 1 96 AND Interval 31 The following examples are typical query statements however your queries may be much more involved depending on your system requirements BridgeVIEW User Manual Retrieves the most recent current value of every tag logged to Citadel SELECT FROM Threads Retrieves the value of every tag logged today in one second increments Note the interval value is specified within guotation marks SELECT FROM Threads WHERE Interval 0 01 Retrieves and time stamps the value of Powder in one second increments from 8 50 this morning to now Tag names are surrounded by quotes SELECT LocalTime Powder FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime gt 8 50 AND Interval 0 01 Retrieves and time stamps the value of Liquid input in one minute intervals for the month of October Also indicates the input s highest occurring value within each minute SELECT LocalTime Liquid Max Liquid FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime gt 10 1 96 AND LocalTime lt 11 1 96 AND Interval 1 00 B 6 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity e Retrieves an oven s temperature set point and value at 3 00 p m and shows the highest lowest and average temperatures between 2 00 p m and 3 00 p m SELECT LocalTime OVEN1_SP OVEN1_PV Max OVEN1_PV Min OVEN1_PV Avg OVEN1_PV
238. duces the basic concepts used for customizing VIs There are several ways to configure how your VIs execute You access these options by popping up on the icon pane in the upper right corner of the front panel and choosing VI Setup Ui Setup Edit Icon Show Connector A VI Setup dialog box appears showing setup options for execution of the VI appearance of the panel and documentation You can learn how to use these options in Activity 10 1 in this chapter For more detailed information see Chapter 6 Setting up VIs and SubVIs in the G Programming Reference Manual Set Window Options The Window Options control the appearance of the VI when running To SE svitch from Execution Options to Window Options click on the downward Documentation ae s pointing arrow in the menu bar SubVI Node Setup You also can configure how a subVI executes The configuration options are available by popping up on the subVI icon in the block diagram of the National Instruments Corporation 10 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Customizing VIs calling VI and choosing SubVI Node Setup The following illustration shows the SubVI Node Setup dialog box eT Sub l Node Setup Open Front Panel when loaded fw Show Front Panel when called Close afterwards if orginally closed Suspend when called OF Cancel Note If you select an option from the VI Setup dialog box of a VI the option appli
239. e 15 6 operability 7 23 Operating tool 2 4 operation attributes 3 2 operations types of operations 1 6 operator 4 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index operator interface panel controlling visibility 7 7 Operator Interface Security 7 22 controlling visibility attributes 7 23 limiting user access to operator interface panels 7 23 P Panel G Wizard 7 1 how to use 7 2 panel size and visibility controlling 7 6 password changing 7 16 path control 15 6 Pause Continue button 2 3 pi constant 14 7 polled programming implementing 4 27 polymorphism 14 17 pop up menus Object pop up menu tool 2 5 popping up on objects 2 6 Positioning tool 2 4 Post System Error or Event VI A 43 printing alarms and events 5 13 configuration 5 10 privileges See access levels and privileges Privileges dialog box 7 16 Probe tool 2 4 9 22 program design 16 1 See also G programming language good diagram style 16 4 avoid overuse of Sequence structures 16 8 checking for errors 16 5 common operations 16 4 left to right layouts 16 5 studying examples 16 8 planning ahead with connector panes 16 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual l 12 adding extra unconnected terminals 16 3 subVIs with required inputs 16 4 top down design 16 1 designing VI hierarchy 16 1 list of user requirements 16 1 writing the program 16 3 Programmatic Login VI A 50 Programmatic Logout VI A 51 Project menu 2 10 Historical Trend Viewer 2 10 Lau
240. e A 1 errors reported by Bridge VIEW Engine A 1 Event Configuration dialog box event logging and printing selections table 5 10 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections table 5 12 event history displaying history information 5 6 purpose and use 5 2 event driven programming implementing 4 25 events configuring logging and printing 5 10 Event Configuration dialog box event logging and printing selections table 5 10 illustration 5 10 log and print format selections table 5 12 logging procedure 5 12 setting file paths 3 44 shift configuration 3 44 National Instruments Corporation stopping and starting programmatically 7 8 turning on at startup 3 44 printing 5 13 stopping and starting programmatically 7 8 purpose and use 1 3 1 7 types of events 1 7 viewing 5 14 execution highlighting 9 23 Execution Options 10 4 exporting a list of users to a file 7 19 exporting users to another computer on the network 7 20 extracting historical data F file See historical data logging and extraction scf 3 4 Bridge VIEW Configuration 3 4 SCADA Configuration 3 4 Font ring 2 3 For Loops 11 20 See also shift registers activity 11 22 count terminal 11 21 iteration terminal 11 21 numeric conversion 11 21 purpose and use 1 4 sizing 11 20 using auto indexing to set 14 9 front panel building an HMI with multiple panels 7 1 building front panel objects 4 3
241. e Mexico City Georgetown Texas Compatibility Options Maximum Column Name Length jez Convert special characters 6 Make changes as appropriate Select the historical logging directory that was configured in your Tag Configuration scf file for each data source For example if you want to query the historical data created by the Tanks System example directory modify the database path to C BridgeVIEW Examples User Applications Tank System Data You also can modify the name of the data source to reflect the application An example of a modified ODBC Setup dialog box is shown below BridgeVIEW User Manual B 2 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Hational Instruments Citadel ODBC Setup x Change data source name description database path or timezone Information Then choose OF Data Source Name ET amet Description 32 bit Citadel Database ODBC Driver Database Path C ABridgeVIEWE samples ser Applications T ank Syst Te e W Currently within Daylight Savings Time iGmT 6 00 Central Standard Time Mexico City Georgetown Texas Compatibility Option Masimum Column Hame Length E2 WM Convert special characters i Note Some applications are not completely ODBC compliant If you plan to use Microsoft Query Microsoft Access or Visual Basic ensure Maximum Column Name Length does not exceed 62 characters These packages cannot handle longer tag
242. e Real Time Database See operator Block diagram object that emits a value you set See virtual instrument Special file that contains a collection of related VIs for a specific use A program in the graphical programming language G so called because it models the appearance and function of a physical instrument G 10 National Instruments Corporation W While Loop wire wiring tool Wizard Wizard lock Glossary Post iterative test loop structure that repeats a section of code until a condition is met Comparable to a Do loop or a Repeat Until loop in conventional programming languages Data path between nodes Tool used to define data paths between source and sink terminals See HMI G Wizard and Panel G Wizard A glyph that appears on a tag loop to indicate Bridge VIEW has protected the association between a front panel object and the automatically generated block diagram If a Wizard lock exists on a tag loop you cannot modify that block diagram Once you have released the Wizard lock the association is broken and the Wizard no longer protects that tag loop National Instruments Corporation G 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index A access levels and privileges 7 1 See also security defaults table 7 13 finding access levels 7 15 finding environment access privileges 7 15 modifying access privileges 7 22 list of available user access levels 7 19 Access Levels dialog box 7 15 Acknowledge Alarm
243. e Controls Graph palette waveform chart or real time trend and intensity chart You can customize charts to match your data display requirements or to display more information Features available for charts include a scrollbar a legend a palette a digital display and representation of scales with respect to time For more information about charts see Chapter 15 Graph and Chart Controls and Indicators in your G Programming Reference Manual The following illustration shows the three chart display options available from the Data Operations Update Mode submenu Strip chart Scope chart and Sweep chart The default mode is strip chart Strip Chart Scope Chart Sweep Chart 11 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Faster Chart Updates You can pass an array of multiple values to the chart The chart treats these inputs as new data for a single plot Refer to the charts vi example located in G Examples General Graphs charts 1lb Overlaid Versus Stacked Plots You can display multiple plots on a chart using a single vertical scale called overlaid plots or using multiple vertical scales called stacked plots Refer to the charts vi example located in G Examples General Graphs charts 1lb q Activity 11 1 Experiment with Chart Modes Your objective is to view a chart as your VI runs in strip chart mode scope chart mode and sweep chart mode 1 Open Charts vi located in the fo
244. e in Windows NT How Do You Modify a User s BridgeVIEW Environment Privileges Use the Edit User Accounts dialog box to assign user privileges To change user privileges select Project Security Edit User Accounts From the account list select the account you want to modify and press the Modify gt gt button Press the Privileges button to open the Privileges dialog box Eo Privileges for user steffig Environment Project Engine Security W Change Password l Create 7 Edit Access Levels T Create Edit User Accounts Configure User Privileges OF Cancel To keep any changes click the OK button in the Privileges dialog box and click the Apply button in the Edit User Accounts dialog box Operator Interface Security Operator Interface Security refers to limiting user access to elements on your HMI screens You can assign an access level to each HMI object to control which users can see or operate it BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Limit User Access to HMI Objects You can use security information to control visibility attributes on HMI objects There is a set of security VIs you can use to implement security in your HMI found in the System Security palette For more information about these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference As you develop your operator interface panels you might want to re
245. e loop application you can add initialization code before executing the loops and some cleanup or shutdown code after all the loops finish executing You can use the Sequence structure for this purpose Put the initialization code in the first frame of the Sequence structure put all your loops in the second frame of the Sequence structure and put the shutdown code in your final sequence This guarantees that none of your loops start execution until your initialization code is complete and that all loops complete execution before you execute the shutdown code Figures 4 7 and 4 8 demonstrate this technique You also can use dataflow programming to enforce sequential operation In some cases your diagram might be easier to read using this technique It is possible that you might have some data flow between the initialization code and the loops anyway There is no difference in performance using either technique It is purely a diagram documentation issue Figure 4 6 illustrates using this technique 4 28 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface How Do You Display Real Time Trends You can build a real time trend by dropping a real time trend indicator on your front panel and popping up on it to select the HMI G Wizard Alternatively you can assemble the diagram manually using a While Loop and the Trend Tags VI Wire the output of the Trend Tags VI to the terminal for a real time trend indicator The Trend Tags
246. e process independent of your HMI application An execution environment for applications created using the BridgeVIEW Development System VI that cannot be compiled or run signified by a broken arrow in the Run button Conditional branching control structure which executes one and only one of its subdiagrams based on its input It is the combination of the IF THEN ELSE and CASE statements in control flow languages A database for storing historical tag values G 2 National Instruments Corporation cluster coercion dot connector connector pane constant D data flow deadband device device server discrete tag National Instruments Corporation G 3 Glossary A set of ordered unindexed data elements of any data type including numeric Boolean string array or cluster The elements must be all controls or all indicators A gray dot on a terminal to indicate that one of two terminals wired together has been converted to match the data type representation of the other Part of the VI or function node that contains its input and output terminals through which data passes to and from the node Region in the upper right corner of a front panel window that displays the VI terminal pattern It underlies the icon pane See universal constant and user defined constant Programming system consisting of executable nodes in which nodes execute only when they have received all required input data and p
247. e running a VI You cannot add to or change the description while running the VI but you can view any previously entered information Reinitialize to Default Eut Wata Copy Data Paste Data Description Alife Help You also can view the description of a front panel object by showing the Help window Help Show Help and moving the cursor over the object q Activity 9 2 Documenta VI Your objective is to documenta VI that you have created 1 Open the Temp amp Vol vi created in Activity 9 1 from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 2 Select Windows Show VI Info Type the description for the VI as shown in the following illustration and click on OK BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIS 2 YI Information x Name Temp amp Wolvi Locking and Password Status Path D Program Files BridgevIE W s f Unlocked no password Activity Solutions Temp amp Wol vi Locked no password Explain Curent Revision 13 Password protected Description This WI simulates reading a temperature sensor and level transducer Memory Usage Resources 18 4K Front Panel Block Diagram Code Data Total OF Cancel 3 Pop up on the tank and choose Data Operations Description Type the description for the indicator as shown in the following illustration and click OK Description x Volume Description Displays simulated volume in l
248. e shaded rectangle in the tool box to erase the icon Draw a thermometer with the Pencil tool Create the text with the Text tool To change the font double click on the Text tool Your icon should look similar to the following illustration Icon Editor File Edit Help Cancel Close the Icon Editor by clicking on OK The new icon appears in the icon pane Define the connector terminal pattern by popping up in the icon pane on the front panel and choosing Show Connector By default Bridge VIEW selects a terminal pattern based on the number of controls and indicators on the front panel Because there are two objects on the front panel the connector has two terminals as shown at left 9 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 9 i Note Creating VIS Pop up on the connector pane and select Rotate 90 Degrees Notice how the connector pane changes as shown at left Assign the terminals to Temp and Volume a d 10 Save the VI by choosing File Save Click on the top terminal in the connector The cursor automatically changes to the Wiring tool and the terminal turns black Click on the Temp indicator A moving dashed line frames the indicator as shown in the following illustration The selected terminal changes to a color consistent with the datatype of the control indicator selected If you click in an open area on the front panel the dashed line disappears and the selected terminal appears dimmed indic
249. e tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change string VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change string VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB TF TF Bridge VIEW User Manual tag name generate ewent F P zhukdown tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag on Change string operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change string or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for
250. e the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change VI causes a system error because input tags can only be updated by servers If the tag is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB generate event F i tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag JAH generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Wri
251. e user can add remove and edit access levels lower than his or her own access level Create Edit User Accounts User can create and edit user accounts which have an access level lower than his or her own access level Configure User Privileges User can change the privileges assigned to other users who have an access level lower than his or her own This privilege requires that the user also have the Create Edit User Accounts privilege described above A user s Bridge VIEW Environment privileges are completely independent of the user s access level and do not directly affect access to objects in the operator interfaces that you develop for your application See the Operator Interface Security section in this chapter for more information BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Log In and Out To log in choose Project Security Login Type in your account name and password If you do not know your login name or have forgotten your password contact your Bridge VIEW administrator To log out choose Project Security Logout How Do You Find Your Access Level After you have logged in you can find your access level by choosing Project Security Access Levels When you make this selection the Access Levels dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 2 ET Access Levels Current User steveno Access Level Level 0 0 Privileges
252. e your HMI application to display tag values trends and alarms You also can acknowledge alarms and control output tags You can build the HMI using BridgeVIEW VIs to read and write tag values view alarm National Instruments Corporation 1 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction G Programming BridgeVIEW User Manual information acknowledge alarms view real time trends and retrieve historical data For more information about how to get started with BridgeVIEW see the Where Should I Start section at the end of this chapter G is the easy to use graphical data flow programming language Bridge VIEW is based upon G simplifies scientific computation process monitoring and control test and measurement and a wide variety of other applications G was first introduced by National Instruments as the programming language behind LabVIEW the program development application used commonly for test and measurement purposes Bridge VIEW has taken all the functionality of G and enhanced it for your industrial automation needs The G Tutorial section of this manual covers the functionality of G that you need to get started with most BridgeVIEW applications For a more extensive explanation of Bridge VIEW functionality see the G Programming Reference Manual The basic concepts of G that are covered in this manual are as follows e VIs Virtual instruments VIs have three main parts the front panel the block diagram and the i
253. eating 3 5 data types See tag data types deleting 3 5 editing 3 5 monitoring and controlling in HMI 4 16 reading tags activity 4 21 tag data type 4 17 Tag VIs and Alarms and Events VIs 4 20 effect on startup and shutdown 4 24 VIs for 4 16 network 3 6 purpose and use 1 3 3 1 types 1 5 Tags VIs A 53 effect on startup and shutdown 4 24 locating A 53 purpose and use 4 16 Read Tag A 54 Read Tag bit array A 56 Read Tag discrete A 58 Read Tag string A 60 Trend Tags A 62 Write Tag A 63 Write Tag bit array A 64 Write Tag discrete A 65 Write Tag string A 66 Write Tag on Change A 67 Write Tag on Change bit array A 68 Write Tag on Change discrete A 69 Write Tag on Change string A 70 National Instruments Corporation Temp amp Vol VI 10 8 terminals adding to VIs 9 3 Thermometer VI 14 21 Threads table B 4 tip strips 9 4 Tools palette 2 4 Trend Tags VI A 62 trends See also Historical Trend Viewer HTV historical trends 6 1 purpose and use 1 7 6 1 real time trends 6 1 U User Account List VI A 53 user accounts exporting to another computer 7 20 importing from another computer 7 21 user acounts exporting a list of users to a file 7 19 importing a list of users from a file 7 20 user privileges 7 16 UTCTime query field B 4 V vertical switch Boolean switch activity 11 8 placing on front panel 11 5 VI Control VIs activity Release Instrument
254. ed Bad Status Alarm Enabled Priority 1 Modify the Mixer Liquid and Powder tags as specified in Table 3 11 to configure them for Historical Logging and Alarm Acknowledgement To edit a tag configuration double click the tag in the Tag Configuration Editor listbox or press the Edit Tag button You can select multiple tags by holding the lt Shift gt key while dragging or clicking the mouse When you edit multiple tags the Tag Configuration dialog box shows three buttons Edit Next Tag OK and Cancel Select the Edit Next Tag to record any edits from the Tag Configuration dialog box and then display the next tag selected Select OK to record any edits from the Tag Configuration dialog and return to the Tag Configuration Editor Select Cancel to discard changes to the current tag and return to the Tag Configuration Editor Table 3 11 Configuration Modifications for Activity 3 1 Category Attribute Setting Operations Enabled Log Deadband of range 3 41 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 11 Configuration Modifications for Activity 3 1 Continued Category Attribute Setting Enable Alarms Enabled Alarm Acknowledge User must Ack Mode 9 Save the configuration by selecting File Save The modified scf file is provided for you in the BridgeVIEW Activity Solutions directory 10 View the tag configuration using the Tag Browser From a VI front panel choose Project Tag Browser
255. ed for your device server s abc server error descriptions is an array of descriptions of server error codes If an incoming error matches one in server error codes the VI uses the corresponding description from server error descriptions in the message message describes the tag status by breaking it down into the error or warning returned by Bridge VIEW as well as the error or warning if any BridgeVIEW User Manual A 44 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference returned by the device server The part of the message describing the server error code comes from the input you specify in server error descriptions It also contains information about the source of the error National Instruments Corporation A 45 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A Security Vis BridgeVIEW User Manual HMI Function Reference D Functions jean Ie iras pa pna es H E Ea a userinfo Login Logout i eal cach a go yo ba ib A 46 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Check Operator Privileges Use this VI to check the current user s privileges and produce a Boolean output indicating if the currently logged in user has the privilege Additional inputs can be sent to display a dialog box with a message OK or OK Cancel and or launch the login prompt if the current user does not have the requested privilege privilege to check promp
256. ed in a Login dialog box appears Log in as Administrator with Password Administration Name Administrator Accounts Administrator Password areneus Cancel 5 Open the My Alarm Summary With Ack vi you created in Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display 6 Edit the block diagram of Alarm Summary with Ack vi to limit operability of the Ack button depending on the user logged in a Popup onthe Ack button and select Create Attribute Node The attribute node is created in the block diagram b From the block diagram pop up on the Attribute Node Choose Select Item Disabled Create a new While Loop and move the Attribute Node inside it d Popup inthe While Loop and drop the Security Monitor VI from the Functions System Security palette National Instruments Corporation 7 25 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics e Wire the Disabled attribute value output of the VI to the Attribute Node f Invert the shutdown output of the VI and wire it to the continuation terminal of the While Loop g With the Wiring tool pop up on the operability access level 0 input of the Security Monitor VI and select Create Constant Enter 50 into the constant h Save the VI as Alarm Summary with Security vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory The completed block diagram including the new While Loop with the Security Monitor VI is shown in the following illustr
257. ed tags are automatically saved to the scf file and the list of available tags is then updated For more information about the Tag Configuration Editor see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration National Instruments Corporation 4 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface Tag constants in your diagram and tag controls and indicators if they are saved with default values retain the tag name or tag group name selected when your VI is saved The name contained in the tag control indicator or constant is dimmed when the name is not contained in the currently selected scf file This might be because the tag name has been deleted from the scf file or the VI was created using a different scf file If you try to run the VI at this point you will get a system error for each tag that is undefined in the current scf file You can control which scf file the Bridge VIEW Engine runs programmatically This capability is covered in Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Tags Vis and Alarms and Events Vis The Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs have several properties in common With these VIs you operate on tags by wiring the tag name or tag group name into the tag name or group tag name input of the VI when you place them in your diagram These are required inputs Some VIs accept arrays of tag names or tag and tag group names The Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs return several flags that indicate the state of the Bridge VIEW
258. eeees 8 2 Installing and Configuring the NI DAQ OPC Servet c ccseesssseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 3 Installing and Configuring Device Servers from the Bridve VIEW Device Senere CD oeieo auecusig seveediuin sated enaads 8 4 Resisterns Simulation Servers aea ac new ender shane e a 8 4 How Do You Use OPC Servers with Bridge VIEW ccccccccccccccccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeaaeeees 8 5 sine Remote ORC Servers sa cscissrc testes caer E E A 8 7 How Do You Use DDE Servers with Bridge VIEW ccsseseessessseseeseseeseeeceeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 How Do You View Bridge VIEW Server Configuration cccccscssseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 Registered Server Device and Item Parameters cc ssssseesseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeees 8 11 How Do You Develop an IA Device Server ccccccccccccsssceecenecsssnssssesseeessssessssseeseeeeees 8 12 National Instruments Corporation XI BridgeVIEW User Manual Contents Part Il G Tutorial Chapter 9 Creating Vis What 18a Virtual InStrument veicncs scicciiulecescuvensauebecwercnceboleasedadoatescoaddosteewvpboutveseelant ewes 9 How Do You Bune a VE sis saeiats sudo heshaeloobiesnnetbuwentqualon sda Seack ncedadusdancatanrawepsasenciebuarsantes 9 1 VLE Teal CY e a E a E E 9 1 Controls Constants and Indicators 0 seoensessenensensnsenseseesesensensessesessesessesenserse 9 2 TEn DAS eaen oiae a a nite arumeosaston 9 3 Wio onan a a eta a A hu paeeeneh bona 9
259. either add them to the existing configuration by 3 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration selecting Append Tags to SCF default mode or you can create a new configuration file How Do You Connect a Tag to an OPC Server You connect to an OPC server just like you connect to the National Instruments device servers from the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box Any OPC servers installed on your machine are listed in the server name list Select the OPC server you want to use Create an I O Group for the server specifying the group deadband and update rate Select or enter the Item name which is the same as the OPC Server Item ID You also can select or enter an access path for OPC servers if the server supports that How Do You Connect a Tag to a DDE Server Although no Bridge VIEW servers are based on Dynamic Data Exchange DDE you can connect a tag to any existing DDE Server Select DDE Server as your server in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration Editor to communicate with DDE servers DDE Servers have an Application Name Topic and Item In Bridge VIEW the device in the I O Group Configuration dialog box is set to appname topic the pipe symbol and the item in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box is set to item For example to connect a tag to cell R1C1 item of spreadsheet sheet 1 topic in Excel application set the tag fields to the following
260. elp ALI Temp ALa Temp Figure 4 5 Two Trend Display VI The real time trend indicator updates with a value for each tag every time the indicator is written to If a VI using this indicator is executed several times it still has previous data displayed For this reason you might want to initialize the real time trend indicator before the loop begins execution You also can control attributes of the real time trend indicator such as time scale Figure 4 6 shows a single real time trend display VI that initializes the time scale of the Trend indicator to the current time read from Get Date Time in Seconds and the interval corresponding to the Trend Tags time interval input It also clears the trend display by writing an empty array to the Trends History Data attribute Initialize time scale and blank trend digpla Display real time trend 1TOULDUUUULDUOUUUDUUDOOG t History Data ne owe Trend time interval daidan secs oof E gt aa E a BP __ o QOOOOOAOOOOODOOOODODAOOOD Figure 4 6 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for a Real Time Trend Display BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 30 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface This example illustrates the use of dataflow programming to enforce the order of two structures that otherwise are not related by data flow By wiring the time interval secs constant through the Sequence structure and into the While Loop the While Loop does
261. en or other device and then view the results on the computer screen The front panel contains a toolbar of command buttons and status indicators that you use for running and debugging VIs It also contains font options and alignment and distribution options for editing VIs Pictures of the front panel toolbar and its buttons are shown below Run button Runs the VI Continuous Run button Runs the VI over and over useful for debugging 2 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Stop button Aborts VI execution Pause Continue button Pauses VI execution Continues VI execution Font ring Sets font options including font type size style and color Alignment ring Sets alignment options including vertical top edge left and so on for two or more objects Distribution ring Sets distribution options including gaps compression and so on for two or more objects Reorder ring Allows you to restack overlapping objects by moving a selected object above or below the others Block Diagram VIs are executed from a block diagram which you construct in G The block diagram supplies a pictorial solution to a programming problem The block diagram contains the source code for the VI The block diagram toolbar contains additional options that are not included on the front panel toolbar Use these additional options for debugging VIs The block diagram toolbar is shown below B w
262. en your panels are loaded into memory You can reach the VI Server functions through the Functions A pplication Control palette shown below 2 Functions x Application Control For more information about the VI Server see Chapter 15 Application Control or the Online Reference available by selecting Help Online Reference How Do You Control Panel Size To query or set the size of an operator interface panel use the property node function set to the Virtual Instrument VI Server Class and read or write the Front Panel Window Window Bounds or Front Panel Window Panel Bounds property The Front Panel Window Panel Bounds property does not include the window title bar scrollbars menu bar or toolbar while the Front Panel Window Window Bounds property includes all of these components Both bounds are given in pixels 7 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics How Do You Control Panel Visibility There are several ways to control the visibility of an operator interface panel from your application These options are listed below e Enable the Show Front Panel when Called and Close Afterwards if Originally Closed options in the VI Setup Execution options This option applies only to subVIs e Enable the Show Front Panel when Called and Close Afterwards if Originally Closed options in the SubVI Node Setup options This option applies when you call the VI as a subVI e Use the propert
263. end indicator The difference between the current reading and the previous value is calculated in the diagram and passed to a front panel numeric indicator The diagram retains the current temperature value and uses it after taking the next reading Because the system does not need to perform any alarm management or historical logging based on the difference no memory tag is used National Instruments Corporation 3 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Example 2 When to Use a Memory Tag A simple device server returns several items of data that through a linear combination of values represent a meaningful measurement in engineering units The design of the device and its server software makes it difficult to combine these values within the server to make a single tag The value of interest is not the individual points but the linear combination of these I O points The operators need historical trends and alarm management based on this single value In this situation you can define a separate tag for each server item and a memory tag with engineering range and units of the final measurement In the block diagram of the HMI VI read individual tag values and calculate the linear combination of values in the diagram Write the calculated value to the memory tag in the Real Time Database and the Bridge VIEW Engine performs historical logging and alarm calculations according to the memory tag configuration i Note To
264. endix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Logging Info Use the Get Tag Logging Info VI to determine whether a tag is configured for logging historical data or alarms and events to disk 16 I I Bridge VIEW User Manual tag name emor in no error fogprint events a error cut tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix log data is TRUE if the tag is configured for logging data to the Citadel historical database log print events is TRUE if events are to be logged or printed for this tag error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 82 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Range and Units Use the Get Tag Range and Units VI to obtain the engineering range for the tag in a cluster of Minimum Maximum and Increment You can wire this format to a scale attribute node for a graph slide or vessel Increment is set to 0 which means that Bridge VIEW calculates the scale increment automatically units is the tag engineering units units eror in no error L error out tag name is
265. er the Engine must use an scf file that has the Allow Network Access option enabled A BridgeVIEW client is a computer that gets its data through tags from one or more Bridge VIEW servers Tags remotely accessed from Bridge VIEW servers are network tags An scf file for a Bridge VIEW client can have network tags from multiple Bridge VIEW servers However a Bridge VIEW client scf can import network tags from only one scf file per server machine A Bridge VIEW server can also act as a client and get its data from other Bridge VIEW server machines as shown in the illustration below BridgeVIEW Servers BridgeVIEW Clients Figure 3 2 Flowchart of Server Client Interaction BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Add Network Tags On the Bridge VIEW server all tags in an allowed scf file can be viewed by another Bridge VIEW system by opening the Tag Configuration Editor and selecting Configure Allow Network Access The tags are not shared until the scf file is saved on the server side On the Bridge VIEW client open the Tag Configuration Editor and select File Import Network Tags The Select Tags for Network Import dialog box shown in Figure 3 3 allows you to browse the network for an scf file and select tags you wish to import After selecting the tags you wish to import save the scf file on the Bridge VIEW client and start the BridgeVIEW Engine
266. er you release the mouse button When your VI reads the value once the control reverts to the old value This action guarantees at least one new value As with Switch When Released this action is similar to the behavior of buttons in a dialog box clicking on this action highlights the button and releasing the mouse button latches a reading Latch Until Released action Changes the control value when you click on the control It retains the value until your VI reads the value once or until you release the mouse button depending on which one occurs last Activity 11 3 Change the Mechanical Action of a Boolean Switch Your objective is to experiment with the different mechanical actions of Boolean switches 1 Open the Random Signal vi as saved in Activity 11 2 from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory The default value of the Enable switch is FALSE 2 Modify the vertical switch so it is used only to stop the VI Change the switch so that you do not need to turn on the switch each time you run the VI a Turn on the vertical switch with the Operating tool 11 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts b Pop up on the switch and choose Data Operations Make Current Value Default This makes the ON position the default value c Popup on the switch and choose Mechanical Action Latch When Pressed 3 Run the VI Click on the Enable switch to stop the acquisition The switch moves to the OFF positio
267. erminals for a function or subVI the description of controls and indicators the values of universal constants and descriptions and data types of control attributes The window also accesses the Online Reference A plot of data values versus time showing values that were previously acquired in the system or logged to disk A utility that accesses historical data from the Citadel historical database A utility in Bridge VIEW that automates the process of generating HMI diagram code A graphical user interface for the user to interact with the Bridge VIEW system A set of related server items all of which share the same server update rate and deadband Graphical representation of a node on a block diagram Region in the upper right corner of the Panel and Diagram windows that displays the VI icon A tag that accepts Real Time Database values from a device server A tag that accepts Real Time Database values from a device server and sends values to the server National Instruments Corporation G 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary item L LabVIEW log deadband log resolution Man Machine Interface MMI MB memory tag network tag object OPC operating tool BridgeVIEW User Manual A channel or variable in a real world device that is monitored or controlled by a Bridge VIEW device server Laboratory Virtual Instrument Engineering Workbench A program development application used commonly for t
268. es to every instance of that VI If you select an option from the Sub VI Node Setup dialog box the option applies only to that particular node Activity 10 1 Use Setup Options for a SubVI fai Your objective is to build a VI that prompts the operator to enter information You will create a VI that launches a dialog box to obtain information from the user upon execution Once the user enters the information and presses a button the dialog box disappears Front Panel 1 Open anew front panel and place some string controls and a button as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 10 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 10 Customizing VIs hy Get Operator Info Yi File Edit Operate Project Windows Help 7aptApplication Font Soo ete 7 fs Enter your name here Mame Answer S E Sting Control String Indicator Yenty corect date and time lt Free Label Date Time Date Answer Ss 6 String Control String Control String Indicator Time Answer Continue String Indicator Dialog Button Block Diagram 2 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration 3 Get M Info a 4 5 National Instruments Corporation Create the icon for the VI as shown at left To access the Icon Editor pop up on the icon pane of the front panel and select Edit Icon Switch to the connector pane by popping up on the icon pane and se
269. es as other directories VI libraries however are not hierarchical That is you cannot create a VI library inside of another VI library You cannot create a new directory inside a VI library either There is no way to list the VIs in a VI library outside the Bridge VIEW environment After you create a VI library it appears in the Bridge VIEW file dialog box as a folder with VI on the folder icon Regular directories appear as a folder without the VI label Even though you might not save your own VIs in VI libraries you should be familiar with how they work In the various activities in this manual you will save your VIs in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Solutions to these activities are provided in the BridgeVIEW Activity Solution directory Controls Constants and Indicators A control is an object you place on your HMI for entering data into a VI interactively or into a subVI programmatically An indicator is an object you place on your HMI for displaying output Controls and indicators in G are similar to input and output parameters respectively in traditional programming languages An alternative to placing controls and indicators on the front panel and then wiring them to functions or VIs on the block diagram is to create controls or indicators directly from the block diagram To do this pop up on the input terminal of a function or VI on the block diagram and select Create Control This creates a control of the correct data
270. ess rights for a tag Tags can have access rights of Memory Input only Output only or Input Output Memory tags are not directly connected to real world I O points You can use memory tags to monitor and control calculated values and enable historical trending and alarming on these values Input only Output only and Input Output tags are connected to real world I O points according to the Server Device and Item fields Server all Determines the device server that manages the communication of the tag value If the tag is a memory tag this attribute is not used I O Group all Determines the I O Group to use for this tag Select the I O Group this tag uses The I O Group is associated with the server At least one I O Group must be created for the server in order to configure a tag to use a Server item If the tag is a memory tag this attribute is not used all Item Name Determines the string to filter the list of configured items If the Filter tag is a memory tag this attribute is not used Item all Determines the register channel or item on the device for this tag This might be a PLC register a data acquisition channel an OPC item ID or a DDE item depending on the server used for this tag If the tag is a memory tag this field is not used Access Path all Determines the access path for the selected server If the tag is a memory tag or if the server does not have access paths this attribute is not used I O Group Configu
271. est and measurement purposes The range through which a tag value must change before it is logged to Citadel The smallest change in a tag value stored in the historical database See Human Machine Interface HMI Megabytes of memory A tag not connected to a real world I O point Memory tags are used for user defined calculations See also tag and network tag A tag remotely connected to any type of tag on another BridgeVIEW Engine See also tag and memory tag Generic term for any item on the front panel or block diagram including controls nodes wires and imported pictures OLE for Process Control A COM based standard defined by the OPC foundation that specifies how to interact with device servers COM is a Microsoft 32 bit Windows technology Tool used to enter data into controls as well as operate them Resembles a pointing finger G 6 National Instruments Corporation operator output tag P palette Panel G Wizard Panel window PID PLC polling pop up pop up menus positioning tool Programmable Logic Control PLC Proportional Integral Derivative PID Control pseudocode Glossary The person who initiates and monitors the operation of a process A tag that sends values to a device server whenever it is updated in the Real Time Database A display of pictures that represent possible options A utility in Bridge VIEW that automates the process of creating front panel controls
272. etermines whether to enable HI_HI alarms for a tag Enabled National Instruments Corporation 3 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 7 Alarms Configuration Attributes Continued Applies to u Atte Data Pata PES O OOO HIHI Limit Limit aa Determines E E E EE O E E E value in engineering units that invokes a HI_HI alarm condition The tag alarm state remains HI_HI until the tag value goes below the HI_HI alarm limit minus the alarm deadband HI_HI analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority for the HI_HI alarm where 15 represents the highest priority HI Enabled Determines whether to enable HI alarms for a tag HI Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a HI alarm condition The tag alarm state remains HI until the tag value goes below the HI alarm limit minus the alarm deadband HI Priority analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority for the HI alarm where 15 represents the highest priority LO Enabled Determines whether to enable LO alarms for the tag LO Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a LO alarm condition The tag alarm state remains LO until the tag value goes above the LO alarm limit plus the alarm deadband LO Priority analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority for the LO alarm where 15 represents the highest priority LO_LO analog D
273. etermines whether to enable LO_LO alarms for a tag Enabled LO_LO Limit analog Determines the value in engineering units that invokes a LO_LO alarm condition The tag alarm state remains LO_LO until the tag value goes above the LO_LO alarm plus the alarm deadband LO_LO analog Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority for the LO alarm where 15 represents the highest priority Discrete discrete Determines whether to enable tag value alarms for discrete and Enabled bit array bit array tags Bridge VIEW User Manual 3 32 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 7 Alarms Configuration Attributes Continued Applies to e Soe Data eat Tes a 221 _ Geo on Pen an Determines eE AE N E E T E sealarmon ON ER a discrete tag should be alarm on ON high bit array or OFF low Determines whether a bit array goes into alarm 1f all of its bits are in alarm or if any of its bits are in alarm This field is used only if both Alarms Enabled and Discrete Enabled fields are set to TRUE Discrete discrete Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority bit array for the tag value alarm where 15 represents the highest priority Alarm Invert bit array Determines which bits are inverted before calculating the Mask alarm state Bits in the mask that are 1 are inverted thus cause an alarm when low 0 Bits that are 0 are not inverted thus cause an
274. eturns the standard deviation for tag name across the interval Starts tag name Returns the number of starts number of transitions from OFF to ON for tag name across the interval Stops Datapoint Returns the number of stops number of transitions from ON to OFF for Datapoint across the interval ETM Datapoint Returns the amount of time Datapoint was in the ON state across the interval Qual Datapoint There might be gaps in the historical data threads in Citadel because of machine shutdown or Bridge VIEW shutdown Qual returns the ratio of time for which valid data exists for a datapoint across the interval to the length of the interval itself Thus if valid data exists for only one half of the interval Qual would return 0 5 These data transforms allow you to directly calculate and retrieve complex information from the database such as averages and standard deviations This time saving feature eliminates the need of extracting raw data first and then massaging it in another application to come up with the needed information National Instruments Corporation B 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Assume for example that you want to find out how many times a compressor motor started in December You also want to know its total runtime for the month The following query provides the answers SQL Examples SELECT Starts MotorRun ETM MotorRun FROM Threa
275. event logging historical data logging or printing The System subpalette is shown below National Instruments Corporation a Functions Erari e a er be gna Taz 8 2 le eH System Eee Status I oo A 35 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Enable Event Logging Use the Enable Event Logging VI to turn on or off logging of alarms and events for all tags in the system programmatically a a i Bridge VIEW User Manual Enable evt logging T emor in no error Enable evt log T determines whether to turn event logging on or off error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 36 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Enable Historical Data Logging Use the Enable Historical Data Logging VI to turn on or off data logging for all tags in the system programmatically Enable hst logging T emor in no error Enable hst logging T determines whether to turn historical data logging on or off error in no error is a cluster that describes the err
276. executes block diagrams sequentially In conventional programming languages the program statements execute in the order in which they appear In data flow programming a node executes when data is available at all of the node inputs although sometimes it is necessary to execute one node before another G uses the Sequence structure as a method to control the order in which nodes execute G executes the diagram inside the border of Frame 0 first it executes the diagram inside the border of Frame second and so on As with the Case structure only one frame is visible at a time A Sequence structure is shown in the following illustration q Activity 12 2 Use a Sequence Structure Your objective is to build a VI that computes the time it takes to generate a random number that matches a given number Front Panel 1 Open anew front panel and build the front panel shown in the following illustration Be sure to modify the controls and indicators as described in the text following the illustration Number to Match Curent Number 50 50 digital control digital indicator Data Range Precision 0 Min 0 Max 100 of iterations Increment 1 Default 50 195 Out of range gt Suspend digital indicator Precision 0 Representation 32 Time to Match 0 23 sec National Instruments Corporation 12 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node BridgeVIEW User
277. f file you cannot select it BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface o Untitled 3 alLiquid Dut CEMI Change to Indicator Synchronous Display Find Terminal Show H Data Operations Create b Key Navigation Replace b Allow Undefined Tags Create Tag Edit Tag Copy Tag Tag Browser The tag data type imports tag and tag group names from a tag configuration file sc When you launch Bridge VIEW the tag data type list of available tag names and tag group names is automatically updated from your default scf file The default scf file is the last file you edited in the Tag Configuration Editor If the list of names is empty you have no default scf file To change the currently selected scf file right click on the tag control indicator or constant and select Tag Browser Press the Browse button to bring up a dialog box from which you can select the scf file you want to use This is possible as long as the Bridge VIEW Engine is not running When the Engine is launched the Tag Browser runs the currently selected scf file You cannot change the current scf file until you stop the Engine You can create edit or copy a tag by right clicking on the tag control indicator or constant and selecting Create Tag Edit Tag or Copy Tag Selecting any of these options invokes the Tag Configuration Editor Any new or chang
278. f your hardware and software on the line to the right of each item Complete a new copy of this form each time you revise your software or hardware configuration and use this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently National Instruments Products DAQ hardware Interrupt level of hardware DMA channels of hardware Base I O address of hardware Programming choice Bridge VIEW version Other boards in system Base I O address of other boards DMA channels of other boards Interrupt level of other boards Other Products Application software developer Computer make and model Microprocessor Clock frequency or speed Type of video board installed Operating system version Operating system mode Programming language Programming language version Other boards in system Base I O address of other boards DMA channels of other boards Interrupt level of other boards Documentation Comment Form National Instruments encourages you to comment on the documentation supplied with our products This information helps us provide quality products to meet your needs Title Bridge VIEW User Manual Edition Date May 1998 Part Number 321294c 01 Please comment on the completeness clarity and organization of the manual If you find errors in the manual please record the pa
279. figuration parameters of a tag as configured in the Tag Configuration Editor A utility to configure various parameters of a tag such as connection information scaling or logging tag group A set of tags primarily used for reporting and acknowledging alarms A tag can be associated with only one tag group All tags belong to the group lt ALL gt by default National Instruments Corporation G 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary Tag Monitor tag status terminal timestamp top level VI trend U universal constant update deadband user user defined constant V VI VI library virtual instrument BridgeVIEW User Manual A utility to view the current value of a tag along with its status and alarm State A variable that determines the validity of a tag value A negative status represents an error a positive status represents a warning and a status of zero represents a good tag value Object or region on a node through which data passes The exact time and date at which a tag value was sampled Tag values are stored with their timestamps in the RTDB VI at the top of the VI hierarchy This term distinguishes the VI from its subVIs A view of data over time Trends can display real time or historical data Uneditable block diagram object that emits a particular ASCII character or standard numeric constant for example T The range through which a tag value must change before it is updated in th
280. figure Security with the Panel G Wizard The Panel G Wizard can create code that disables or hides the button if the operator does not have sufficient security access You determine the access level required in the Panel G Wizard dialog box Security is covered later in this chapter How Do You Configure When a Button Will Be Polled Like all user interface controls in BridgeVIEW front panel buttons are monitored using a polling loop mechanism Polling will occur either until the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down or if the Always option is selected until the VI stops q U Activity 7 1 Use the Panel G Wizard Your objective is to use the Panel G Wizard to attach buttons to VIs that you have created to the HTV and to a Login prompt You will use VIs that you created in Chapters 4 5 and 6 in this exercise You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 1 Place a front panel button on a new front panel as shown below Click on the button text with the labeling tool and name the button Alarms Pop up on the button and make sure the Mechanical Action is set to Latch when Released o Untitled 1 National Instruments Corporation 7 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics BridgeVIEW User Manual Save the VI as My Menu Bar vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory Pop up on the Alarms button and select Panel G Wizard Configure the button to open the My Alarm Summary
281. fo A 78 Get Tag Description Group A 79 Get Tag IO Connection Info A 80 Get Tag List A 81 Get Tag Logging Info A 82 Get Tag Range and Units A 83 Set Multiple Tag Attributes A 84 Set Tag Attribute A 85 Tags VIs A 53 locating A 53 Read Tag A 54 Read Tag bit array A 56 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 4 Read Tag discrete A 58 Read Tag string A 60 Trend Tags A 62 Write Tag A 63 Write Tag bit array A 64 Write Tag discrete A 65 Write Tag string A 66 Write Tag on Change A 67 Write Tag on Change bit array A 68 Write Tag on Change discrete A 69 Write Tag on Change string A 70 broken VIs 9 21 Browse OPC Servers on Network dialog box illustration 8 7 Build Array function activity 14 15 multiplot graph 14 6 purpose and use 14 10 Bundle function auto indexing 14 5 creating multiplot chart 11 18 graphs and analysis VIs 14 22 C Call HTV VI A 18 case 12 2 Case structure 12 2 activity 12 2 block diagram 12 3 front panel 12 2 VI logic 12 4 diagram identifier 12 1 illustration 12 2 incrementing and decrementing subdiagrams 12 1 out of range cases note 12 2 purpose and use 1 4 subdiagram display window 12 1 National Instruments Corporation charts 11 2 See also graphs activity 11 3 creating multiplot chart and customizing trends activity 11 17 faster updates 11 3 modes 11 2 purpose and use 1 4 11 2 stacked versus overlaid plots 11 3 waveform chart For Lo
282. for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types bad status alarm enabled indicates whether bad status alarms are generated for a tag if it has a bad status priority is the priority of the bad status alarm for a tag The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 78 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Description Group Use the Get Tag Description Group VI to obtain a tag data type analog discrete bit array or string description and the group to which the tag belongs tag name data type description tag group error out error in no error tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information arr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the tag type analog discrete bit array or string description is the user defined description for the tag tag group is the tag group to which the tag belongs arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more informa
283. fore the value is updated Read Tag bit array returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag A 56 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference value is the latest bit array value of the bit array tag read from the Real Time Database value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag bit array VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag bit array is not valid See value status for the specific error condition j ag shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Read Tag bit array no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Read Tag bit array j 7 ri aa TE changed is TRUE when Read Tag bit array returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag bit array proba
284. g or bit array Citadel path out is the path to the directory containing historical data files first timestamp is the date and time associated with the first value logged in the database for this tag last timestamp is the date and time associated with the last value logged in the database for this tag error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A 24 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Historical Trend Statistics Use the Historical Trend Statistics VI to compute statistical data for a historical trend Statistics include minimum value maximum value average and standard deviations The statistics skip invalid input points where value NaN The average and standard deviation are weighted according to the time duration of each valid input point The last point in the historical trend is not included in the average and standard deviation because the time interval associated with it is unknown time OM ETM ual historical trend T mas value mn value average std dev stops H starts historical trend is the tag trend data upon which statistics are computed DBL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp time ON ETM is the amount of time for which data has known values in
285. g box SUL SQL Statement SELECT Threads LocalTime Threads Liquid miniLiquidt Threads Powder FROM Threads Threads WHERE Threads Interyal 1 00 AND Threads LocalTime lt 9 45 BridgeVIEW User Manual B 10 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Using Microsoft Excel with Citadel i Note The exact operation of Microsoft Excel might change from version to version Look in the online help for Microsoft Excel for how to connect to an ODBC Data Source for the exact instructions for your version of Microsoft Excel To extract data from Citadel activate Excel and choose Data Get External Data This Excel command directly activates Microsoft Query From here you can use an existing query or create a new one See the Using Microsoft Query with Citadel section When you finish building your query return the result set by choosing File Return Data to Microsoft Excel Excel responds by presenting the Get External Data dialog box enabling you to change or confirm the destination cells of the result set If you want to update the result set later by requerying Citadel be sure that Keep Query Definition remains selected Choose OK to write the data into the Excel worksheet Get External Data Options W Keep Query Definition x W Include Field Names Cerea TF Include Row Numbers 5 Help Keep Password Destination To update your result
286. g value is logged to historical files discrete bit array Log Data analog Determines when tag values are logged to disk It is used to Deadband discrete improve system performance and prevent unnecessary logging bit array of data to disk Like Update Deadband the field is expressed differently for analog discrete and bit array tags For analog tags Update Deadband is a percent of full scale The Bridge VIEW Engine writes new analog tag values to historical files only when a new tag value is different than the last logged value by at least the Log Data Deadband Use 0 if you want each new value for the tag to be logged For discrete and bit array tags Update Deadband is expressed as either Always or On Change Log Determines the resolution in engineering units for logging a tag Resolution value in the Citadel Historical Database Tag values are written to the database in a compressed format with the resolution specified by Log Resolution Use 0 0 if you want the exact value written to the Citadel Historical Database Notice that logging the exact value requires more time and disk space The default value 15 Ova Log Print Determines whether events associated with the tag for example Events changes in alarm state are logged to event log files or printed to a line printer National Instruments Corporation 3 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 4 Operations Configuration Attributes Continued Ap
287. ge numbers and describe the errors Thank you for your help Name Title Company Address E Mail Address Phone ___ _ Fax __ Mail to Technical Publications Fax to Technical Publications National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation 6504 Bridge Point Parkway 512 794 5678 Austin Texas 78730 5039 Glossary A access level ACK Acknowledge alarm Alarm Summary analog tag Application Programming Interface application software array ASCII attribute node National Instruments Corporation G 1 Numeric value between 0 and 255 that can be used to control access to your HMI The sequence action that indicates recognition of a new alarm An abnormal process condition In Bridge VIEW an alarm occurs if a tag value goes out of its defined alarm limits or if a tag has bad status A display of tags currently in alarm or a display of tags previously in an unacknowledged alarm state that have returned to a normal state A continuous value representation of a connection to a real world I O point or memory variable This type of tag can vary continuously over a range of values within a signal range A specification of a set of software functions and their input and return parameters The application created using the BridgeVIEW Development System and executed in the Bridge VIEW Run Time System environment An ordered indexed set of data elements of the same type American
288. gged in an event file These parameters are described in the following table National Instruments Corporation 5 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Table 5 2 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections Determines whether the date is logged or printed Date Format A menu ring that allows you to pick a format for the date to be printed This selection is valid only if Date is selected The menu items are MM DD YYYY and DD MM YYYY Determines whether the time is logged or printed Time Format Determines the format for the time logged or printed This selection is valid only if Time is selected The menu items are AM PM and 24 HOUR Length This selection is valid only if Tag Name is checked Group Name Field Determines the maximum number of characters for the group name This selection is valid only if Group Name is checked Operator Name Determines the maximum number of characters for the operator name Field Length This selection is valid only if Operator Name is checked Alarm Message Determines whether the alarm message is logged or printed Alarm Message Determines the maximum number of characters for the alarm message Field Length This selection is valid only if Alarm Message is checked How Do You Log Alarms and Events Events are logged in ASCII files named in the format YYMMDDHHMM evt using the timestamp of the first point to be logged yy is the year MM is the BridgeVIEW Use
289. gister Before Loop Begins First Iteration Inital Inital Value Value BridgeVIEW User Manual Subsequent Iterations You can configure the shift register to remember values from several previous iterations This feature is useful for averaging data points You create additional terminals to access values from previous iterations by popping up on the left or right terminal and choosing Add Element 11 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts For example if a shift register contains three elements in the left terminal you can access values from the last three iterations as shown in the following illustration Contains i 1 wr e Previous values Latest value gt a Contains i 2 wr i p are available at passes to the Contains i 3 Pw i p the left terminal right terminal Pop up on left terminal to add new elements or use Positioning tool to resize the Pop up on border left terminal to for new shift register expose more elements Activity 11 5 Use a Shift Register f Your objective ts to build a VI that displays a running average on a chart Front Panel 1 Open anew front panel and create the objects as shown in the following illustration Random Plot Enable 2 0 Plat 0 d ON OFF 1 5 Vertical Switch Default OH Mechanical Action 1 0 Latch When Pressed aaen Aan Scrollbar showing Free Label Transparent Labels il 5l ER p Ea i ME ie
290. gure 3 9 Scaling for Discrete Tag Configuration Bit Array Tags Bit array tags can have invert and or select mask scaling You can use the invert mask to determine which bits are inverted between the device server and the Bridge VIEW Engine You can use the select mask to determine the bits you do not need Figure 3 10 shows the Scaling tab of the Bit Array Tag Configuration dialog box and Table 3 6 provides examples of tags configured for bit array scaling National Instruments Corporation 3 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration o Bit Array Tag Configuration Tagi General Connection Operations Scaling Alarms W Scale Data Masks are dependent on Max Length Scaling Invert Mask b4 Edit Scaling Select Mask T Edit Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 10 Scaling for Bit Array Tag Configuration Table 3 6 Bit Array Scaling Examples Length Invert Mask Select Mask C ae Value OxoFFO oxo00F Ox00FF Ox00FF Bridge VIEW User Manual 3 30 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Alarms These attributes include whether to enable alarms under what circumstances a tag is in alarm the priority level of an alarm and how alarms are acknowledged Each alarm limit has a priority ranging between 1 and 15 In Bridge VIEW 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest There are two main types of alarms e Alarms based on status e Alarms based
291. h you can configure these parameters it is highly recommended you maintain the default values National Instruments Corporation 3 45 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Launch Server Configuration Utilities from the Tag Configuration Editor When you register a server in your system BridgeVIEW registers the location of its configuration utility if it exists You can access the server configuration utilities from the Servers menu of the Tag Configuration Editor Note When you update the server registry while the Tag Configuration Editor is running select Servers Refresh to prompt the Tag Configuration Editor to read the updated information How Do You Access or Change Tag Configuration Information in Your Application BridgeVIEW User Manual Bridge VIEW allows you read write access of tag configuration information to use in your application This is often helpful when displaying engineering units scales and other information about the tag or changing a tag from Of fscan to Onscan The Tag Attributes VIs obtain and determine this information The Tag Attributes VIs are listed below e Get Tag Attribute e Set Tag Attributes e Set Multiple Tag Attributes e Get Tag Description Group e Get Tag I O Connection Info e Get Tag Logging Info e Get Tag Range and Units e Get Tag Alarm Enabled e Get Analog Tag Alarm Limit e Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting e Get Bit Array Tag Alarm Setting e
292. he block diagram of your VI The following list describes situations in which errors frequently occur e Incorrect initialization of communication or data that has been written to an external device improperly e Loss of power in an external device or a broken or improperly working external device e Change in functionality of an application or library when upgrading operating system software When an error occurs you might not want certain subsequent operations to occur For instance if an analog output operation fails because you specify the wrong device you might not want a subsequent analog input operation to take place One method for managing such a problem is to test for errors after every function and place subsequent functions inside case structures However this method can complicate your diagrams and ultimately hide the purpose of your application An alternative approach which has been used successfully in a number of applications and many of the VI libraries is to incorporate error handling in the subVIs that perform I O Each VI can have an error input and an error output You can design the VI to check the error input to see if an error has occurred previously If an error exists you can configure the VI to do nothing and pass the error input to the error output If no error exists the VI can execute the operation and pass the result to the error output i Note In some cases such as a Close operation you migh
293. he First Iteration cccccccsssssseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 11 10 BridgeVIEW User Manual xii National Instruments Corporation Contents SDCR SISO Gee en noe RATER OER RR ge Soe oN ee Tn om Ny TT 11 11 Using Unmitalized Sit RESISTE TS aii EE E ES 11 15 FOL LOOPS ean EE E A cae cantavevteneneee 11 20 INUIMETIC Conversio enion a e N 11 21 Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Case SMU UE a a A A E E A 12 2 Segue nee SUCE S sani a E EAS 12 5 Forala Node nosena ance a atta E E T cane sanecenateeuaee le 12 11 AANGAL Data De penGene y orotar e S 12 15 Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs AAS o E A A E N A 14 1 How Do You Create and Initialize Arrays 00 0 cccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaaaes 14 1 Array Controls Constants and Indicators ccccccccecsseeeceteseneteseees 14 2 AUO NG ORIG siecle ai eschannae due sotwenilto mancnisuunsentoasaa ne ation ean taideen ian deaheaes 14 2 USING ATT AYP WMCUONS ahs5es5c595ia245555cigacegade a 14 9 BUN ANIV saa et secant elated danatenyaihanastee an lout eau ertcas teh acai ass 14 9 MITA Ze ATI aaa A AaS 14 10 PRT AS SL atc gto A wn enoee S 14 11 Aay SUOS Ganaa I R 14 12 HAXAN ay nea iit een d castes bulaes crete iat tips ilies ces oc 14 13 Efficient Memory Usage Minimizing Data Copies ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 16 What is Polymorphism sscssuchids iets cual a eet a Geto aces Suton 14 17 0 HUTS ol ES a
294. he Wizard pop up on a front panel object and select HMI G Wizard For example the HMI G Wizard dialog box for an analog input tag appears in Figure 4 1 by popping up on a numeric indicator ea HMI G Wizard for Analog Indicator Tag Value Tag Mixer Colors Blinking M Blink when n alarm E Only when alarm is unacknowledged Figure 4 1 HMI G Wizard Dialog Box When you invoke the HMI G Wizard on one of the front panel objects listed in Table 4 1 a dialog box appears for that object You can associate the front panel object with a tag and set the various parameters When you select OK in the dialog box the Wizard generates diagram code according to the dialog entries and pastes the code on the block diagram From the HMI G Wizard you can also right click on the tag selection list and select Copy Tag Edit Tag or Create Tag to edit or copy the selected tag or create a new one using the Tag Configuration Editor When you select OK the newly created or edited tag is automatically saved to the current scf file and you are returned to the HMI G Wizard For more information about the Tag Configuration Editor see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration National Instruments Corporation 4 7 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface i Note wo LF BridgeVIEW User Manual Generate the Block Diagram Once you associate a front panel object with a tag and set the various parameter
295. he output terminal by choosing Add Output from the pop up menu When you create an input or output terminal you must give it a variable name The variable name must match the one you use in the formula exactly The names are case sensitive That is if you use a lowercase a in naming the terminal you must use a lowercase a in the formula You can enter the variable names and formula with the Labeling tool Note Although variable names are not limited in length be aware that long names take up considerable diagram space A semicolon terminates the formula statement Numeric Constant Functions Numeric You also can pop up on the count terminal and select Create Constant to create and wire the numeric constant automatically The numeric constant specifies the number of For Loop iterations If x range is 0 to 10 including 10 you must wire 11 to the count terminal i Because the iteration terminal counts from 0 to 10 you use it to control the x value in the Formula Node 7 Build Array Functions Array puts two array inputs into the form of a multiplot graph Create the two input terminals by using the Resizing cursor to drag one of the corners For more information on arrays see Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs 4 Return to the front panel and run the VI with different values for m and b BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula No
296. hese tag names are used as column headers when converted into spreadsheet format error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix sample interval 1 sec determines the time interval for each spreadsheet row If unwired a spreadsheet row is created for each one second interval start stop time info describes the settings used to decimate the data for export to spreadsheet error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix file path out is the name of the spreadsheet file in which the historical date is stored A 30 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Historical Trend Use the Read Historical Trend VI to read the historical data for a given tag from user specified start and stop dates and times up to the maximum number of points specified If start timestamp and stop timestamp are not wired all historical data for the tag is returned up to the maximum points per trend specified If max points per trend is left unwired all points between the start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned You can use this VI to read history information for analog discrete or bit array tags All values
297. his is an IEEE standard method for rounding numbers See the IEEE Standard 754 for details q Activity 11 7 Use a For Loop Your objective is to use a For Loop and shift registers to calculate the maximum value in a series of random numbers Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and add the objects shown in the following illustration Bridge VIEW User Manual 11 22 National Instruments Corporation Maximum value Block Diagram a 2 a National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts a Place a digital indicator on the front panel and label it Maximum Value b Place a waveform chart on the front panel and label it Random Data Change the scale of the chart to range from 0 0 to 1 0 c Popup on the chart and choose Show Scrollbar and Show Digital Display Pop up and hide the palette and legend d Resize the scrollbar with the positioning tool Open the block diagram and modify it as shown in the following illustration Random Data Place a For Loop Functions Structures on the block diagram Add the shift register by popping up or right clicking on the right or left border of the For Loop and choosing Add Shift Register Add the following objects to the block diagram Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric This function generates the random data Numeric Constant Functions Numeric The For Loop needs to know how many iterations to make In t
298. his case you execute the For Loop 100 times Numeric Constant Functions Numeric You set the initial value of the shift register to zero for this exercise because you know that the output of the random number generator is from 0 0 to 1 0 You must know something about the data you are collecting to initialize a shift register For example if you initialize the shift register to 1 0 then that value is already greater than all the expected data values and is always the maximum value If you did not initialize the shift register then it would contain the maximum value of a previous 11 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Pe Ee PPL run of the VI Therefore you could get a maximum output value that is not related to the current set of collected data Max amp Min function Functions Comparison Takes two numeric inputs and outputs the maximum value of the two in the top right corner and the minimum of the two in the bottom right corner Because you only are interested in the maximum value for this exercise wire only the maximum output and ignore the minimum output Wire the terminals as shown If the Maximum Value terminal were inside the For Loop you would see it continuously updated but because it is outside the loop it contains only the last calculated maximum i Note Updating indicators each time a loop iterates is time consuming and you should try to avoid it when possible to increase exec
299. i Note Remember to initialize shift registers to avoid incorporating old or default data into your current data measurements AIS End of Activity 11 5 Using Uninitialized Shift Registers You initialize a shift register by wiring a value from outside a While Loop or For Loop to the left terminal of the shift register Sometimes however you want to execute a VI repeatedly with a loop and a shift register so that each time the VI executes the initial output of the shift register is the last value from the previous execution To do that you must leave the left shift register terminal unwired from outside the loop Leaving the input to the left shift register terminal unwired preserves state information between subsequent executions of a VI The following illustration shows an example of a subVI that calculates the running average of four data points The VI uses an uninitialized shift register with three additional elements to store previous data points National Instruments Corporation 11 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts a Running Average vi Mil E File Edit Operate Project windows Help rains 13pt Application Font new input running average 700 _ oo Each time the VI is called running average is computed from the new input and the previous three values Then the new value is saved into the shift register and the previous two values are moved up in the shift register There is no input val
300. iagram Object pop up menu tool Brings up a pop up menu for an object Scroll tool Scrolls through the window without using the scrollbars Breakpoint tool Sets breakpoints on VIs functions loops sequences and cases Probe tool Creates probes on wires Color Copy tool Copies colors for pasting with the Color tool Color tool Sets foreground and background colors i Note You can pop up on an object by clicking on it with the right mouse button 2 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Controls Palette The Controls palette consists of a graphical floating palette that opens when you launch Bridge VIEW You use this palette to place controls and indicators on the front panel of a VI Each top level icon contains subpalettes If the Controls palette is not visible you can open it by selecting Windows Show Controls Palette from the front panel menu You also can right click or pop up on an open area in the front panel to access a temporary copy of the Controls palette The Controls palette is available only when the front panel is the active window The following illustration displays the top level of the Controls palette T Controls E4 F SE r 1 om ea T a ioar Dee Functions Palette The Functions palette consists of a graphical floating palette that opens automatically when you switch to the block diagram You use this palette to place nodes constants indicato
301. ibute Node from the pop up menu of the front panel object or from the terminal in the block diagram as shown in the following illustration igital contra Change to Indicator Hide Control Find Control Show Data Operations P Create Attribute Mode Representation Create Constant Create Contral Create Indicator Initially the attribute node displays a single characteristic You can expand the node to display multiple characteristics To expand the node select the attribute node with the Positioning tool Place your cursor over the node near the bottom right corner and when your cursor changes to a frame drag it to create the desired number of characteristics Then you can change attributes by clicking the node with the Operating tool and choosing the new attribute from the pop up menu as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 13 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes digital contro EEE Disabled Key Focus Position Size Blink Format amp Precision Numeric Text Colors P digtal control digtal control digtal control visible Disabled boyd yea Because there are many different attributes for front panel objects you can use the Help window to display the descriptions data types and acceptable values of attributes Access the Help window by selecting Help Show Help For more information about accessing help in Bridge V
302. ice that the digital display continues to update as you move the boat on the screen If you want to hide the digital display pop up on the boat and deselect Show Digital Display 10 Save this control as Boat1 ct1 in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory AIS End of Activity 4 2 How Do You Configure Front Panel Objects Programmatically Bridge VIEW has objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes you can use to control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators from your diagram You can set attributes such as display colors visibility position blinking trend scales and many more See Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes or Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics for more information National Instruments Corporation 4 15 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface How Do You Monitor and Control Tags The Tags VI library and Alarms and Events VI library contain VIs for your HMI application to interact with the Bridge VIEW Real Time Database These are the primary VIs you use to build your HMI You can use these VIs to accomplish the following e Read tag values e Write tag values e Monitor tag and tag group alarm and event states e Acknowledge alarms by tag and tag group There are other VI libraries that contain VIs with which you can add additional functionality and sophistication to your HMI These VIs do not interact directly with the Bridge V
303. ics Security Logout Opens a dialog box you can use to log out of the system For more information about security see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Security Privileges Opens a utility you can use to view your access privileges For more information about security and access levels see Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Server Tools Server Launches the Server Browser You can use the Server Browser to Browser view information about the Bridge VIEW device servers For more information about the Server Browser see Chapter 8 Servers National Instruments Corporation 2 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 1 BridgeVIEW Project Menu Items Continued Tag Browser Launches the Tag Browser You can use the Tag Browser to view information on all of the tags in the currently loaded scf file If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not running you can use the Tag Browser to load a different scf file For more information about the Tag Browser see the section What Is the Tag Browser in this chapter Tag Configuration Launches the Tag Configuration Editor You can use the Tag Configuration Editor to define all of the tags in your Bridge VIEW system Also you can configure other Engine parameters in the Tag Configuration Editor For more information about the Tag Configuration Editor see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Tag Monitor Launches the Tag Monitor You can use the Tag Monitor to mo
304. idgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node VY VY y v 15 16 Round to Nearest function Functions Numeric In this activity the function rounds the random number between O and 100 to the nearest whole number Not Equal function Functions Comparison In this activity the function compares the random number to the number specified in the front panel and returns a TRUE if the numbers are not equal Otherwise this function returns FALSE Increment function Functions Numeric In this activity the function increments the While Loop count by 1 Subtract function Functions Numeric In this activity the function returns the time in milliseconds elapsed between frame 2 and frame 0 Divide function Functions Numeric In this activity the function divides the number of milliseconds elapsed by 1 000 to convert the number to seconds Numeric constant Functions Numeric In this activity the function converts the number from milliseconds to seconds In Frame O the Tick Count ms function returns the current time in milliseconds This value is wired to the sequence local where the value is available in subsequent frames In Frame 1 the VI executes the While Loop as long as the number specified does not match the number that the Random Number 0 1 function returns In Frame 2 the Tick Count ms function returns a new time in milliseconds The VI subtracts the old t
305. ify the privileges for the account click the Privileges button Click the Add button to complete the addition of the new user account o Edit User Accounts Es File Edit Help Account List an local Account Information brett ry UserName amp matinar a S S S tire ner batt tt tst S monikas Access Level shetfig fi steveny ee i Level 255 255 top Password fess Verfy Password Figure 7 5 Add a User Account After you have defined user accounts you also can use this utility to create remove or modify accounts To modify several user accounts at once for BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics example change the access level of several accounts to be the same value hold down the lt Shift gt key when selecting users from the list Note Once you have defined user accounts you must have at least one super user account Access Level 255 privileges to Create Edit user Accounts and Configure User Privileges unless you remove all user accounts i Note You only can add remove or modify accounts if you have the Create Edit User Accounts privilege Also unless you are a super user you can only create remove or edit user accounts that have an access level lower than your own If you are not authorized to configure user privileges default privileges are assigned to new user accounts How Do You Modify the Lis
306. ils on how to use this or any other VI 6 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction 5 Activity 6 2 Use the Historical Trend Viewer The objective of this activity is to view logged data with the Historical Trend Viewer Ws You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values You will view previously logged data spanning over 25 minutes which is included in the BridgeVIEW Activity Data directory 1 Launch the HTV by selecting Project Historical Trend Viewer 2 The Select Tags for HTV dialog box appears Select the Powder Mixer Liquid and Product tags from the list of Available Tags and add them to the Tags to Display list Click OK en Select Tags for HT Ed Data Source SCF File g C BridgeViIE WT utorialmytanks scf Browse r SCF File Data Directory g CNB ridgeVlE W s T utora D ata Data Directory Tags to View Available Tags Tags to Display Move Up Move Down Tag Information When you close the Select Tags for HTV dialog box the Historical Trend Viewer appears as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 6 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction er Historical Trend Viewer File Viewer Help Available Data 20 36 19 071071997 13 37 01 0170371598 a
307. ime passed from Frame 0 through the sequence local from the new time to compute the time elapsed Return to the front panel and enter a number inside the Number to Match control and run the VI Save the VI as Time to Match vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory LIZ End of Activity 12 2 BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 10 National Instruments Corporation Formula Node Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node The Formula Node is a resizable box that you can use to enter formulas directly into a block diagram You place the Formula Node on the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures This feature is useful when an equation has many variables or is otherwise complicated For example consider the equation below 2 y x txtl If you implement this equation using regular G arithmetic functions the block diagram looks like the one in the following illustration You can implement the same equation using a Formula Node as shown in the following illustration Formula Mode With the Formula Node you can directly enter a complicated formula or formulas in lieu of creating block diagram subsections You enter formulas with the Labeling tool You create the input and output terminals of the Formula Node by popping up on the border of the node and choosing Add Input Add Output Type the variable name in the box Variables are case sensitive You enter the formula or formulas inside the box Ea
308. indow 12 1 Server Brower utility 2 14 Server Browser Browse OPC Servers on Network dialog box illustration 8 7 launching 2 11 main screen illustration 8 10 Show Server User Interface button 2 15 unregistered servers 8 10 using remote OPC servers 8 7 View Server Information dialog box illustration 8 6 viewing Bridge VIEW server configuration 8 9 viewing OPC server Items 8 5 Server Browser button 8 9 server configuration options 3 16 server client interaction illustration 3 6 servers See also Server Browser Bridge VIEW 3 6 communication with Engine note 3 5 DDE servers and Bridge VIEW 8 9 developing IA device servers 8 12 installation and configuration 8 2 launching server configuration utilities from Tag Configuration Editor 3 46 NI DAQ OPC server 8 3 registering simulation servers 8 4 using Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD 8 4 items 8 1 overview 1 9 purpose and use 8 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual l 14 Server Browser 8 5 using OPC servers with Bridge VIEW 8 5 using remote OPC servers 8 7 viewing server configuration registered server device and item parameters 8 11 Server Browser 8 5 View Server Device Information dialog box 8 6 Set Multiple Tag Attributes VI A 84 Set Tag Attribute VI A 85 setting file paths 3 44 shift configuration 3 44 shift registers 11 11 creating 11 11 creating multiplot chart and customizing trends activity 11 17 displaying running average on chart activi
309. info Contains spreadsheet formatting information delimeter tab is the separator to be used inteh spreadsheet format The default is a tab date header is the cloumn header for the date information time header is the column header fr the timestamp information date amp time format is a cluster that contains settings used to format the date and time in the spreadsheet string date format System default determines the format for the date National Instruments Corporation A 29 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Pma E HE E a i BridgeVIEW User Manual time format System default determines whether a 12 hour AM PM or 24 hour format is used seconds format 1 sec determines how many digits of precision are displayed for timestamps file path is the name of the spreadsheet file to store the historical data If file path is empty default value or is Not A Path the VI displays a file dialog box from which you can select a file Error 43 occurs if the user cancels the dialog historical data is the set of historical data trends to convert to spreadsheet format historical trend describes historical trends for the inpout tag names read from the historical database The data in the trends start at the date and time specifiied by start timestamp and end at the date and time specified by stop timestamp tag names is the list of tag names corresponding to the historical trends T
310. ing on minor data value changes Deadband allows you to define a significant change The Engine ignores an operation if the change in data is not considered significant Deadband is expressed as percent of full scale For example if the tag engineering range is 0 to 200 liters a deadband of 5 is 10 liters In addition through I O group configuration you can configure a server to apply a deadband to any items associated with that I O group Not all servers implement deadbands OPC servers support deadbands BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration How Do You Configure a Tag to Log Its Data or Events While editing a tag click on the Log Data or Log Print Events checkbox If you want to log historical data or events the Bridge VIEW Engine must have these processes enabled To turn them on open the Engine Manager and turn on the processes with the panel buttons or configure the Engine to turn on these processes automatically at startup by selecting Configure Historical or Configure Events from the Tag Configuration Editor You also can enable these parameters programmatically with System VIs that enable event or historical data logging How Do You Set Initial Tag Value at Startup While editing a tag select the Set Initial Value checkbox Then enter the initial value in the adjacent Initial Value field Scaling These attributes include what type of scaling to perform on
311. ing on the label with the Labeling tool and typing in the new text You can resize the label area by dragging either of the left corners with the Positioning tool Rename Plot 1 to Running Avg in the same way For the Current Value plot change the interpolation to unconnected the point style to square and the color to green You can change the plot style and color by popping up on the legend 11 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Block Diagram 2 Modify the block diagram as shown in the following illustration to display both the average and the current random number on the same chart Compound Arithmetic fi Bundle function Functions Cluster In this activity the Bundle function bundles the average and current value for plotting on the chart The bundle node appears as shown at left when you place it in the block diagram You can add additional elements by using the Resizing cursor accessed by placing the Positioning tool at the corner of the function to enlarge the node Note The order of the inputs to the Bundle function determines the order of the plots on the chart For example if you wire the raw data to the top input of the Bundle function and the average to the bottom the first plot corresponds to the raw data and the second plot corresponds to the average r t BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 From the front panel run the VI The VI displays two plots on the chart The plo
312. ion value is the numeric value of the attribute being set If the attribute is a Boolean use or O for value error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI o_o executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 85 BridgeVIEW User Manual Citadel and Open Database Connectivity This appendix describes the Citadel database and the Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver and includes a table that lists data transform commands The Citadel historical database includes an Open Database Connectivity ODBC driver This driver enables other applications to directly retrieve data from Citadel using Structured Query Language SQL queries To use the SQL ODBC interface to Citadel you must have installed the Citadel ODBC driver from the BridgeVIEW CD What is ODBC ODBC is a standard developed by Microsoft It defines the mechanisms for accessing data resident in database management systems DBMSs Virtually all Windows based applications that can retrieve data from a database supporting ODBC Because Citadel allows simultaneous real time access by multiple application
313. ion Chapter 1 Introduction Events An event is something that happens within the BridgeVIEW system Events can be divided into two groups those that pertain to individual tags and those that pertain to the overall Bridge VIEW system Events pertaining to tags include the following e A tag going in or out of alarm e An operator changing the value of a tag e An operator acknowledging an alarm Events pertaining to the system include the following e The launching or shutting down of the Engine e A new operator logging on e An error from a server The Engine also maintains alarm summary and event history information pertaining to tags This information can be viewed by the user s HMI and or be logged to disk Historical Data Logging and Extraction You can extract data from the historical database to view the trend of tag data over time The Bridge VIEW Engine manages logging data to the Citadel Historical Database A trend 1s a view of data over time Trends can be real time current data or historical logged data You can view logged data with a user interface HMI or with the Historical Trend Viewer HTV For more information about historical data logging and extraction or the Citadel Historical Database see Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction or Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Security Environment security is built into Bridge VIEW and determines access to certain parts of the Bridge
314. ion dialog box by selecting Configure Historical from the Tag Configuration Editor Figure 6 1 shows the Historical Logging Configuration dialog box and Table 6 1 lists parameters you can configure for historical logging T Store absolute path i Start logging on system start up 3650 Davs to keep historical files 1 00 00 Maxine time between logs hh mrs Figure 6 1 Historical Logging Configuration Dialog Box Table 6 1 Parameters You Can Configure for Historical Logging Citadel Data Directory Path that determines the directory where historical data files are stored on disk Store absolute path Determines whether the absolute path is stored Start logging on system Determines whether the BridgeVIEW Engine automatically begins start up logging historical data when the Engine launches Days to keep historical Determines how many days worth of historical log files to keep on disk files Anything older than the number of days configured here is deleted automatically Maximum time Time in seconds that determines the logging rate for tags that vary between log records slowly National Instruments Corporation 6 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Extract and View Data from Historical Log Files There are two methods for viewing historical data that has been logged to disk One method is to use the Historical Data VIs and the other is to use the Hist
315. ion of user error BridgeVIEW User Manual A 42 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Post System Error or Event Use this VI to post an error or event message from your HMI to the System Error Event display on the Engine Manager The message you post is logged to the system log file in the BridgeVIEW Syslog directory The format of the message is as follows EVENT ERROR lt date gt lt time gt lt Message gt The date and time represent the timestamp when the message is posted Message is the Error or Event that you want to report The format of the message that actually is posted is as follows EVENT ERROR lt date gt lt time gt lt Message gt Type determines the type of message to be posted By default it is an error If you are reporting an event write a TRUE to the switch Depending on your selection the word EVENT or ERROR automatically is incorporated in the message that is posted timestamp is broken down into date and time strings and incorporated in the message that gets posted If this input is left unwired the current timestamp is taken and posted as a part of the message National Instruments Corporation A 43 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Tag Status Handler Use the Tag Status Handler VI to obtain a description of the tag status by breaking it down into warning or error conditions coming from Bridge VIEW as well as the device server It als
316. irst timestamp in the historical trend stop timestamp is the desired stop time of the decimated trend If stop timestamp is unwired the decimated trend output ends at or before the last timestamp in the historical trend time interval determines the interval at which the trend is decimated or resampled If unwired data is extracted with the default interval of 1 second decimated trend is a list of historical trend values starting at first timestamp Each trend value is time interval seconds apart first timestamp is the actual time associated with the first point in the decimated trend Fee Eo EE last timestamp is the actual time associated with the last point in the decimated trend BridgeVIEW User Manual A 20 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Decimate Historical Trends Use the Decimate Historical Trends VI to decimate resample XY historical trend data over the time interval specified from start timestamp to stop timestamp The decimated trend output is a 2D array of instantaneous values each time interval seconds apart starting at start timestamp Each column in the 2D array contains one decimated trend If start timestamp is left unwired the decimated trend values start at the first timestamp in the historical trend If the stop timestamp is left unwired the decimated trend ends at the point nearest the last timestamp in the historical trend rma I gl LJ i
317. is a list of decimated historical trends starting at first timestamp Each trend value is time interval seconds apart first timestamp is the actual time associated with the first point in the decimated trend last timestamp is the actual time associated with the last point in the decimated trend P E E Bridge VIEW User Manual A 22 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Historical Tag List Use the Get Historical Tag List VI to obtain the list of tags that have historical data available in the historical database history tag list Citadel path in Citadel path out first timestamp last timestamp emor out erar in no error Citadel path in is the path to the directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI attempts to use the historical data directory configured in the active scf file If this has not been configured the VI prompts you to select a data directory i error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix history tag list is the list of tag names that have historical data logged Citadel path out is the path to the directory containing historical data files first timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point logged in the given set of historical data files
318. is configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag VI is called but not written to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE i iT status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write operation was successful If status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or BridgeVIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Write Tag no longer waits for tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit
319. iters OF Cancel National Instruments Corporation 9 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS 4 Pop up on the thermometer and choose Data Operations Description Type in the description Displays simulated temperature deg F measurement Click on OK 5 Select Show Help from the Help menu Place the cursor on Volume and then on Temp You can see the descriptions you typed in appear in the help window Save and close the VI LI End i Activity 9 2 What is a SubVI A subVI is much like a subroutine in text based programming languages It is a VI that is used in the block diagram of another VI You can use any VI that has an icon and a connector as a subVI in another VI In the block diagram you select VIs to use as subVIs from Functions Select a VI Choosing this option produces a file dialog box from which you can select any VI in the system If you open a VI that does not have an icon and a connector a blank square box appears in the calling VI s block diagram You cannot wire to this node A subVI is analogous to a subroutine A subVI node is analogous to a subroutine call The subVI node is not the subVI itself just as a subroutine call statement in a program is not the subroutine itself A block diagram that contains several identical subVI nodes calls the same subVI several times Hierarchy Window The Hierarchy window displays a graphical representation of the calling hierarchy for a
320. itten to the RTDB The RTDB is updated with the new value when the server polls it and passes it back to the Bridge VIEW Engine This maintains correct time synchronization in the RTDB tag name value generate event F tag name is the name of the output tag value is the value to be written to the output Tag generate event F determines whether a user change event is generated for the write operation on the tag If the tag is configured with event logging on this tag event can be displayed in the Event History Display in your HMI and logged to a evt file By default generate event is FALSE status returns the current status of the value written in the Real Time Database If status is greater than or equal to 0 the Write Tag string operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Write Tag string VI or that the status of the tag is bad See status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the BridgeVIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Write Tag string VI BridgeVIEW User Manual A 66 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag on Change Use the Write Tag on Change VI to updat
321. jective is to build a VI that uses the Formula Node to calculate the following equations 3 2 y x x 5 y MXx b where x ranges from 0 to 10 You will use only one Formula Node for both equations and you will graph the results on the same graph For more information on graphs see Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Front Panel NE r National Instruments Corporation Open a new front panel and build the front panel shown in following illustration The waveform graph indicator displays the plots of the equation The VI uses the two digital controls to input the values for m and b Wavetorn Graph 1000 0 00 0 00 0 400 0 200 0 o 0 Create the graph legend shown in the following illustration by selecting Show Legend Use the Resizing cursor to drag the legend downward so it displays two plots Use the Labeling tool to rename the plots You can define the line style for each plot using the legend pop up menu You also can color each plot by using the Color tool on the plots legend 12 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Block Diagram 3 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration wae S 2 4 5 We r b yl x 3 2 5 Formula Node Functions Structures With this node you can enter y2 m x b formulas directly Create the three input terminals by popping up on the border and choosing Add Input You create t
322. k 3 26 Scaling Select Mask 3 26 Units 3 26 setting initial tag value at startup 3 25 Tag Configuration Editor 3 3 See also tag configuration adding network tags 3 7 creating tags 3 5 deleting tags 3 5 editing tags 3 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW User Manual Index Engine parameter configuration 3 44 configurable memory allocation parameters table 3 45 overriding default settings 3 44 setting file paths for historical and event files 3 44 shift configuration 3 44 turning on historical and event logging at startup 3 44 illustration 3 4 launching 2 12 3 3 launching server configuration utilities 3 46 Set Tag Parameter Defaults dialog box 3 8 setting default values for configuration fields 3 7 spreadsheets for storing configuration data 3 8 tag controls and indicators 2 8 tag data types 3 10 analog 3 10 bit array 3 10 discrete 3 10 monitoring and controlling tags in HMI 4 17 overview 1 5 string 3 11 Tag Monitor utility 2 18 fields Monitor Timeout secs 2 20 Select Tags to Monitor 2 20 Status Details 2 20 Tag Display Table 2 20 Trigger Tag 2 20 illustration 2 19 launching 2 12 2 18 overview 2 18 Preferences dialog box 2 22 Select Tags to Monitor dialog box 2 21 I 18 Status Details dialog box 2 20 viewing tag value and status 3 42 tag operations types of operations 1 6 tag scaling purpose and use 1 6 Tag Status Handler VI A 44 tags cr
323. l 16 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 16 Program Design For example examine the following diagram in which three similar operations run independently An alternative to this design is a loop which performs the operation three times You can build an array of the different arguments and use auto indexing to set the correct value for each iteration of the loop If the array elements are constant you can use an array constant instead of building the array on the block diagram Use Left to Right Layouts G is designed to use a left to right and sometimes top to bottom layout Organize all elements of your program in this layout when possible Check for Errors When you perform any kind of I O consider the possibility of errors occurring Almost all I O functions return error information If you use direct I O make sure that your program checks for errors and you handle them appropriately National Instruments Corporation 16 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 16 Program Design The Bridge VIEW Engine handles system events and errors reported by device servers However your VIs must handle any error conditions within their diagrams For example if a VI is unable to open a file properly you might want the VI to halt or inform the user of the error through a dialog box You also might want the VI to use an alternative path before alerting the user of the error You can make these error handling decisions in t
324. l Principles of G HMI Programming cceeeesseeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeeseeeeeeees 4 25 How Do You Implement Event Driven Programming in G ccccceeeeeeees 4 25 How Do You Implement Polled Programming in G cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 27 How Do You Initialize and Shut Down Multiple Loop Applications 4 28 How Do You Display Real Time Trends 0 0 ccccecceceeseeeeeeeeeentnnnneeeeeeeees 4 29 How Can You Use Tag Attributes to Configure HMI Indicator Attributes Prosrammatcally Mesosa ae a tdeenasaueiee amass 4 31 Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Whiatac Alarms and EYONIS Peaca a aavinenbagtadta dani nieetoudtedaicevouienmmometeaes 5 1 Ala SAE E a A a aa tamed tueees 5 1 ALEEM aai a a tacetaiets el Al acxse a Wateamtadacaldeassaaes 5 1 GPT ATI EVOL Ya ose tc 0 ta Se acre asels data et nce inindian a a 5 2 AAT ATMS UTI y enaa oitnadens san bu sees oa ein eusatial casas a ian auda vanes wwldocieaaeed ic 5 2 Eene HSL 0 6 gen ener ee ree reer ea ren menace Star ete eet on mn arn Men Sree peer ee erenerTe cote tt 5 2 How Do You Display Alarm Summary Information ccccssssssssseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 How Do You Display Event History Information 0 c cccccesseesssssseeeeseeeeceeeceeeeeeeseeees 5 6 How Do You Acknowledce Alarms cincai aa wlesdaabibud R 5 6 How Do You Configure Logging and Printing of Alarms and Events ssssseeeeeeeeesses 5 10 How Do You Log Alarms
325. l debugging technique is to examine the flow of data in the block diagram using the execution highlighting feature 7 Return to the block diagram of the VI El i 8 Begin execution highlighting by clicking on the Highlight Execution button in the toolbar The Highlight Execution button changes to an illuminated light bulb 9 Click on the Run button to run the VI and notice that execution highlighting animates the VI block diagram execution Moving bubbles represent the flow of data through the VI Also notice that data values appear on the wires and display the values contained in the wires at that time as shown in the following block diagram just as if you had probed the wire You also can use the single stepping buttons if you want to walk through the graphical code one step at a time 10 Begin single stepping by clicking on the Step Over button in the toolbar 11 Step into the Temp amp Vol subVI by clicking on the Step Into button in the toolbar Clicking on this button opens the front panel and block diagram of your Temp amp Vol subVI Click on the Step Over button until the VI finishes executing 12 Finish executing the block diagram by clicking on the Step Out button in the toolbar Clicking on this button completes all remaining sequences in the block diagram LF End of Activity 9 5 R fl E a National Instruments Corporation 9 23 Bridge VIEW User Manual Customizing Vis This chapter intro
326. l world position is measured in centimeters with O volts mapped to 50 cm and 5 V mapped to 100 cm National Instruments Corporation 3 27 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Configure the tag for raw range from zero Raw Zero Scale to five Raw Full Scale Select Linear and set the engineering range from 50 Eng Zero Scale to 100 Eng Full Scale Example Square Root Scaling A flow meter measures the flow rate of a liquid using a differential pressure reading The device server provides 4 20 mA readings The actual flow is measured in gallons per minutes GPM 4 mA corresponds to 0 GPM 20 mA corresponds to 100 GPM Configure the tag for raw range from 4 Raw Zero Scale to 20 Raw Full Scale Select Square Root Scaling and set the engineering range from 0 Eng Zero Scale to 100 Eng Full Scale How Do You Assign Units to an Analog Tag Use the Engineering Unit ring to assign units to a tag If the desired unit is not in the list select Enter New and enter the desired unit In the previous example you select units of GPM Discrete Tags The only scaling available for discrete tags is invert scaling Click the Invert Data checkbox shown in Figure 3 9 to advise the Bridge VIEW Engine to invert the discrete value when it communicates with the device server BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 28 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration T Discrete Tag Configuration Tagi Fi
327. lay ates ce cseeeartedtectsevenddinetoeaat aaa oie Ses 4 30 Figure 4 7 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 0 0 0 ec cece cece eeccscccecceccccctcceccesccsceeccescees 4 32 Figure 4 8 Using the Tag Attributes VIs to Initialize Front Panel Indicators Frame 1 0 0 0 eee cee eecesccceccecceccctccescesccsceecceseees 4 33 Figure 5 1 Event Configuration Dialog BoX cssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeenes 5 10 Figure 6 1 Historical Logging Configuration Dialog BOX eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentees 6 3 Figure 6 2 Historical Trend VicwWer scsi ssi cusce aches a a a a a 6 9 Feweb Select Tass Didor BOX iaca a atiiensoecaels eieatsonaniaiwuadadctiees 6 10 Preute yet Panel G Wa enmnioriea a O O 7 2 Figure 7 2 Access Levels Dialoe BOxk ccsstcckicssiniainaiiecn eames 7 14 Preute 7 3 Pryileses Dialog BOX se4idoxciera mtan toned caveat T 7 15 Figure 7 4 Edit User Accounts Dialog BOX cc cccccccccccessssessssssseesseeananeecaeeeees 7 17 Pwe Add GlOSer ACCOUN besnike a a 7 17 Figure 7 6 Using the Security Monitor VI to Control Visibility eee 7 22 National Instruments Corporation XV Bridge VIEW User Manual Contents Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Tables Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 Table 3 7 Table 3 8 Table 3 9 Table 3 10 Tab
328. le 3 11 Table 3 12 Table 4 1 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table B 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual ELV CF BIO W SCL arstiizaai Sits seanrbinetanedet te hegecs te tandanne teva Uane aeccudecumiandteeeeesturs 8 6 View Server Information Dialog BOX cccccsseessssesseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 8 7 Browse OPC Servers on Network Dialog BOX cccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 8 SEVO BITOW SC Enisa careceatbtwaeeunmeodantde E A 8 11 View Server Information Dialog BOX ccccccssssssseeseeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 12 Bridge VIEW Project Menu Items cccccccceccceecceeeceeseceeeeeeseeseeeeeess 2 10 Engine Manager Field Descriptions s eseiiciiinue hes oipe 2 13 Tag Browser Field Descriptions e sssssssererroerrrerrrerrrrerererrrereerereereee 2 17 Tag Monitor Utility Field Descriptions eeeeeeseeeeseseeesesseeeeesesereseeesereeseee 2 20 General Configuration Attributes ccccccssesssseseseessseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeees 3 12 Connection Configuration Attributes eseeoeeseesseesseerserrsesrsrersserreeee 3 15 I O Group Configuration Attributes 2 0 cccccccccccccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 17 Operations Configuration Attributes cccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 3 25 Scaling Configuration Attributes ccccccsessessesssssessssesseeseeseeseeeeeees 3 27 Bit Array Scaling BX amples sisi scaccsdaessi5 csc
329. le Logic Controllers PLCs plug in Data Acquisition boards and other distributed Input Output I O modules Bridge VIEW device servers communicate with these non plug in devices through RS 232 RS 485 TCP IP DDE netDDE direct I O or other proprietary interfaces Bridge VIEW device servers provide the necessary protocol software to communicate with these devices Bridge VIEW also operates directly with OPC servers How Does BridgeVIEW Work Bridge VIEW uses a combination of tags events and data A tag isa connection to a real world I O point while an event is anything that happens to a tag or to the Bridge VIEW Engine in general The Bridge VIEW Engine communicates with device servers on one end and with your HMI application at the other end The BridgeVIEW Engine maintains a Real Time Database RTDB of tag information and logs historical data and events You can build your HMI to interface with the Bridge VIEW Engine using virtual instruments VIs to read and write tag values view alarm information and trend data A virtual instrument is a Bridge VIEW function written in the graphical programming language G For more information about G see any of the chapters in the G Tutorial section of this manual Start by configuring all the tags in your system with the Tag Configuration Editor Then you can launch the BridgeVIEW Engine which reads your configuration file and starts monitoring tags logging data and events You can creat
330. learn more about how to build HMI VIs refer to Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface BridgeVIEW User Manual How Do You Automatically Generate Tags from Server Information Use the Configuration Wizard to create tags from the server information The Configuration Wizard is useful if you want the Bridge VIEW Engine to monitor a large number of the I O points in your system To invoke the Configuration Wizard press the Configuration Wizard button on the main screen of the Tag Configuration Editor or select Edit Configuration Wizard For more information on servers see Chapter 8 Servers When you run the server configuration utilities for the servers on your system you can define devices and items for the I O points the servers monitor and control You can automatically create tags from these items with the Configuration Wizard When the tags are created the tag name data type I O group I O connection and scaling parameters are determined by the server information for each server item The remaining tag parameters are determined by the default tag parameter settings You can edit the default parameters by selecting opening the Tag Configuration Editor and selecting Configure Default Parameters For IAK and VI based servers server information is read from the Common Configuration Database CCDB For OPC servers that support it server information is read by browsing the server address space When you generate tags you can
331. learn the important BridgeVIEW concepts and review any G programming techniques that you might be familiar with already Save all of the VIs you create with the BridgeVIEW activities in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory There is also a Solution directory 1 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 1 Introduction BridgeVIEW Activity Solutions that contains the completed VIs for each activity in this manual You can view the VI for an activity that you have not completed yet or use the VIs in this directory as a means of verifying your work Another good place to start is the Examples directory Use the VI called readme vi at the top level of this directory to browse through the available examples If you are going to use device servers including OPC servers read Chapter 8 Servers which contains important information about servers including what you need to develop your own device servers National Instruments Corporation 1 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW Environment What Is G This chapter describes the Bridge VIEW environment It explains the basic concepts behind G the programming language upon which Bridge VIEW is built the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager system errors and events the Tag Monitor utility and the Tag Browser utility This chapter also explains how to access online help for Bridge VIEW and provides an activity that illustrates how to examine the front panel and block diagram of a
332. lecting Show Connector Build the connector Notice that the default connector pane is not what you see illustrated to the left To get the correct connector pane choose Patterns from the pop up menu on the connector Choose the pattern with three inputs and two outputs Then choose Flip Horizontal Now you can connect the Date and Time controls to the two connectors on the left side of the icon and the Name Answer Date Answer and Time Answer indicators to the three connectors on the right side of 10 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 10 Customizing VIs the icon as shown in the following illustration After creating the connector return to the icon display Name Answer Date Answer Time Answer 6 Save the VI as Get Operator Info vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory 7 Now you can customize the VI with the VI setup options to make it look like a dialog box a Popup on the icon and select VI Setup Configure the Execution Options as shown in the following illustration En Yi Setup x Execution Options Show Front Panel when Loaded Print Fanell when Vl Completes Execution fv Print Header rname date page Po Cie Algiers fd Cine valle Chee M Scale to Fit when Printing l Run hen Opened M Surround Panel with Border hen Printing Suspend When Called Page Margins Reentrant Execution f Friority Prefered Execution System normal priority same as caller Cancel BridgeVIEW User M
333. leges to see if the user has a particular privilege An example is shown below user has privilege 4 Use Historical Trend Viewer ze FRIWILEGE CHECK How Do You Prompt the Operator to Log In to Your Application Use the Invoke Login DialogVI in the System Security palette This VI launches the Login dialog box and returns the user name and access level You can have your application control login as part of its HMI For more 7 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics information about this or any other VI refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference How Do You Programmatically Log an Operator In to Your Application Use the Programmatic Login VI in the System Security palette To use this VI you must enter a user name and password If successful the user is logged in to the system and no Login dialog box appears How Do You Programmatically Log an Operator Out of Your Application Use the Programmatic Logout VI in the System Security palette This VI logs the current user out of the Bridge VIEW system How Do You Identify the Current Operator Use the Get Operator Name VI in the System Security palette This VI returns the name and current BridgeVIEW operator name and access level For more information about this or any other VI refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference How Do You Restrict Access to the BridgeVIEW Environment When you install Bridge VIEW no u
334. limits within which a quantity is measured received or transmitted expressed by stating the lower and upper range values An in memory snapshot of all tags in the system A plot of data values versus time that is updated as each new point is acquired in the Real Time Database Mode in which calls to multiple instances of a sub VI can execute in parallel with distinct and separate data storage Subtype of the numeric data type of which there are signed and unsigned byte word and long integers as well as single double and extended precision floating point numbers both real and complex Angled handles on the corner of objects that indicate resizing points See Real Time Database The time interval between observations in a periodic sampling control system Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition A device that produces a voltage or current output representative of some physical property being measured such as speed temperature or flow A terminal that passes data between the frames of a Sequence Structure Program control structure that executes its subdiagrams in numeric order Commonly used to force nodes that are not data dependent to execute in a desired order Optional mechanism in loop structures used to pass the value of a variable from one iteration of a loop to a subsequent iteration G 8 National Instruments Corporation Static attributes string tag structure subVI supervisory control
335. ling this VI does nothing z National Instruments Corporation A 39 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Engine Shutdown Use the Engine Shutdown VI to shut down the Bridge VIEW Engine from your HMI You must terminate your application immediately after calling this VI The Bridge VIEW Engine does not shut down until all VIs that are accessing the Real Time Database finish If you do not terminate your application after a few seconds a dialog box prompts you to stop your application so that the Bridge VIEW Engine can complete shutdown Shutdown engine Shutdown engine determines whether the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down If TRUE this VI notifies the Bridge VIEW Engine to shut down If FALSE the VI does nothing This parameter is TRUE by default BridgeVIEW User Manual A 40 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Engine Status Use this VI to query the Bridge VIEW engine status The outputs indicate whether the engine is loaded running or shutting down and which configuration file is being used configuration file in use reer running naaiaea shutdown configuration file in use indicates which BridgeVIEW configuration file currently is in use loaded indicates whether the Bridge VIEW engine currently is loaded running indicates whether the Bridge VIEW engine currently is running JHH El shutdown indicates whether the engine has been stopped and is
336. ll VIs in memory including type definitions and global variables You use the Hierarchy window Project Show VI Hierarchy to display the dependencies of VIs by providing information on VI callers and subVIs This window contains a toolbar that you can use to configure several types of settings for displayed items The following illustration shows an example of the VI hierarchy toolbar BridgeVIEW User Manual 9 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 9 Creating VIs You can use buttons on the Hierarchy window toolbar or the View menu or pop up on an empty space in the window to access the following options For more information about the Hierarchy window see the Using the Hierarchy Window section in Chapter 3 Using SubVIs of the G Programming Reference Manual Redraw Rearranges nodes after successive operations on hierarchy nodes if you need to minimize line crossings and maximize symmetric aesthetics If a focus node exists you then scroll through the window so that the first root that shows subVIs is visible i Switch to vertical layout Arranges the nodes from top to bottom placing roots at the top E Switch to horizontal layout Arranges the nodes from left to right placing roots on the left side gt Include Exclude VIs Toggles the hierarchy graph to include VI libraries or exclude VIs in VI libraries al Include Exclude global Toggles the hierarchy graph to include or exclude global variable
337. llowing directory BridgeVIEW Examples G Examples General Graphs charts 11b 2 Raun the VI The strip chart mode has a scaling display similar to a paper tape strip chart recorder As each new value is received it is plotted at the right margin and old values shift to the left The scope chart mode has a retracing display similar to an oscilloscope As the VI receives each new value it plots the value to the right of the last value When the plot reaches the right border of the plotting area the VI erases the plot and begins plotting again from the left border The scope chart is significantly faster than the strip chart because it is free of the processing overhead involved in scrolling The sweep chart mode acts much like the scope chart but it does not go blank when the data hits the right border Instead a moving vertical line marks the beginning of new data and moves across the display as the VI adds new data 3 With the VI still running pop up on any chart and select Update Mode and change the current mode to that of another chart Notice the difference between the various charts and modes Stop and close the VI AIS End f Activity 11 1 National Instruments Corporation 11 3 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts While Loops q 5 Act i Bridge VIEW User Manual IVI A While Loop is a structure that repeats a section of code until a condition is met It is comparable to a Do Loop or a Re
338. lows you to set the path to the directories containing historical or events files How Do You Configure Shifts Shifts are valuable in configuring event logging Shift start and stop times determine how event files are segmented and end of shift reports can use these configuration files to determine process and line statistics From the main panel of the Tag Configuration Editor select Configure Events The panel has a shift display with which you can edit the configuration How Do You Configure Engine Parameters BridgeVIEW User Manual The BridgeVIEW Engine has several default settings for Engine parameters However you can override these defaults within the Buffer Configuration dialog box by selecting Configure Engine from the Tag Configuration Editor The Bridge VIEW Engine allocates certain amounts of memory for various queues You can configure some of the parameters used by the Engine and Tags VIs to allocate memory for the Engine buffers yourself but it is recommended you use the default values The parameters you can configure are listed in Table 3 12 For more information about these parameters or the VIs that contain them refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference 3 44 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 12 Configurable Memory Allocation Parameters System Events Determines the maximum number of lines of text to be 20 display lines displayed in the System Errors and Even
339. lows you to specify the query value sample rate Interval can range from 10ms to several years By default Interval is 1 one day Remember Citadel only logs a value when the value changes it is event driven But using Interval you can query Citadel for values evenly spaced over a period of time LocalTime and UTCTime indicate the time stamps of when values are logged Citadel actually stores the time in UTCTime format and derives LocalTime from the stored time When you do not specify a time Citadel assumes midnight of the current day The following where clause from a query takes advantage of Interval and LocalTime to select data over a specified time at one minute intervals Notice that time and date formats are the same as those used in Bridge VIEW SELECT FROM Threads WHERE LocalTime gt 12 1 10 00 AND LocalTime lt 1272 13200 AND Interval 1 00 Your queries can include special commands that perform data transforms making it easy to manipulate and analyze historical data The following table lists data transform commands B 4 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Table B 1 Data Transform Commands Data Transform Command Description Min tag name Returns the minimum for tag name across the interval Max tag name Returns the maximum for tag name across the interval Avg tag name Returns the average for tag name across the interval StDev tag name R
340. m and NI DAQ are trademarks of National Instruments Corporation Product and company names listed are trademarks or trade names of their respective companies WARNING REGARDING MEDICAL AND CLINICAL USE OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS National Instruments products are not designed with components and testing intended to ensure a level of reliability suitable for use in treatment and diagnosis of humans Applications of National Instruments products involving medical or clinical treatment can create a potential for accidental injury caused by product failure or by errors on the part of the user or application designer Any use or application of National Instruments products for or involving medical or clinical treatment must be performed by properly trained and qualified medical personnel and all traditional medical safeguards equipment and procedures that are appropriate in the particular situation to prevent serious injury or death should always continue to be used when National Instruments products are being used National Instruments products are NOT intended to be a substitute for any form of established process procedure or equipment used to monitor or safeguard human health and safety in medical or clinical treatment Contents About This Manual Orsanization or This Manual sucesso eee es ec es ee es XiX Bridge VIE WC ONCE DIG seeneniit e ei eea XiX OTU aae a a E apace cue ton dasatiom eae en uee Reece XX Appendices Glossary
341. marked with a hollow diamond in the Tag Configuration Editor Examples of dynamic attributes include enabling logging operations alarm attributes and some scaling attributes For more information about dynamic tag attributes see the Tag Attributes VIs section of Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics What Is the Tag Configuration Editor The Tag Configuration Editor is a tool that assists you in configuring all the parameters of the BridgeVIEW Engine The chief component of this tool is the configuration of all tags in the system Other configuration components include Alarm and Event Logging and Historical Logging To start the Tag Configuration Editor select Project Tag Configuration from the menu bar of an open VI Figure 3 1 shows the Tag Configuration Editor with tanks scf loaded National Instruments Corporation 3 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration 2 Tag Configuration Editor tanks scf File Edit Configure Servers Help waana aa aaa a aaa a aa aa a aa a a aa a aa na a a a a a a LCL aa a EEA iT ag Group p ata Type Liquid group Liquid Outlet Mixer group l Create Analog Tagle Mixer Outlet Powder qroupl Create Discrete Tag s Powder Outlet Product qroupl Create Bit Array Tag s Pradu Gueiee Create String Tag s IY Online Tag Verification Figure 3 1 Tag Configuration Editor The Tag Configuration Editor records all tag information and Engine par
342. maximum and minimum temperature The Mean VI returns the average of the temperature measurements Your completed VI bundles the data array with an initial X value of 0 and a delta X value of 0 25 The VI requires a delta X value of 0 25 so that the VI plots the temperature array points every 0 25 seconds on the waveform graph Return to the front panel and run the VI 4 Save the VI as Temperature Analysis vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory LF End of Activity 14 4 BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 22 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Intensity Plots Bridge VIEW has two methods for displaying 3D data the intensity chart and the intensity graph Both intensity plots accept 2D arrays of numbers where each number is mapped to acolor You can define the color mapping interactively using an optional color ramp scale or programmatically using an attribute node for the chart For examples using the intensity chart and graph refer to intgraph 11b in the Examples General Graphs directory National Instruments Corporation 14 23 BridgeVIEW User Manual Application Control This chapter introduces the VI Server and provides an activity that explains how to use it within Bridge VIEW The VI Server allows you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory The VI Server also allows you to accomplish the following dynamically e Control many VI properties e Mo
343. mming Reference Manual When you edit a control a new window opens with a copy of the control You can customize the control by coloring it changing its size adding new elements to clusters and so on These changes do not affect the original VI until you select File Apply Changes or you close the window and select Yes to the prompt concerning replacing the original control 4 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface If you want to use the control in other VIs you can save it as a custom control by selecting File Save After you save the control you can place it on other front panels using the Controls Select a Control Importing Graphics You can import graphics from other programs for use as background pictures as items in ring controls or parts of other front panel controls Before you use a picture in Bridge VIEW you must load it into the Bridge VIEW clipboard To load an example of this type of control right click the front panel and select Controls Select a Control and open Example G Examples General controls custom 1llb box If you copy an image directly from a paint program to the Windows clipboard and then switch to Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW automatically imports the picture to the Bridge VIEW clipboard Or you can select Edit Import Picture from File to import a graphics file into the BridgeVIEW clipboard Once a picture is in the Bridge VIEW clipboard you can paste it as a
344. n oe Ll FF shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case Read Tag string no longer waits for Tags to be updated and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag string VI TE changed is TRUE when the Read Tag string VI returns a new value from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE Read Tag string probably timed out before the tag value was updated National Instruments Corporation A 61 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Trend Tags Use the Trend Tags VI to set data for a real time trend chart in your HMI The Trend Tags VI supports analog discrete and bit array tags The Trend Tags VI formats data for one or more tags such that it can be wired directly to a trend waveform chart The Trend Tags VI returns after each time interval with the next set of points for the trend Place each Trend Tags VI in its own While Loop assuming that each loop is running at a different time interval TF rmm rma E T TF Bridge VIEW User Manual tag names scale to lt 7 time interval secs 1 a a a a T shutdown T E config change tag names is the name of each tag to be trended scale to determines how the trend data is scaled If scale to is FALSE trend data is in engineering units If scale to is TRUE trend data is in of full scale 0 to 100 The def
345. n momentarily and is reset back to the ON position 4 Save the VI Note For your reference BridgeVIEW contains an example that demonstrates these behaviors called Mechanical Action of Booleans vi It is located in Examples G Examples General Controls booleans 11b LZ End of Activity 11 3 Timing When you ran the VI in the previous activity the While Loop executed as quickly as possible However you can slow it down to iterate at certain intervals with the functions in the Functions Time amp Dialog palette The timing functions express time in milliseconds ms however your operating system might not maintain this level of timing accuracy On Windows 95 NT the timer has a resolution of 1 ms This is hardware dependent so on slower systems such as an 80386 you might have lower resolution timing q z Activity 11 4 Control Loop Timing Your objective is to control loop timing and ensure that no iteration is shorter than the specified number of milliseconds 1 Open Random Signal vi as modified and saved in Activity 11 3 from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 2 Modify the VI to generate a new random number at a time interval specified by the knob as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 11 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Functions Time amp Dialog Multiply the knob terminal by 1 000 to convert the k
346. n the Applications list under the Applications tab and press the Properties button 2 Click the Location tab in the Properties dialog box De select the Run application on this machine checkbox and check the Run application on the following computer checkbox Enter the name of the machine or use the Browse button to select the remote machine Press OK to close the Properties dialog box 3 Select the Default Properties tab and make sure that the Enable Distributed COM on this computer checkbox is checked Also set the Default Authentication Level to Connect and set the Default Impersonation Level to Identify 4 Select the Default Security tab and press the Edit Default button Make sure that the machine on which you plan to launch the OPC server is allowed to access your machine This is necessary for the machine to call back the Bridge VIEW on your machine when supplying OPC values i Note If you use dcomcnfg exe to select a remote server you can only run one version of that server either locally or on one remote machine You cannot use the same server on more than one machine BridgeVIEW User Manual 8 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 8 Servers How Do You Use DDE Servers with BridgeVIEW Bridge VIEW can communicate with any server using Microsoft Dynamic Data Exchange DDE as its interface A DDE Server is treated as a simple server in which you type in a device and item string to select a specific point
347. n the Bridge VIEW Engine passes a new output value to the server The device server monitors the items and encapsulates all device and hardware specific details thereby providing a hardware and software independent layer to the user HMI and SCADA application For more information about device servers see Chapter 8 Servers Where Should Start BridgeVIEW User Manual The following table lists what is included in the different installation types Installation Type Includes Minimum Tag Configuration Editor basic security tools core VI libraries Standard Tag Configuration Editor all security tools Historical Trend Viewer Tag Browser Tag Monitor core VI libraries advanced analysis libraries online help activities and graphics files Tag Configuration Editor all security tools Historical Trend Viewer Tag Browser Tag Monitor core VI libraries advanced analysis libraries online help activities graphics files Instrument Wizard DAQ GPIB and VISA libraries Custom Select which utilities and libraries to install We recommend that you work through the activities in this manual These activities comprehensively illustrate how BridgeVIEW works If you are new to the G programming language begin with the activities in Chapters 9 through 16 and then continue with those in Chapters 2 through 8 If you are an experienced G programmer begin with Chapter 2 and continue through the entire manual so that you might
348. n the preceding block diagram Sine function Functions Numeric Trigonometric In this activity you use the function in a For Loop to build an array of points that represents one cycle of a sine wave H Build Array function Functions Array In this exercise you use this function to create the proper data structure to plot two arrays on a waveform graph which in this case is a 2D array Enlarge the Build Array function to create two inputs by dragging a corner with the Positioning tool Pi constant Functions Numeric Additional Numeric Constants Remember that you can find the Multiply and Divide functions in Functions Numeric 16 Switch to the front panel Run the VI Notice that the two waveforms plot on the same waveform graph The initial X value defaults to 0 and the delta X value defaults to for both data sets i Note You can change the appearance of a plot on the graph by popping up in the legend for a particular plot For example you can change from a line graph to a bar graph by choosing Common Plots Bar Graph 17 Save the Vlas Graph Waveform Arrays vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory L3G End of Activity 14 1 In the previous example the For Loop executed 100 times because a constant of 100 was wired to the count terminal The following activity illustrates another means of determining how many times a loop will execute National Instruments Corporation 14 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual
349. nal inputs for VIs and functions It also displays the full path name of a VI To access the simple help view press the Simple Complex Diagram Help switch or choose Help Simple Help National Instruments Corporation 2 23 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment In the Help window required inputs appear in bold text recommended inputs appear in plain text and optional inputs appear in gray text When designing your own VIs you can specify which inputs are required recommended or optional by popping up on an input or output on the connector pane and selecting the correct option from the This Connection Is submenu Links to Online Help Files BridgeVIEW User Manual In the Help Window you can click on the Online Help button to access Bridge VIEW online help as well as help files you have created using a help compiler For more information on creating help files see the section Creating Your Own Help Files in Chapter 5 Printing and Documenting VIs in G in the G Programming Reference Manual 2 24 National Instruments Corporation Tag Configuration This chapter describes tags the Tag Configuration Editor how you edit tags within the Bridge VIEW system and includes an activity that illustrates how to use the Tag Configuration Editor Before you can run a Bridge VIEW application you must specify a tag configuration What Is a Tag A tag is a data value in the Bridge VIEW Engine Tags can be u
350. nch Engine 2 11 Security Access Levels 2 11 Security Change Password 2 11 Security Edit User Accounts 2 11 Security Login 2 11 Security Logout 2 11 Security Privileges 2 11 Server Tools Server Browser 2 11 Tag Browser 2 12 Tag Configuration 2 12 Tag Monitor 2 12 project menu 2 10 Property Node 15 6 R Random Number function Attribute Node 13 4 For Loop 11 23 shift register 11 14 Read Alarm Summary VI A 7 Read Event History VI A 11 Read Historical Trend VI A 31 Read Historical Trends VI example 6 6 purpose and use A 33 Read Tag VI A 54 Read Tag bit array VI A 56 Read Tag discrete VI A 58 National Instruments Corporation Read Tag string VI A 60 Read Tag Alarm VI A 15 Real Time Database 1 6 1 9 See also Bridge VIEW Engine tag configuration operations real time trends displaying 4 29 registered server device and item parameters 8 11 Release Instrument VI 15 6 Reorder ring 2 3 RTDB See Real Time Database Run button 2 2 broken Run button 9 21 S SCADA Configuration file 3 4 contents 3 4 editing 3 4 running one scf file at a time note 3 4 scaling 3 25 purpose and use 1 6 scaling attributes 3 2 scf file 3 4 scope chart 11 2 Scroll tool 2 4 Search 1D Array function 15 6 security assigning to alarm summary application activity 7 24 environment security 7 13 Access Levels dialog box 7 15 changing password 7 16 checking user privileges 7 1
351. nd 1 to fill the tank on your front panel You multiply this value by 100 to create a value between 0 and 100 Greater or Equal Functions Comparison Compares the raw data to the Limit Setting input If the value is greater than or equal to the limit input a TRUE value is passed to the Case Structure Attribute Node Pop up on the Tank terminal Select Create Attribute Node from the Tank terminal Pop up on the attribute and choose Select Fill Color Color Box Constant Functions Numeric Additional Numeric Constants Wire this constant to define a red color to Fill Color in the TRUE case and a blue color in the FALSE Case Click on the constant with the Operating tool to select the color Wait Until Next ms Multiple Functions Time amp Dialog Wire a numeric constant of 1000 to execute the loop every second Run the VI The level of the tank is compared to the Limit Setting control If the tank value is greater than or equal to the Limit Setting value the tank turns red If the data falls below the limit the tank turns blue Save the VI as Tank Limit vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory LF End of Activity 13 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 13 4 National Instruments Corporation Arrays Clusters and Graphs Arrays This chapter introduces the basic concepts of polymorphism arrays clusters and graphs and provides activities that explain auto indexing and the Graph and Analysis VIs An array
352. nd configure them within the Bridge VIEW system This chapter also provides activities that explain how to build an alarm summary display and acknowledge alarms from your HMI What are Alarms and Events Alarm States Alarm Limit An alarm is an abnormal process condition pertaining to a tag In Bridge VIEW alarms are generated based on changes in a tag value or status An event is something that happens within the Bridge VIEW system Events can be divided into two groups those that pertain to individual tags and those that pertain to the overall Bridge VIEW system An example of a tag event is a change of alarm state for a tag Examples of system events include a user logging on the Engine starting up or historical logging being turned on For more information about system events see Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment For analog tags an alarm state can be of type HI_HI HI LO or LO_LO For all data types analog discrete bit array and string if the server returns a bad status and you have enabled alarming on bad status the tag goes into Bad Status alarm All data types except string also support alarms based on tag value If an analog tag exceeds a preconfigured alarm limit one of these alarms can occur Discrete and bit array tags are either not in alarm or in alarm An alarm limit is the numeric value an analog tag must exceed to go into an alarm state National Instruments Corporation 5 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual
353. ndicator Part of the Event History Display indicator formatting is done through attribute nodes which only can exist in your diagram The column headers display the table column header information and must be wired to your table Column Headers attribute if you are displaying column headers Normally this is updated only when the VI is executed for the first time assuming you do not change the format control during program operation The initialize headers output is TRUE when you need to update the Column Headers attribute Wire the history data output directly to your Event History Display Wire the row colors output to the Active Cell and Cell FG Color attributes inside a While Loop Wiring the Event History Display attributes formats the table to show different line colors for different alarm states or events You can generate this code automatically by using the HMI G Wizard The entire Event History Display including attributes is updated only if the event history information changes and there was no timeout Table indicator updates can be slow for large tables so it is usually a good idea to update the table only if the changed indicator is TRUE Notice that the changed indicator is always TRUE after the first execution of the VI read parameters Eaa Initialize headers group tag names pes Column headers timeout secs 1 p history data format f abe f row colors color codes iO p alarm summary status butter size 10
354. nfiguration 3 14 attributes table 3 16 dialog box 3 15 options 3 15 server configuration options 3 16 icon and connector 9 14 color icons note 9 16 connector programming considerations 16 3 adding extra unconnected terminals 16 3 subVIs with required inputs 16 4 creating activity 9 16 defining connectors 9 16 purpose and use 2 3 Icon Editor window 9 15 buttons 9 16 illustration 9 15 tools 9 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual importing a list from users to a file 7 20 importing users from another computer on the network 7 21 Increment function 12 10 Index Array function 14 13 industrial automation device servers See servers Initialize Array function 14 10 installing Bridge VIEW 1 2 Interval query field B 4 Invoke Login Dialog A 49 invoke node 15 6 item 8 1 configuration options 3 18 J junction 9 5 L Labeling tool 2 4 Live Mode HTV 6 14 LocalTime query field B 4 logging alarms and events 5 12 configuration 5 10 historical data See historical data logging and extraction logging in and out 7 15 programmatically 7 17 prompting operator to log in 7 16 loops initializing and shutting down multiple loop applications 4 28 purpose and use 1 4 National Instruments Corporation Man Machine Interface See Human Machine Interface manual See documentation Max amp Min function 11 24 Mean VI 14 22 memory configurable memory allocation parameters table 3
355. nformation from the edited spreadsheet file For more information see the section How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration in this chapter How Do You Delete a Tag To delete a tag from a configuration select the tag s from the main panel of the Tag Configuration Editor and press the Delete Tag s button and then save the SCF Tags that will be deleted when you save the SCF are marked with a trashcan symbol The Delete Tag s button also serves as an Undelete Tag s button if all selected tags have a trash can symbol If you decide you want to keep one or more deleted tags select those tags and press the Undelete Tag s button National Instruments Corporation 3 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration i Note If you delete a tag and save the scf file the tag and its configuration information are removed from the sc file You still can retrieve historical and event information about the tag but information such as the tag description units range and alarm settings is lost What are Network Tags Bridge VIEW makes it easy to create distributed applications so more than one computer can be involved in an HMI application A Bridg IE W serve is a computer that allows tags configured in the current scf file to be accessed by other machines connected to the server via a network The server machine may or may not have an HMI running on it In order for a machine to function as a Bridge VIEW serv
356. ng tags 4 7 creating tags 4 7 dialog box 4 7 editing tags 4 7 front panel object and Wizard subdiagram association 4 8 generating block diagram 4 8 invoking 4 7 operations on front panel objects table Boolean control 4 4 Boolean indicator 4 5 historical trend or XY graph indicator 4 6 numeric control 4 4 4 5 numeric indicator 4 4 4 5 real time trend or waveform chart indicator 4 6 table indicator 4 6 Wizard lock 4 8 HMI See Human Machine Interface HTV See Historical Trend Viewer HTV Human Machine Interface 4 1 See also Bridge VIEW VI Library building 4 2 front panel objects 4 3 HMI G Wizard 4 3 customizing front panel objects 4 12 configuring programmatically 4 15 Control Editor 4 12 importing graphics 4 13 activity 4 13 G programming principles 4 25 basic principles 4 2 configuring HMI indicators using tag attributes 4 31 displaying real time trends 4 29 event driven programming 4 25 BridgeVIEW User Manual Index initializing and shutting down multiple loop applications 4 28 polled programming 4 27 HMI G Wizard 4 3 activity 4 8 operations table 4 4 incorporating Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 14 monitoring and controlling tags 4 16 reading tags activity 4 21 tag data type 4 17 Tags VIs and Alarms and Events VIs 4 20 effect on startup and shutdown 4 24 VIs for 4 16 overview l 1 1 8 4 1 purpose and use 4 1 I O connection attributes 3 2 I O Group co
357. nit timestamp alarm state and status for selected tags in the system as well as write the value to an output or input output tag You launch the Tag Monitor by selecting Project Tag Monitor When you first launch the Tag Monitor a tag selection dialog box displays all the tags configured in the currently selected tag configuration file For more information about configuring tags refer to Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Figure 2 5 shows the Tag Monitor BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment n Tag Monitor tank scf Tag Monitor Help Tag Vale Unt Timestamp Alam State Ack Status Tag Statue Status J ad noes S0206Pm NORMAL UNACK aid Ole P soeo2 PM NORMAL Na fo oes sozesrm ni UNACK sors7PM NORMAL Naf ss0000 kg 5 02 02 PM NORMAL UNACK of P soeecra oma Na fo oduct aaao _SOTE7PM NORMAL Ack of oduct Gul sors7PM NonMAL NA of oduct Store A Sa eT mer Outlet owder owder Outlet a S oe a ee Tigger Tag I a Status Details Select Tags to Monitor Close Monitor Timeout sec 1 00 Figure 2 5 Tag Monitor Utility i Note Selecting the Tag Monitor from the Project menu automatically launches the Bridge VIEW Engine if it is not running already Tag information is shown in a table format sorted by tag name When a tag has a non zero tag status the Status column indicates if the tag status is
358. nitor the status of VI execution running or idle e Monitor the status of a VI front panel closed open or active You can reach the VI Server functions through the Functions Palette from the Block Diagram window The Application Control subpalette is shown below o Functions x Application Control National Instruments Corporation 15 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Application Control What is the VI Server BridgeVIEW User Manual The VI Server is a G programming mechanism that lets you programmatically control properties and the execution of VIs You can use the VI Server to open call and close other VIs dynamically and to manipulate VI properties The VI Server is used from the Open VI Reference Invoked Node and Close Application or VI Reference functions in the Application Control menu You can use the VI Server Property Node found in Functions A pplication Control palette to control the opening and closing of the front panel of the called VI You also can pass parameters to and receive data from the VIs you call dynamically All the VI Server functions use error cluster inputs and outputs to make error handling easier For detailed information about the Server functions refer to the Bridge VIEW Online Reference by selecting Help Online Reference or by right clicking on the VI Server function and select Online Help As you develop larger Bridge VIEW applications you might find it inconvenient to ha
359. nitor the value alarm state and status of all tags in the system as well as write the value to an output or input output tag The Tag Monitor launches the BridgeVIEW Engine if it is not already running For more information on the Tag Monitor see the What Is the Tag Monitor section in this chapter What Is the BridgeVIEW Engine Manager When you run any G application that accesses the Bridge VIEW Real Time Database the Bridge VIEW Engine launches automatically opening either the configuration scf file you edited most recently or the one your application selects programmatically Launching the Bridge VIEW Engine brings up the Engine Manager display shown in Figure 2 1 The Engine Manager is a window into the Bridge VIEW Engine through which you can control some of the behavior of the Bridge VIEW Engine Engine Manager tanks scf Engine Status a Running Log Historical Data ee Peruri Bearer Server Browser Stop Engine IY Enable Error Dialog Show System Event Display gt Figure 2 1 Engine Manager Display BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 2 provides a description of each of the fields in the Engine Manager dialog box This table provides basic information about the Engine Manager dialog box options For a more complete understanding of how or why you might use the Engine Manager in a Bridge VIEW application you must understan
360. no scaling for string tags 3 26 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Analog Tags You can define the raw range and engineering range for a tag to perform simple conversions between the two ranges The raw range defined by Raw Full Scale and Raw Zero Scale refers to the values used by the device server Engineering range defined by Engineering Full Scale and Engineering Zero Scale refers to the values used by the Bridge VIEW Engine and HMI Pull down the Scaling ring and select Linear to enable a linear mx b conversion between raw and engineering ranges Select Square Root to enable a square root conversion between the raw and engineering ranges Figure 3 8 shows the Scaling tab of the Analog Tag Configuration dialog box o Analog Tag Configuration Tagi A General Connection Operations Scaling Alarm Engineering Unit Liters Enter the Engineering Unit used for this tag above If the Device Server does not provide data values in real world units enter the required scaling here Scaling Scaling Linear Raw Scale Engineering Full Scale 100 00 100 00 er Scale ooo 0 00 Coerce to Range m Create Next Tag Cancel Figure 3 8 Analog Tag Scaling Dialog Box The following examples describe linear and square root scaling Example Linear Scaling A device server returns a simple voltage from 0 to 5 V The voltage is related to a position sensor and the rea
361. nob value in seconds to milliseconds Use this value as the input to the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function Multiply function Functions Numeric The multiply function multiplies the knob value by 1000 to convert seconds to milliseconds Numeric constant Functions Numeric The numeric constant holds the constant by which you must multiply the knob value to get a quantity in milliseconds Thus if the knob has a value of 1 0 the loop executes once every 1000 milliseconds once per second 3 Run the VI Rotate the knob to get different values for the loop delay Notice the effects of the loop delay on the update of the Random Signal display 4 Save the VI as Random Signal with Delay vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory Close the VI icy End of Activity 11 4 Preventing Code Execution in the First Iteration BridgeVIEW User Manual The While Loop always executes at least once because G performs the loop test for continuation after the diagram executes You can construct a While Loop that pretests its conditional terminal by including a Case structure inside the loop Wire a Boolean input to the Case structure selector terminal so the subdiagram for the FALSE condition executes if the code in the While Loop should not execute See Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node for more information about using Case structures 11 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts The su
362. ns to Normal While editing a tag select the Alarm Acknowledgement Mode ring and choose either Auto Ack on Normal or User Must Ack Auto Ack on Normal With this option enabled when a tag returns to normal state the alarm is automatically acknowledged A message is logged to the event file if event logging is turned on for the tag By default Auto Ack On Normal is enabled National Instruments Corporation 3 37 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration User Must Ack With this option enabled an alarm remains unacknowledged until the operator acknowledges the alarm q Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values The objective of this activity is to use the Tag Configuration Editor to configure tags for an HMI application and to become familiar with the Tag Browser and Tag Monitor utilities As with all servers you must register the Tanks Server VI before you can use it Most of the activities in this manual require the Tanks Server VI so you must run the Register Tanks Server VI as indicated in the steps below For more information about registering servers see Chapter 8 Servers 1 Open the Register Tanks Server VI which is located in the BridgeVIEW _servers Tanks Server directory Run the VI Close the VI 4 Launch the Tag Configuration Editor by selecting Project Tag Configuration This launches the Tag Configuration Editor 5 Select the c
363. nstruments Corporation 9 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS 7 Open the block diagram by choosing Windows Show Diagram Select the objects listed below from the Functions palette and place them on the block diagram Note If the Functions palette is not visible select Windows Show Functions Palette to display the palette You also can access the Functions palette by popping up in an open area of the block diagram 8 Place each of the following objects on the block diagram Proc F Process Monitor Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW eg Activity directory Simulates reading a temperature voltage and volume value from a sensor or transducer Random Number Generator Functions Numeric Generates a number between 0 and 1 Multiply function Functions Numeric Miultiplies two numbers and returns their product In this activity you need two of these Drop one from the palette and copy and paste to create the other vV Numeric Constant Functions Numeric You need two of these Drop one from the palette Using the labeling tool change its value to 10 00 Copy and paste it mnie Po Lae i Note Another way to create a constant is to pop up on the terminal of a function or VI using the Wiring tool Select Create Constant from the floating menu A constant of the appropriate data type appears 9 To view the inputs and outputs of a function or a VI select Show Help from the Help
364. nt with Chart Mod s sssri eenia E oeo 11 3 Use a While Loop and a Chart eeseeseesseeeeeeesereeerererrerrererereeeereererereeeee 11 4 Change the Mechanical Action of a Boolean Switch cccessseseeeeees 11 8 Control Oop TININ seee a S 11 9 Usea Slit RZSEiE 11 13 Create a Multiplot Chart and Customize Your Trend 0008 11 17 sea FOr Loopie a tiinherneente nt 11 22 Use tie Case RUC TING or e a Mesa A 12 2 Usca SEQUENCE SCU a a aS 12 5 Usethe Formula NO es accccsccteaes esc ssidecse dist cota E a 12 13 Create an Array with Auto Indexing ccccccccccccceceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 14 3 Use Auto Indexing on Input ArrayS ccccccccccseeeeeecceteeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 14 7 Use the Build Array Function cccccccccccccccccccceccccceeceecceseceeseeseseseeesees 14 15 Use the Graph and Analysis VISerenosisin 14 20 xvii Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual The BridgeVIEW User Manual contains the information you need to get started with the Bridge VIEW software package This manual explains the Bridge VIEW environment tag configuration human machine interfaces alarms and events and historical data logging and extraction This manual also reviews the concepts of G programming Throughout both sections of this manual there are activities that teach you what you need to know to build your own virtual instruments and ultimately your own SCADA system This manual assumes that you
365. o identifies where the error or warning occurred The information for looking up status is derived from the inputs tag status source server error codes server error descriptions and from an internal error description lookup that describes all the status values returned from the Engine or a Server in Bridge VIEW source tag status tupe of dialog OK risg 1 message server eror codes server enor descriptions source is a string you can use to describe the VI that is the source of warning or error indicated by tag status This is returned as a part of the message string if there is an error tag status can be broken down into status information from Bridge VIEW Engine or Server and status information from a server or a user error type of dialog OK msg 1 determines what type of dialog box is displayed if any Regardless of its value the VI returns error information and a message describing the error According to the value the VI does one of the following e Displays no dialog box This is useful if you want to have programmatic control over how an error is handled e Displays a dialog box with a single OK button After the user responds the VI returns control to the main VI This is the default setting e Displays a dialog box with buttons allowing the user to continue or stop If the user cancels the VI calls the Stop function to halt execution server error codes is an array of numeric error codes defin
366. o understand in general terms the function of each block and how each block provides the desired results Ask yourself whether any given block generates information that a subsequent VI needs If so make certain that the sketch for your top level block diagram contains wires to pass the data between VIs Try to avoid using unnecessary global variables because they hide the data dependency between VIs Use memory tags only when you need this information in the Engine for historical logging or alarms As your system gets larger it becomes difficult to debug if you depend on global variables and memory tags as your method for transferring information between VIs BridgeVIEW User Manual 16 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 16 Program Design Create the Program Now you are ready to create the program in G e Use a modular approach by building subVIs where you find a logical division of labor or the potential for code reuse e Solve your general problems along with your specific ones e Test your subVIs as you create them You might need to construct higher level test routines but you can catch the bugs in one small module more easily than in a hierarchy of several VIs As you consider the details of your subVIs you might find that your initial design is incomplete For example you might realize you need to transfer more information from one subVI to another You might have to reevaluate your top level design at this point
367. ocalTime lt 11 20 95 6 30 00 PM AND Interval 1 0 You must use the SQL syntax of Microsoft Access in your select statement Also remember to use the special characters that are converted for Access compatibility and double quotes around Bridge VIEW thread names to identify them as delimited identifiers Finally Access SQL requires square brackets around identifiers and s around time stamps Now place a Text control on the form Set its Data Source property to the name of your Data control for example Data1 Click the Data Field property to highlight it and then using the property sheet s drop down combo box select the desired field name All logged data members should be listed including LocalTime Interval Liquid etc Repeat this step for each data member you want to display on your form B 14 National Instruments Corporation Customer Communication For your convenience this appendix contains forms to help you gather the information necessary to help us solve your technical problems and a form you can use to comment on the product documentation When you contact us we need the information on the Technical Support Form and the configuration form if your manual contains one about your system configuration to answer your questions as quickly as possible National Instruments has technical assistance through electronic fax and telephone systems to quickly provide the information you need Our electronic servi
368. of graph examples located in Examples G Examples General Graphs which contains VIs to perform varied functions with arrays and graphs q Activity 14 4 Use the Graph and Analysis VIs Your objective is to build a VI that measures temperature and displays the values in real time It also displays the average maximum and minimum temperatures Front Panel 1 Create a new front panel as shown in the following illustration You can modify the point styles of the waveform chart and waveform graph by popping up on their legends Scale the charts as shown Bridge VIEW User Manual 14 20 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Temperature 30 0 waveform chart Legend Shown deg F Point style gt small cross Temp Graph arg ar 0 06 0 05 0 waveform graph 94 0 Legend Shown T Point style gt small square a 5 10 15 310 35 a 35 39 digital indicators The Temperature waveform chart displays the temperature as it is acquired After acquisition the VI plots the data in Temp Graph The Mean Max and Min digital indicators display the average maximum and minimum temperatures Block Diagram 2 Build the block diagram as shown in the following illustration Temperature Wait Until Mest ms Multiple 250 A E see Digital Thermometer VI Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Returns one temperature measurement Temp
369. of tags programmatically You must have the Engine running for the changes to take effect Otherwise this VI returns an error For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the five configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual Also see the Tag Attributes VIs section in Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Because the attribute value is a numeric for discrete attributes use 1 or O to represent TRUE or FALSE respectively All the attributes are set for each tag in group tag name group tag names attributes and values eror in no error a group tag names is the list of tags or groups of tags for which you want to set attributes attributes and values is a list of attributes and values to be set You can select multiple attributes and their corresponding values and they will be applied to all the tags For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual error in no error is acluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix arr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI execute
370. ome features do not generate correct code until the calling panel is saved to disk For this reason save your VI to disk before invoking the Panel G Wizard BridgeVIEW User Manual o Panel G Wizard With this control Open a Panel i wl Path to I Login prompt My Tank MMI vi Browse i Historical Trend viewer W Relative path Security Poll this control IY Require security access for this button While engine ig running 0 Minimum Access Lewel i Always Disable and grey out when inactive 7 Make invisible when inactive Figure 7 1 Panel G Wizard The Panel G Wizard provides a mechanism to open or close a panel when the button is pressed You determine this action by operating the With this Control ring near the top of the Panel G Wizard dialog box The Panel G Wizard can create code that will open three types of panels e VIs that you have created and saved to disk e a Login prompt e the Historical Trend Viewer When opening VIs that you have created you specify the path to the VI by typing it in the Path to VI control or by selecting the Browse button 7 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics You can configure the Panel G Wizard to store the file path as a relative path or as an absolute path If the VI that you connect to the button is generally kept in a path that is relative to the top level VI you should select the Relative path setting How Do You Con
371. ommunication National Instruments wants to receive your comments on our products and manuals We are interested in the applications you develop with our products and we want to help if you have problems with them To make it easy for you to contact us this manual contains comment and configuration forms for you to complete These forms are in Appendix C Customer Communication at the end of this manual National Instruments Corporation xxiii Bridge VIEW User Manual Part BridgeVIEW Concepts This section contains information about the Bridge VIEW environment tag configuration Human Machine Interface alarms and events historical data logging and extraction servers and advanced application topics such as system control and security Part I BridgeVIEW Concepts contains the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction describes the unique Bridge VIEW approach to Human Machine Interface HMI and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA It also contains system configuration installation instructions and basic information that explains how to usestart using Bridge VIEW to develop industrial automation applications Chapter 2 Bridge VIEW Environment describes the Bridge VIEW environment It explains the basic concepts behind G the programming language upon which Bridge VIEW is built the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager system errors and events the Tag Monitor utility and the Tag Browser utility This chapter also
372. omponent that might include a configuration utility as well as the run time application that communicates with the Bridge VIEW Engine IA Device Servers are not built into the Bridge VIEW Engine itself These servers are written to a National Instruments standard client server Applications Programming Interface API for communicating with the Bridge VIEW Engine and the Common Configuration Database When Bridge VIEW runs an application it determines from the tag configuration scf file which servers are needed and which items are needed from those servers Bridge VIEW launches each server it needs and notifies each one to monitor the specific items of interest Typically servers monitor each input tag on a regular basis passing the values to the BridgeVIEW Engine when they change and updating each output tag when the Bridge VIEW HMI application writes that tag value The update rates and deadband servers use for monitoring items can be configured as part of tag configuration You define how a server monitors the items how often it polls the devices and other server specific and device specific parameters through each device server configuration utility How Do You Install and Configure a Device Server BridgeVIEW User Manual BridgeVIEW works with several device servers including the NI DAQ OPC Server the device servers available on the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD and the simulation servers installed with Bridge VIEW In addition
373. on A 75 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Alarm Enabled Use the Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI to indicate whether alarms are enabled for the tag This VI also indicates whether alarms are acknowledged automatically when a tag previously in alarm returns to normal BridgeVIEW User Manual auto acknowledge emor in no error error out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types auto acknowledge indicates whether alarms are acknowledged automatically when a tag goes back to normal from an alarm state If auto acknowledge is TRUE the alarm is acknowledged automatically when the tag returns to normal If itis FALSE the user must acknowledge the alarm error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix A
374. on tag values Configuration for alarms based on tag values is specific to data type Therefore many alarm attributes apply to only a subset of the Bridge VIEW tag data types For more information about how to access alarm information build alarm summary displays and retrieve historical events files see Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Table 3 7 provides descriptions of the alarm attributes and indicates the data types to which each attribute applies For tag attribute information about the other configuration categories see Tables 3 1 3 2 3 4 or 3 5 Table 3 7 Alarms Configuration Attributes Applies to Attribute Data Types Description Alarms all Determines whether alarms are enabled for a tag Enabled Alarm analog Determines the amount an analog tag value must diverge from an Deadband alarm limit before the alarm condition returns to normal Alarm Deadband is expressed in percent of full scale Auto Ack a Determines how alarms can be acknowledged If set to Auto Ack the alarm is acknowledged automatically when the tag value returns to the Normal state If set to User Must Ack the alarm remains unacknowledged until the user acknowledges it a regardless of the alarm state ll Bad Status ll Determines whether to enable Bad Status alarms for the tag Enabled Bad Status all Determines the value between 1 and 15 for the alarm priority Priority for the Bad Status alarm where 15 represents the highest priority HI_HI analog D
375. onfiguration Options Configuring Device Resources This option is supported by servers that allow users to configure device resources Use the Create button to invoke a new untitled Create Device Configuration dialog box The options in this dialog box vary depending on the type of server If the server does not support device configuration this button is disabled National Instruments Corporation 3 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Add BridgeVIEW User Manual Use the Edit button to invoke the Edit Device Configuration dialog box for the device currently selected in the device list The options in this dialog box vary depending on the type of server If the server does not support device configuration this button is disabled Use the Delete button to remove the selected device from the server configuration If the server does not support device configuration this button is disabled ltem Configuration Use the Item Connection fields in the Connection tab see Figure 3 5 to select and configure the item and access path for certain OPC Servers only for a tag Item Configuration Options Configuring Item Names This option is available for servers that allow users to configure item names The Add button invokes the Item Entry dialog box which you can use to add a new item for a selected server If the server has access paths you also can use this dialog box to add an access path If
376. onfiguration file by selecting File Open and choosing mytanks scf from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory This loads mytanks scf into the Tag Configuration Editor as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 38 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration n Tag Configuration Editor mytanks _sct File Configure Servers Help IT ag Name i ag Group P ata Type Liquid group ae Liquid Outlet ene i Ivlixer Create Analog Tagle MIr Qutlet Powrde Create Discrete Tag s eae Outlet Create Bit Array T agla Product Product Outlet Create String Tag s cea Note This configuration file uses data simulated by the Tanks Server You must ensure that the Tanks Server Is registered with the BridgeVIEW Engine by selecting Project Server Tools Server Browser If you do not see Tanks Server in the Registered Servers list run the Register Tanks Server vi from the BridgeVIEW _servers Tanks Server directory If any of the tags in the Tag Configuration Editor List have a prohibited O symbol shown at left next to them you have not registered the Tanks Server VI yet You must register this server before you can use it For information about how to register this server see steps 1 through 3 in this activity 6 Create atag called Product by selecting the Create Analog Tag s button 7 Table 3 10 contains the settings you should choose when configuring your
377. ons String Enter text inside the box with the Labeling tool The VI executes either the TRUE case or the FALSE case If the number is greater than or equal to zero the VI executes the TRUE case and returns the square root of the number The FALSE case outputs 99999 00 and displays a dialog box with the message Error Negative Number i Note You must define the output tunnel for each case When you create an output tunnel in one case tunnels appear at the same position in all the other cases Unwired tunnels appear as white squares 4 Return to the front panel and run the VI Try a number greater than zero and a number less than zero by changing the value in the digital control you labeled Number Notice that when you change the digital control to a negative number Bridge VIEW displays the error message you set up in the FALSE case of the Case structure 5 Save the VI as Square Root vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory VI Logic The block diagram in this activity has the same effect as the following pseudocode in a text based language if Number gt 0 then Square Root Value SQRT Number else Square Root Value 99999 00 Display Message Error Negative Number end if VES End of Activity 12 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Sequence Structures The Sequence structure which looks like frames of film
378. op activity 11 22 placing on subVI 10 6 using with While Loop activity 11 4 Check Operator Privileges VI A 47 Citadel Historical Database data transform commands table B 5 ODBC driver B 1 overview 6 1 Citadel threaded database retrieving data B 6 client Bridge VIEW 3 6 Cluster to Array function 15 6 clusters purpose and use 1 5 14 17 coercion dot 11 22 Color Box Constant 13 4 Color Copy tool 2 4 Color tool 2 4 Compound Arithmetic function 11 14 connection tag attributes 1 6 connection attributes 3 2 constants adding to VIs 9 2 array constants 14 2 tag 4 17 Continuous Run button 2 2 National Instruments Corporation I 5 Index Control Editor 4 12 controlling panel visibility 7 7 controls and indicators 2 6 adding to VIs 9 2 array 14 2 Boolean 2 7 HMI G Wizard operations table 4 4 numeric 2 6 string 2 7 tag 2 8 Controls palette 2 5 4 3 cursors graph 14 19 customer communication xxiii D data flow in G 2 1 data logging See historical data logging and extraction DDE server connecting tag to 3 21 using with Bridge VIEW 8 9 deadband alarm deadband on analog tags 3 36 debugging VIs 9 21 activity 9 21 overview 9 21 increasing engine throughput 3 24 logging table 3 23 purpose and use 3 24 setting update too high note 3 24 updating table 3 23 Decimate Historical Trend VI A 20 Decimate Historical Trends VI A 21 deleting tags 3 5
379. or FALSE if not If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code aa code is the number identifying an error or warning If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code Use the error handler VIs to look up the meaning of this code and to display the corresponding error message source is a string that indicates the origin of the error if any Usually source is the name of the VI in which the error occurred acr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes If an error occurred before this VI was called error out is the same as error in Otherwise error out shows the error if any that occurred in this VI Use the error handler VIs to look up the error code and to display the corresponding error message Using error in and error out clusters is a convenient way to check errors and to specify execution order by wiring the error output from one subVI to the error input of the next status is TRUE 1f an error occurred or FALSE if not If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code code is the number identifying an error or warning If status is TRUE code is a nonzero error code If status is FALSE code can be 0 or a warning code Use the error handler VIs to look up the meaning of this code and to display the corresponding error message
380. or You also can save these controls for use in other VIs Programmatically they function the same as standard Bridge VIEW controls Control Editor You launch the Control Editor by selecting a control on the front panel with the Positioning tool and choosing Edit Edit Control The Control Editor appears with the selected front panel object in its window The Control Editor has two modes the Edit mode and the Customize mode The Edit mode allows you to pop up on a control and manipulate its setting s The Control dialog box is shown below Er Control 1 Control File Edt Operate Project Windows Help Contra apt Application Font Bo z Er EJE 0 00 40 60 a se 0 0 10 0 Figure 4 2 Control Dialog Box While in the Customize mode you can move the individual components of a control around with respect to each other For a listing of what you can manipulate in customize mode select Windows Show Parts Window Not only can you customize the appearance but you can use the control in other VIs Save it as a custom control by selecting Save You can save it with different definitions such as control type definition or strict type definition which controls how much of the control can be modified in other VIs After you save the control you can place it on other front panels using the Controls Select a Control option For more information refer to Chapter 24 Custom Controls and Type Definitions in the G Progra
381. or and select Show Index Display to deselect the index display as shown below sa Untitled 1 File Edit Operate Project Windows Help gt en Historical Trend 1000 0 800 0 600 0 400 0 200 0 o 0 06 27 07 AM DE 27 30AM 06 27 45 AM OG 25 07 AM 09 27 1996 09 27 1996 09 27 1995 09 27 1996 PERE urs soli al DOO E 7 Run the VI Initially the historical trend displays the first minute of data in the set along with the averages for the four tags The averages are calculated Bridge VIEW User Manual 6 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction on the data that is displayed You can use the panning tool to display a different section of data The averages are updated automatically 8 Save the Vlas Historical Data vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory LF End of Activity 6 1 Historical Trend Viewer HTV The HTV is a stand alone utility that enables you to look at historical data in your system The HTV limits you to viewing no more than eight tags at a time If you want to look at more tags in a single historical trend you should build your own utility using the Historical Data VIs To start the HTV select Project Historical Trend Viewer The HTV is shown in the following illustration eT Historical Trend Yiewer Fille Viewer Help Miser Liguid Fs HHI M A Running p 100 0 7 me Liquid 80 0 Miser Fowder 0 0 Product 40
382. or status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix ar error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 37 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Enable Printing Use the Enable Printing VI to turn on or off printing of alarms and events for all tags in the system programmatically Enable printing T error out eror in no error Enable printing T determines whether to turn printing on or off error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix HIR error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix n Bridge VIEW User Manual A 38 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Engine Launch Use the Engine Launch VI to launch the Bridge VIEW Engine programmatically Normally the Bridge VIEW Engine is launched automatically when you execute any of the VIs that access the Real
383. ore reading the Real Time Database for the latest value If timeout is 0 the Read Tag discrete VI reads the Real Time Database immediately and returns the tag value without waiting If timeout is 1 Read Tag discrete waits indefinitely until the tag value is updated or the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down whichever occurs first If a timeout occurs before the value is updated Read Tag discrete returns the most recent value from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE The default value is 0 in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm value status returns the status of the value If value status is greater than or equal to 0 the value returned by Read Tag is valid and there is a warning about the tag value If value status is less than 0 either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag A 58 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference value is the latest value of the discrete tag read from the Real Time Database a a value timestamp returns the timestamp for when the tag value was last updated error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Tag discrete VI or that the value output returned by Read Tag discrete is not valid See value status for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting
384. ore than its update deadband or its alarm state changes the RTDB is updated Along with tag values the RTDB also stores status date time and alarm information Device Servers A device server is the application that communicates with the I O devices such as PLCs and plug in cards Several National Instruments device servers are written to a National Instruments standard client server Application Programming Interface API for the Bridge VIEW Engine Bridge VIEW also communicates with OPC and DDE Servers There are different servers for different device manufacturers and communication networks The device servers that support the Bridge VIEW Engine are stand alone programs launched by the Bridge VIEW Engine and thereafter run in the background reading selected input items and writing them on demand Each server either is configured by Bridge VIEW when tags are created or has a specific configuration utility that determines communication parameters I O poll rates and device addresses A server completes operation only when the Bridge VIEW Engine shuts down Input items are polled by servers at a rate determined by the Bridge VIEW I O group configuration For each input item the device server passes National Instruments Corporation 1 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction the value the timestamp of when the item was sampled and status information to the BridgeVIEW Engine Output items are written on demand only whe
385. orical Trend Viewer HTV Historical Data VIs There are several VIs you can use in your HMI to manipulate data logged in Citadel files These VIs access disk files and do not require the Bridge VIEW Engine to be running You can use these VIs to browse files extract the information in a format that can be displayed in a Historical Trend indicator or export the data to a spreadsheet file format There are several examples in the Examples HMI Examples Historical Data folder to illustrate this The main VIs for getting historical data and manipulating it are listed below For complete information about these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference e Decimate Historical Trend e Decimate Historical Trends e Get Historical Tag List e Get Historical Trend Info e Historical Trend Statistics e Historical Trends to Spreadsheet e Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File e Read Historical Trend e Read Historical Trends The following illustration shows a VI for viewing historical data files anywhere in the system BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Citadel Path pm a H ia Stop Timestamp Citadel Path Start Timestamp A Start Timestamp e Start Timestamp Ei Haoa i ai Te Active Flot a B ah Plot Name EEFI ltem Hames 150 FE reals Taglist E gt Stop Timestamp FELELET PPP EEE ened
386. ority range You also can filter out acknowledged alarms This VI formats the alarm summary information for display in an Alarm Summary Display in your HMI If you specify a timeout value greater than 0 this VI returns when the current alarm information changes or the timeout value is exceeded whichever occurs first The changed output alerts you as to whether the current alarm information has changed The format and color codes inputs determine how to format and color code summary information The Read Alarm Summary VI returns all the information needed to update the Alarm Summary Display in your HMI Part of the table indicator formatting is done through attribute nodes which only can exist in your diagram The column headers display the table column header information and must be wired to your table Column Headers attribute if you are displaying column headers This is updated when the VI is executed for the first time or if you change the format during program operation The initialize headers output is TRUE when you need to update the column headers attribute You should wire the summary data output directly to your Alarm Summary Display Wire the row colors output to the Active Cell and Cell FG Color attributes inside of a While Loop Wiring the Alarm Summary Display attributes like this formats the table to show different line colors for different alarm states If you use the HMI G Wizard this code is generated for you automatically The
387. ormula Node introduces the basic concepts of Case and Sequence structures and provides activities that explain how to use the Case structure how to use the Sequence structure and what sequence locals are and how to use them Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes describes objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes that control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs introduces the basic concepts of polymorphism arrays clusters and graphs and provides activities that explain auto indexing and the Graph and Analysis VIs Chapter 15 Application Control introduces the VI Server and provides an activity that explains how to use it within Bridge VIEW The VI Server allows you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory Chapter 16 Program Design suggests some techniques to use when creating programs and offers programming style recommendations Creating Vis This chapter introduces the basic concepts of virtual instruments and provides activities that explain the following e How to create the icon and connector e How to use a VI as asubVI What is a Virtual Instrument A virtual instrument VI is a program in the graphical programming language G Virtual instrument front panels often have a user interface similar to physical instruments G also has built in functions that are similar
388. osed in angle brackets denotes that you should simultaneously press the named keys for example lt Control Alt Delete gt Key names are capitalized The symbol leads you through nested menu items and dialog box options to a final action The sequence File Page Setup Options Substitute Fonts directs you to pull down the File menu select the Page Setup item select Options and finally select the Substitute Fonts option from the last dialog box Paths in this manual are denoted with backslashes to separate drive names directories and files as in C dirlname dir2name filename xxii National Instruments Corporation About This Manual T This icon to the left of bold text denotes the beginning of an activity which contains step by step instructions you can follow to learn more about Bridge VIEW i This icon to the left of bold text denotes the end of an activity which contains step by step instructions you can follow to learn more about BridgeVIEW k This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a note which alerts you to important information Abbreviations acronyms metric prefixes mnemonics symbols and terms are listed in the Glossary Related Documentation The following documents contains information that you might find helpful as you read this manual e G Programming Reference Manual e BridgeVIEW Online Reference available online by selecting Help Online Reference Customer C
389. ot delete the device and communication resource from the server configuration 710 Group Configuration Group Group Mame Group Group Description Update Rate secs 1 00 Deadband of range 1 00 Server Name f odbus Server Configuration Communication Resource com Create Edit Delete Device dev Create Edit Delete Device Comm Resource com OF Cancel Figure 3 6 1 0 Group Configuration Dialog Box National Instruments Corporation 3 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Table 3 3 provides descriptions of the operations that can be performed on an I O Group For information about other opeations that can be performed on an I O Group see Table 3 2 Table 3 3 1 0 Group Configuration Attributes I O Group Name Determines the name of the I O Group you are configuring I O Group names are not case sensitive and can include any combination of printable characters including spaces with the exception of 7 and I O Group Description Provides a description for the I O Group I O Group Determines the rate for the server to update the item value in the Update Rate secs engine for all tags using the I O Group The server can have other configuration options that determine the actual update rate This is the rate at which Bridge VIEW requests all tags configured with this update rate be updated I O Group Deadband Determines the deadban
390. oup Name determines whether to display the name of the group that the tag in alarm belongs to Alarm Value determines whether to display the value of the tag that caused the alarm Alarm State determines whether to display the type of alarm HI_ HI LO etc Alarm Ack State determines whether to display the status of the user who acknowledged the alarm Alarm Priority determines whether to display the priority of the alarm state Alarm Limit determines whether to display the alarm limit A 12 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Operator Name determines whether to display the operator name Alarm Message determines whether to display the user configured alarm message This applies to discrete tags only color codes is a cluster of parameters that determine the colors for the messages in the Alarm Summary Display event determines the color for events ack alarm determines the color for acknowledged alarms unack alarm determines the color for unacknowledged alarms normal determines the color for tags not in alarm EEE buffer size determines the number of entries to be displayed in the event history display The default setting is 10 initialize headers is TRUE when the history data has been read for the first time indicating that column headers should be updated column headers represents the information displayed in the event history Wire this output to the Column Headers att
391. out these or any other VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference How Do You Start or Stop Historical Logging from Your Application Use the Enable Historical Data Logging VI to start historical logging If the input value is TRUE historical logging is turned on if it is currently off If the input value is FALSE historical logging is turned off if it is currently on How Do You Start or Stop Event Logging from Your Application Use the Enable Event Logging VI to start event logging If the input value is TRUE event logging is turned on if it is currently off If the input value is FALSE event logging is turned off if it is currently on How Do You Start or Stop Event Printing from Your Application Use the Enable Printing VI to start event printing If the input value is TRUE event printing is turned on if it is currently off If the input value is FALSE event printing is turned off if it is currently on 7 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics Tag Attributes VIs There is a set of VIs in the Tag Attributes palette with which you can read or change configuration information about tags programmatically Most of these tag attributes are parameters you can configure for a tag with the Tag Configuration Editor They fall into five categories e General Tag Information e I O Connection e Operations e Scaling e Alarms i Note Not all parameters configured in the Tag Configura
392. palette and click and drag over a section of the trend BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 16 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction eD Historical Trend Yiewer File Viewer Help Powder Miser Running 500 0 100 0 Seria 400 0 50 0 ht Miser Liquid 300 0 Product 200 0 100 0 0 0 a 11 41 14 11 42 36 01 09 1998 01 09 1998 I mea Data Display L 0170971935 Available Data 20 36 19 071071997 o GME weight of powder miser ingredie kg Volume of solution in miser in liter Liters Volume of liquid mixer ingredient Liters 101 880 7 To see the value of a particular data point use the two vertical cursors on the trend You can see the value of the data point on each trend at the given cursor location in the Data Display 8 Select File Exit to terminate the HTV LF End of Activity 6 2 National Instruments Corporation 6 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Advanced Application Topics This chapter explains advanced topics you need to understand to make optimum use of Bridge VIEW for developing applications The advanced topics covered in this chapter are listed below e Using the Panel G Wizard e BridgeVIEW System Control e Tag Attributes VIs e BridgeVIEW Security How Do You Build an HMI with Multiple Panels Consider dividing your HMI into several panels so the operator can navigate through them using onscreen buttons The Panel G Wizard helps
393. peat Until Loop in traditional programming language The While Loop shown in the following illustration is a resizable box you use to execute the diagram inside it until the Boolean value passed to the conditional terminal an input terminal is FALSE The VI checks the conditional terminal at the end of each iteration therefore the While Loop always executes at least once The iteration terminal is an output numeric terminal that outputs the number of times the loop has executed However the iteration count always starts at zero so 1f the loop runs once the iteration terminal outputs Q Iteration Conditional Terminal Terminal The While Loop is equivalent to the following pseudocode Do Execute Diagram Inside the Loop which sets the Condition While Condition is TRUE ty 11 2 Use a While Loop and a Chart Your objective is to use a While Loop and a chart for acquiring and displaying data in real time You will build a VI that generates random data and displays it on a chart A knob control on the front panel adjusts the loop rate between 0 and 2 seconds and a switch stops the VI You will change the mechanical action of the switch so you do not have to turn on the switch each time you run the VI Use the front panel in the following illustration to get started 11 4 National Instruments Corporation Front Panel Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Loop Delay sec ON free label x knob fi Digital
394. plies to e Data Lee OOO O Set ET Determines Poranna a Iodine an initial value is used for this tag If Set Value Initial Value is OFF for this tag the tag value is marked as uninitialized until its value is updated Initial Value all The initial value used for this tag when Set Initial Value is ON If the tag is an Output only or Input Output tag the Bridge VIEW Engine sends the Initial Value to the server at Engine startup If the tag is an Input only or Memory tag the Initial Value is stored in the RTDB at startup What Is Deadband In process instrumentation deadband is the range through which an input signal can vary without initiating an observable change in output signal Deadband usually is expressed in percent of full scale Although the term deadband generally applies only to analog tags other tag types have a limited type of deadband A checkbox allows you to determine if updates to the RTDB and historical data files should occur with any new data from the device server or if the value has changed i Note The BridgeVIEW Engine performs historical logging and alarm management operations based on new values in the RTDB If you set the Update Deadband too high the RTDB might not be updated This might result in inadequate historical logging or alarm management How Do You Use Deadband to Increase Engine Throughput The Bridge VIEW Engine uses Update Deadband and Log Deadband values to eliminate unnecessary process
395. r Manual 5 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events month DD is the day HH is the hour MM is the minute and evt is the extension for all event log files There are three steps you must complete to log alarms and events l Configure your tags to have Log Print Events enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select event logging for a single tag go to the panel for configuring the tag Configure a path to a directory for the event evt files To choose the path select Configure Events in the Tag Configuration Editor Turn on event logging for the Bridge VIEW Engine according to one of the techniques outlined below There are three techniques for turning event data logging on or off You can configure event logging in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on event logging select Configure Events Configure the path and set Start logging on system start up to be TRUE For programmatic control you can call the Enable Event Logging VI in the System palette With this VI you can turn event logging on or off dynamically for all the tags in the system while the Bridge VIEW Engine is running The Engine Manager also has a button to turn event logging on or off If you have Supervise or higher level privileges you can access this button Table 5 2 provides a description of the event logging configuration selections How Do You Print Alarms and Events In Bridge VIEW events
396. r a timeout of 1 second is exceeded whichever occurs first This loop continues executing until the Engine shuts down You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory which you edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values Front Panel 1 Open anew VI File New and place a tank on the front panel Vessels Tanks Label the tank Product Edit the tank scale to range from 0 to 1000 National Instruments Corporation 4 21 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface r Untitled 2 Block Diagram 2 To create the block diagram pop up on the tank and select HMI G Wizard Select Product for the Tag and click OK as shown in the following illustration Er HHI G Wizard for Analog Indicator BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 22 National Instruments Corporation 3 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface The HMI G Wizard generates a diagram for you that calls the Read Tag VI as shown in the following illustration o Untitled 2 Diagram Pop up on the lock in the top right corner of the While Loop and select Release Wizard Lock Using the Labeling tool edit the timeout input to the Read Tag VI from its default 1 00 indefinite to 1 00 Using the Positioning tool select the bottom right corner of the While Loop and expand it Using the Wiring tool pop up on the value timestamp output of the Rea
397. ration I O Groups are used to configure item rate and deadband for items of a server and to select a specific device if the server uses devices For servers that support resource configuration you also can use I O groups to configure devices and communication resources For OPC servers an I O group conforms to the concept of an OPC group which is user defined and controls timing An I O Group is associated with only one server and if that BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 14 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration server uses devices with only one device A server can have multiple I O Groups associated with it 1 0 Group Configuration Options The Create button invokes the I O Group Configuration dialog box which you can use to specify group name and timing parameters For servers that support resource configuration you also can use this dialog box to select and configure devices and to configure communication resources The Edit button invokes the I O Group Configuration dialog box for the I O Group selected in the I O Group list Use this dialog box to change the group name and timing parameters For servers that support resource configuration you also can use this dialog box to select and configure devices and to configure communication resources The Delete button invokes a confirmation dialog box If confirmed the I O Group is deleted from the server configuration Deleting an I O Group does n
398. retrieval system containing a library of documents on a wide range of technical information You can access Fax on Demand from a touch tone telephone at 512 418 1111 E Mail Support Currently USA Only You can submit technical support questions to the applications engineering team through e mail at the Internet address listed below Remember to include your name address and phone number so we can contact you with solutions and suggestions support natinst com Telephone and Fax Support National Instruments has branch offices all over the world Use the list below to find the technical support number for your country If there is no National Instruments office in your country contact the source from which you purchased your software to obtain support Country Australia Austria Belgium Brazil Canada Ontario Canada Qu bec Denmark Finland France Germany Hong Kong Israel Italy Japan Korea Mexico Netherlands Norway Singapore Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan United Kingdom United States BridgeVIEW User Manual Telephone 03 9879 5166 0662 45 79 90 0 02 757 00 20 O11 288 3336 905 785 0085 514 694 8521 45 76 26 00 09 725 725 11 01 48 14 24 24 089 741 31 30 2645 3186 03 6120092 02 413091 03 5472 2970 02 596 7456 5 520 2635 0348 433466 32 84 84 00 2265886 91 640 0085 08 730 49 70 056 200 51 51 02 377 1200 01635 523545 512 795 8248 C 2 Fax 03 9879 6277 0662 45 79 90 19 02 75
399. ribute of the Alarm Summary Display in your HMI history data is the list of alarms and events that have occurred in the system and have been filtered with the user specified read parameters 2 om ef Er A TI kal Lal row colors is an array of colors for the alarms and events to be displayed Wire this output to the Cell FG Color attribute of the Event History Display in your HMI arr alarm summary status contains information about the alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system active alarms is the number of alarms currently in the Bridge VIEW system any alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm irrespective of its acknowledgement status unack alarms is the number of unacknowledged alarms in the system any unack alarm indicates any tag in the system that is in alarm and unacknowledged National Instruments Corporation A 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference error indicates that an error occurred when executing the Read Event History VI It was probably a problem with the group tag name shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Event History VI returns immediately with shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any While Loop that calls the Read Event History VI changed is TRUE if a new alarm or event was read If changed is FALSE Read Event History probably timed out before the Event History Display was updated
400. ributes describe what linear scaling function is applied to a tag s value Scaling is useful for converting the range of values from measured units into a calculated range Only analog numeric and Bit Array tags have Scaling attributes To configure scaling attributes of a tag see the Scaling section later in this chapter 3 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Alarm Attributes Alarm attributes describe abnormal process conditions for a given tag Alarms are useful for notifying users of abnormal conditions For example if an analog tag measures the volume of a tank a HI alarm can be used to indicate that the tank is full and an operator must perform some action and acknowledge this state before processing can proceed For information on how to configure alarming attributes of a tag see the Alarms section later in this chapter Static vs Dynamic Attributes Tag attributes are classified as either static or dynamic attributes Static attributes require you to restart the Engine when you change them from the Tag Configuration Editor A static attribute change is marked with a solid diamond in the Tag Configuration Editor Examples of static attributes are general attributes and I O connection attributes such as server device or item Dynamic attributes do not require the Engine to restart The Tag Configuration Editor can change a dynamic tag attribute in a running Engine A dynamic attribute change is
401. rity of the alarm for a discrete tag The valid range is between 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix alarm message is the user defined string message displayed along with the alarm notification A 74 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Group List Use the Get Group List VI to returns a list of all configured groups in the system By default this VI includes the lt ALL gt group in the list Include lt 4LL gt T error in no error no sct loaded a eor out include lt ALL gt T determines whether the lt ALL gt group should be included in the list The default is TRUE acr error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix group list is the list of currently configured groups no scf loaded is TRUE if there is no scf file currently loaded in the system Enr error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporati
402. roduce output automatically when they have executed In process instrumentation the range through which an input signal can vary upon reversal of direction without initiating an observable change in output signal Deadband is usually expressed in percent of range See log deadband and update deadband An instrument or controller that is addressable as a single entity and controls or monitors real world I O points A device is often connected to the host computer through some type of communication network or can be a plug in device An application that communicates with and manages a peripheral hardware device such as a Programmable Logic Control PLC remote I O device or plug in device Device servers pass tag values to the Bridge VIEW Engine in real time A two state on off value representation of a connection to a real world I O point In BridgeVIEW this type of tag can be either a one TRUE or a zero FALSE BridgeVIEW User Manual Glossary dynamic attributes E Engine engineering units EU error message event event driven programming F For Loop formula node frame free label front panel Bridge VIEW User Manual Tag attributes that do not require the Bridge VIEW Engine to be restarted when they are edited or reconfigured Examples of dynamic attributes include enabling logging operations alarm attributes and some scaling attributes See also static attributes See BridgeVIEW Engine
403. rols to enter numeric quantities while numeric indicators display numeric quantities The two most commonly used numeric objects are the digital control and the digital indicator shown below You can find these controls and indicators in the Numeric subpalette of the Controls palette BridgeVIEW User Manual 2 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Label gt gt ra Increment Buttons gt Hooo Digital Control Label _ Output Digital Indicator Boolean You use Boolean controls and indicators for entering and displaying Boolean TRUE FALSE values Boolean objects simulate switches buttons and LEDs The most commonly used Boolean objects are the vertical switch and the round LED shown below found in the Boolean subpalette Vertical Switch Round LED z String You use string controls and indicators for entering and displaying ASCH characters You can use strings for simple text messages displayed to the user and for character streams sent to serial devices instruments or files You can find the string control and indicator in Controls String Table Tags You can enter or change text inside a string control using the Operating tool or the Labeling tool Enlarge string controls and indicators by dragging a corner with the Positioning tool If you want to minimize space that a front panel string control or indicator occupies select Show Scrollbar If this option is dimmed yo
404. rporation Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Get final time Compute time delay in seconds Time to Match Frame 0 in the previous illustration contains a small box with an arrow in it That box is a sequence local variable which passes data between frames of a Sequence structure You can create sequence locals on the border of a frame Then the data wired to a frame sequence local is available in subsequent frames However you cannot access the data in frames preceding the frame in which you created the sequence local Create the sequence local by popping up on the bottom border of Frame 0 and choosing Add Sequence Local The sequence local appears as an empty square The arrow inside the square appears automatically when you wire a function to the sequence local Finish the block diagram as shown in the opening illustration of the Block Diagram section in this activity Tick Count ms function Functions Time amp Dialog Returns the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since power on For this activity you need two Tick Count functions Random Number 0 1 function Functions Numeric Returns a random number between 0 and 1 Multiply function Functions Numeric In this activity the function multiplies the random number by 100 Numeric Constant function Functions Numeric In this activity the numeric constant represents the maximum number that can be multiplied 12 9 Br
405. rs VIs and so on on the block diagram of a VI Each top level icon contains subpalettes If the Functions palette is not visible you can select Windows Show Functions Palette from the block diagram menu to display it You can also pop up on an open area in the block diagram to access the Functions palette The Functions palette is available only when the block diagram is the active window The following illustration displays the top level of the Functions palette National Instruments Corporation 2 5 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment ap Functions T iasi 7 H ANA H a re leis al H frac H Tag El A Attribut HIST ire gt B NIO id a pJ a Controls and Indicators Controls and indicators in G are similar to input and output parameters or graphs in traditional programming languages Bridge VIEW contains a variety of controls and indicators that you can choose according to the kind of values or quantities you want to evaluate or display You can configure all the controls and indicators using options from their pop up menus Popping up on individual components of controls and indicators displays menus for customizing those components To access the pop up menu right click on any object that has a pop up menu The primary data types you use in Bridge VIEW applications numeric Boolean string and tag are described in the following sections Numeric You use numeric cont
406. rvers Allen Bradley AS Lins Applicom Cookie Factory DirectNE T GE Fanuc Ethernet Modbus NI DAQ Server National Instruments Dagll pc National Instruments FieldPointl National Instruments OPCModbu M ational Instruments OPCT est OPC SimaticNE T OPTOML Omron Host Link Browse Network OPC Servers Figure 8 4 Server Browser The main screen of the Server Browser displays a list of servers available to Bridge VIEW in the Registered Servers list box if launched from the Engine Manager The symbol to the left of the server name indicates whether it is loaded and running A black diamond indicates that the server is loaded and running A white diamond indicates that the server is loaded but not running No symbol indicates that the server is not being used in the current Bridge VIEW Tag Configuration The Server Browser also displays the path to the active CCDB in its title bar To view information registered for a specific server double click on the server name in the Registered Servers list box or press the View Server Devices button This invokes the View Server Device Information dialog box shown in Figure 8 5 View Server Information Dialog Box To unregister a server that you no longer want to connect to your tags press the Unregister Server button with the server of interest selected in the Registered Servers list box This invokes a dialog box asking you to confirm the operation 8 10 National Ins
407. s For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix BridgeVIEW User Manual A 84 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Set Tag Attribute Use the Set Tag Attribute VI to reconfigure an attribute for a list of tags or groups of tags programmatically You must have the Engine running for the change to take effect Otherwise this VI returns an error For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the five configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration in this manual Also see the Tag Attributes VIs section in Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics The tag attribute input provides a large list for selection Each attribute is selected by sepcifying its numeric code Use value to set the value of the attribute selected If the attribute is a Boolean use a 1 or O in value group tag names tag attribute 0 lt none value error in no error group tag names is a list of tags or groups of tags for which you want to set an attribute 5 E tag attribute 0 lt none gt is the parameter to be set for each tag in group tag names For more information about the tag attributes you can change with this VI refer to any of the four configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configurat
408. s Global variables store data used by several VIs S Include Exclude typedefs Toggles the hierarchy graph to include or exclude typedefs A typedef is a master copy of a custom control which can be used by several VIs EELUI o 0 In addition the View menu and pop up menus include Show all VIs and Full VI Path in Label options that you cannot access on the toolbar As you move the Operating tool over objects in the Hierarchy window BridgeVIEW displays the name of the VI below the VI icon Use the lt Tab gt key to toggle between the Positioning and Scroll window tools This feature is useful for moving nodes from the Hierarchy window to the block diagram You can drag a VI or subVI node to the block diagram or copy it to the clipboard by clicking on the node lt Shift gt click on a VI or subVIs node to select multiple objects for copying to other block diagrams or front panels Double clicking on a VI or subVI node opens the front panel of that node Any VIs that contain subVIs have an arrow button next to the VI that you can use to show or hide subVIs Clicking on the red arrow button or double clicking on the VI itself displays the subVIs in that VI A black arrow button on a VI node means that all subVIs are displayed You also National Instruments Corporation 9 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS can pop up on a VI or subVI node to access a menu with options such as showing or hiding subVIs
409. s the HMI G Wizard generates the appropriate code and places it on the block diagram For example using the HMI G Wizard for Analog Indicator shown in Figure 4 1 the following Wizard subdiagram appears on the block diagram Front Panel Object and Wizard Subdiagram Association When the HMI G Wizard has created a block diagram there is an association between the front panel object and the generated Wizard subdiagram The association 1s protected by a Wizard lock which prevents you from editing the Wizard subdiagram The lock glyph on the loop shown at left indicates that the Wizard has locked the subdiagram While the subdiagram is locked you can pop up on the front panel object select HMI G Wizard and change your selections in the dialog box To edit the Wizard subdiagram pop up on the Wizard subdiagram and select Release Wizard Lock as shown below Find Vizard Control Release Wizard Lock Once you have released the Wizard lock the association is broken The Wizard no longer identifies the Wizard subdiagram as being created by it Activity 4 1 Use the HMI G Wizard Your objective is to create a simple HMI using the HMI G Wizard 4 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface For this activity you will use the tags configured in mytanks scf which you edited in Activity 3 1 and is located in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Note Before you can begin this activity you must ha
410. s the ODBC Driver can retrieve data from the Citadel database even while Bridge VIEW is running There is no need to interrupt data collection in order to query the database In fact the ODBC Driver allows multiple ODBC applications to perform SQL queries simultaneously Configuring the ODBC Driver 1 Shut down all applications that currently might be using ODBC Such applications include spreadsheets word processors database programs MS Query etc You do not need to shut down Bridge VIEW 2 Click the Start button point to Settings then click Control Panel Otherwise in the Main program group choose the Control Panel icon In the Control Panel dialog box choose the 32 bit ODBC 4 Inthe Data Sources dialog box choose Drivers National Instruments Corporation B 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity Data Sources User Data Sources Driver Citadel 32 bit 32 bit Citadel Database Student Registration Microsoft Access Driver mdb Options System OSM Drivers 5 Choose the Citadel driver and select Setup Hatonal Instruments Citadel ODBC Setup Change data source name description database path or timezone Information Then choose OF Data Source Name METER Sn Description 32 bit Citadel Database ODBC Driver Database Path C BridgeVIEW T utorial D ata Tre aas T Currently within Daylight Savings Time iGmT 6 00 Central Standard Tim
411. s Alarm Bad Status Alarm Priority Default Lagging Directories Historical Logging Path _ Adata Event Logging Path data Cancel The default values apply when creating a new tag importing a tag from the server registry or importing a tag from a spreadsheet In the case of spreadsheet a value in the spreadsheet overrides the default value for the field For more information about the individual fields see the How Do You Configure Tags section in this chapter How Do You Use Spreadsheet Files for Tag Configuration With the Tag Configuration Editor you can export tag configuration information to spreadsheet files and import tag configuration information from spreadsheet files The files are tab delimited text txt files Select File gt Export to save the file as a tab delimited t xt file When you select Export a dialog box prompts you to select and order the fields you want in your spreadsheet file If you intend to edit the spreadsheet file and then import the edited information back into the Tag Configuration Editor select the All gt gt button to select all available fields BridgeVIEW User Manual 3 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 3 Tag Configuration For easy viewing and editing in the spreadsheet press the Use Default Order button a Select Tag Fields for Export z Spreadsheet File tat File 9 0 BridgeViEW stank siete twt Browse Tags to View Available Tag Fields Fields
412. s iesadadescstesdaceghs egtasieasescdiaeea cess 3 32 Alarms Configuration Attributes ccccccccccccceccececceceeececeeeeseeeseeseeeeess 3 33 Events with Alarm Deadband 0 09 ccccccccccccccccecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 3 38 Events with Alarm Deadband 1 0 ececeececcsscccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeseentnaaaeees 3 39 Configuration Settings for Activity 3 1 cccccccccccccccceecceeeeeeeeseeeeeess 3 42 Configuration Modifications for Activity 3 1 ccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 43 Configurable Memory Allocation Parameters ccccccsscsseceeeereseeesees 3 47 HMI G Wizard Operations sssrinin tetcdecaca desc tadiwaac aa 4 4 Tag Configuration Editor Event Configuration Selections 55 5 10 Event Configuration Log and Print Format Selections 00068 5 12 Parameters You Can Configure for Historical Logging ceeeeeeees 6 3 Pannin Button PUNCH ONS Scosse aaaea AA 6 11 Bridge VIEW Environment Privileges sssseeeeesseersrerererrerererrrereerereereee 7 12 Abbreviations Used to Enable Privileges for a User oooooocooooeseeeeesseseeee 7 19 Data Transform Commands aesae B 5 xvi National Instruments Corporation Activities Activity 2 1 Activity 3 1 Activity 4 1 Activity 4 2 Activity 4 3 Activity 5 1 Activity 5 2 Activity 6 1 Activity 6 2 Activity 7 1 Activity 7 2 Activity 7 3 Activity 9 1 Activity 9 2 Activity 9 3 Activity 9 4 Activity 9 5
413. s per trend specified If max points per trend is left unwired all points between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned You can use this VI to read history information for analog discrete or bit array tags All values are returned as floating point values mas points per trend Citadel path in Citadel path out tag names a historical trends start timestamp i error out eror in no error stop timestamp now max points per trend is the maximum number of points to read If the value is less than zero all points available between start timestamp and stop timestamp are returned Otherwise the number of points in the trend is the minimum of the actual number of data points between start timestamp stop timestamp and max points in trend Citadel path in is the path to directory containing the Citadel historical database If this path is empty the VI prompts the user for the citadel folder path i tag names is the list of tags for which you want to read historical data If one or more of the tags is not logged in the historical database you will get an empty trend for that tag F stop timestamp now is the date and time associated with the last data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted up to the last point available for the tag E error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information abou
414. s updated Read Tag Alarm returns the most current tag alarm state from the Real Time Database and timeout is set to TRUE The default value is Q in alarm is TRUE if the tag is in alarm alarm ack indicates whether the tag alarm has been acknowledged If acknowledged alarm ack is TRUE alarm value is the tag value when it changed alarm states Notice that the tag alarm value is updated only when the tag changes alarm states and is not necessarily the most recent alarm value alarm timestamp indicates the time when the tag alarm state last changed alarm state indicates the name of the most recent alarm state for the tag HE E HE National Instruments Corporation A 15 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference T H H T T H H Bridge VIEW User Manual error indicates that an error occurred when executing Read Alarm Tag or that the value returned by Read Tag Alarm is not valid shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down In this case the Read Tag Alarm VI no longer waits for a change in the tag alarm state and returns immediately with both timeout and shutdown TRUE You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses the Read Tag Alarm VI changed is TRUE when Read Tag Alarm returns a new alarm state from the Real Time Database If changed is FALSE the Read Tag Alarm VI probably timed out before the tag alarm state was updated alarm message is the user defined string message
415. sed to monitor an I O point to store a result of a calculation based on other tags or to monitor a tag on another Bridge VIEW Engine A memory tag is a tag used for user specified calculations and a network tag is a tag remotely connected to any type of tag on another Bridge VIEW Engine This section defines a tag in terms of its attributes and describes how tag attributes affect Engine operations You can define and configure tags with the Tag Configuration Editor described later in this chapter Tag Attributes The Bridge VIEW Engine manages the Real Time Database RTDB which contains information about all the tags in the system The Engine handles the following tasks e Communicates with device servers or other BridgeVIEW Engines e Scales tag values e Tracks alarms and events associated with tags system errors and events e Logs tag values alarms events and system messages to disk You can customize these tasks by configuring each tag with the Tag Configuration Editor The Tag Configuration Editor displays five categories of attributes for each tag general information connection operations scaling and alarms Operations scaling and alarms attributes describe how the Engine handles a tag s data Each attribute can be further classified by the effect on a running Engine from changing the attribute National Instruments Corporation 3 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 3 Tag Configuration BridgeVIEW User Manual
416. ser accounts exist so all users have full access to the system You must create user accounts for the normal security features to take effect When you create user accounts you assign an access level to each account When a user logs in Bridge VIEW obtains the user s privileges and access level Your HMI VIs also can enforce security by determining whether the current user can operate or even see a particular control or indicator See the section Operator Interface Security in this chapter for more information about using security in your HMI How Do You Create and Modify User Accounts To create and modify user accounts you must have the Create Edit User Accounts privilege To change a user s privileges you also must have the Configure User Privileges privilege To edit the list of user accounts National Instruments Corporation 7 17 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics choose Project Security Edit User Accounts and the Edit User Accounts dialog box appears as shown in Figure 7 4 So Edit User Accounts Ej File Edit Help Account List on local brettt OK monikas stetfig Cancel tropa Add New Users gt Edit Access Levels Import User List Export User List Figure 7 4 Edit User Accounts Dialog Box Click the Add New Users gt gt button to create a new user account Type in a name select an access level and provide a password for the account To mod
417. seseeeess 3 12 Figures Tag Connection Dialog Box wii cers vecicaeteseeawkees ade disetee nd a re aads os 3 14 Figure 3 6 I O Group Configuration Dialog BOX ccccccccccccccccecceceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeess 3 17 Figure 3 7 Tag Operations Dialog BOX sesseseseesseeseereseeesereeeeererrerrererrerreerrererrerseeee 3 24 Figure 3 8 Analog Tag Scaling Dialog BOX sessssessssssoerreereerrrerrrerrerererererereererrereeee 3 29 Figure 3 9 Scaling for Discrete Tag Configuration cc ccccccccccccceeeeeeseesesentnnteeeeeeees 3 30 Figure 3 10 Scaling for Bit Array Tag Configuration cccccceeeeeeeeseeseseeeeeeeeees 3 31 Figure 3 11 Alarms for Analog Tag Configuration cccccccccccccccceccecceceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 3 36 Figure 3 12 Alarms for Discrete Tag Configuration cccccccccccccccccccececceeeceeeeeeeeeeess 3 37 Figure 3 13 Alarms for Bit Array Tag Configuration eeeeeseeseereeserrererrerreereeseeeseeee 3 38 Fisure421 HMIG Wizard Dialog Box cuaioiiora nane E E 4 6 Pouca Conto l Daos BOX esne a cimss tebdneduteen Gent tudaeds 4 11 Figure 4 3 Monitor Tag Value and Alarm VU cccccceceecesseeeesnnneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 26 Fitues Process View Display V0 ccnwicass tanec Suto a a aasetes 4 28 Pigure455 Pwo Trend Display Vib sissc tact wecteastiee ti sec tuccwucnas ta cuivass seas caved sesnan eed aa eeadens 4 30 Figure 4 6 Initializing the Waveform Chart Indicator for aRcale Time Preng Disp
418. settings and the XY Graph indicator is updated National Instruments Corporation 6 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Activity 6 1 Use the Historical Data Vis The objective of this exercise is to create a VI that programmatically reads historical information from Citadel and determines statistical information of the data is In this activity you will read previously logged data which is included in the BridgeVIEW Activity Data directory You willuse mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values 1 Open a new VI and place a Historical Trend on the panel window from the Controls Graph palette Change the maximum of the Y scale to 1000 Historical Trend 2 Pop up on the Historical Trend and select HMI G Wizard If a dialog box prompts you to locate a Citadel Data directory open BridgeVIEW Activity Data and select the current directory Complete the dialog box as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 6 6 National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction o HHI G Wizard for Historical Trend Tag List Tag Product Add Saud Delete Mixer Product Time Axis Start Time Stop Time Absolute 06 2500AM 06 26 00 AM i Relative 09727 1996 09 27 1996 OF C
419. square root of the number The free label acts as a note to the user BridgeVIEW User Manual 12 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Block Diagram 2 Build the diagram as shown in the following illustration Humber aroro roro ror Ee m a Error Negative Number Selection Terminal 3 Place a Case structure in the block diagram by selecting it from Functions Structures The Case structure is a resizable box that is not dropped on the diagram immediately Instead you have the chance to position it and resize it To do so click in an area above and to the left of all the terminals you want to be inside the Case structure Continue holding down the mouse button and drag out a rectangle that encompasses the terminals Greater Or Equal To 0 function Functions Comparison Returns a TRUE if the number input is greater than or equal to 0 Square Root function Functions Numeric Returns the square root of the input number Numeric Constant Functions Numeric In this activity the constant indicates the numeric value of the error National Instruments Corporation 12 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Ds One Button Dialog function Functions Time amp Dialog In this activity the function displays a dialog box that contains the message Error Negative Number T String Constant Functi
420. sseens 7 16 How Do You Prompt the Operator to Log In tO VOUT APP lC Aton Venere a Ea 7 16 BridgeVIEW User Manual X National Instruments Corporation Contents How Do You Programmatically Log an Operator In O VOU Ap PIC AtlOn S aioa deal chcustietan A A 7 17 How Do You Programmatically Log an Operator Out OFX APPIANO ninie 7 17 How Do You Identify the Current Operator seeseeeeseeesseeseeeesseesesesseee 7 17 How Do You Restrict Access to the Bridge VIEW Environment 7 17 How Do You Create and Modify User Accounts cccccccccceeeseeeees 7 17 How Do You Modify the List of Available User ACCESS LEVES Peters ta sed iro aha T Puce eee coteees 7 19 How Do You Export a List of Users to a File oo eeeeeeeesresereeeees 7 19 How Do You Export Users to Another Computer Oihe NETWORK noient sa caste daumstdagnddvnteudgietnentedanare haute 7 20 How Do You Import a List of Users from a File eens 7 20 How Do You Import Users from Another Computer OM AHE NEIWOTK Cosine E mauaneoosicedasnastuaes 7 21 How Do You Modify a User s Bridge VIEW Environment Privileges icccc needs a As 7 22 Operator Imictace SCCUMCY oeae Aas cau avenge duateu ei ausde 7 22 How Do You Limit User Access to HMI Objects eens 7 23 Chapter 8 servers WhatAre Bridce VIEW Device SELVES ses cist wesures tet estes pre na o Gas uae 8 1 How Do You Install and Configure a Device Server ccccceeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeee
421. st subdiagram displays the first subdiagram and decrementing from the first subdiagram displays the last For more information about Case and Sequence structures refer to Chapter 19 Structures in the G Programming Reference Manual National Instruments Corporation 12 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node Case Structure The Case structure has two or more subdiagrams or cases exactly one of which executes when the structure executes This depends on the value of an integer Boolean string or enum value you wire to the external side of the selection terminal or selector A Case structure is shown in the following illustration i Note Case statements in other programming languages generally do not execute any case if a case is out of range In G you must either include a default case that handles out of range values or explicitly list every possible input value LEZ Activity 12 1 Use the Case Structure a Your objective is to build a VI that checks a number to see if it is positive If the number is positive the VI calculates the square root of the number otherwise the VI returns an error Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel and create the objects as shown in the following illustration digital contral digital indicator 99999 00 indicates an error free label The Number control supplies the number The Square Root Value indicator displays the
422. strict access to certain controls inputs or indicators outputs To do this you must add a security loop to your Operator Interface VI Figure 7 6 shows how to use the Security Monitor VI to control the visible and disabled attributes of a front panel control and indicator You can apply two types of security to a control operability and visibility By default controls always operate and are visible A security level of zero applies to the control meaning that any user with access level zero or higher all users can operate the control ecunty Loop ead ag Loop Read Tag L tempz Sim_db sct Figure 7 6 Using the Security Monitor VI to Control Visibility To limit user access in your HMI pop up on the control terminal in the diagram for which you want to apply security and select Create Attribute Node Resize the attribute node so both the Visible and Disabled attributes are available Then wire the Visible attribute setting output to the Visible terminal and the Disabled attribute setting output to the Disabled terminal Also connect the shutdown output of the Security Monitor VI to a NOT function and the output of the NOT function to the continuation node of National Instruments Corporation 7 23 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics q U Bridge VIEW User Manual the security loop This ensures that the security loop terminates when the Engine shu
423. t 11 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts 13 Stop the VI by clicking on the vertical switch Turning the switch off sends the value FALSE to the loop conditional terminal and stops the loop 14 Scroll through the chart Click and hold down the mouse button on either arrow in the scrollbar 15 Clear the display buffer and reset the chart by popping up on the chart and choosing Data Operations Clear Chart Note The display buffer default size is 1 024 points You can increase or decrease this buffer size by popping up on the chart and choosing Chart History Length You only can use this feature when the VI is not running D End of Activity 11 2 Mechanical Action of Boolean Switches You might notice that each time you run the VI you must turn on the vertical switch and then click the Run button in the toolbar With G you can modify the mechanical action of Boolean controls There are six possible choices for the mechanical action of a Boolean control e Switch When Pressed e Switch When Released e Switch Until Released e Latch When Pressed e Latch When Released e Latch Until Released Below are figures depicting each of these boolean switches as well as a description of each of these mechanical actions mF Switch When Pressed action Changes the control value each time you ee click on the control with the Operating tool The action is similar to that of a ceiling light switch and
424. t of Available User Access Levels To edit the list of access levels select Project Security Access Levels You must have Administration privileges to edit the list of Access Levels Click the Edit button next to the list of access levels The Edit Access Levels dialog box appears in which you can add remove and modify access levels You also can edit access levels within the Edit User Accounts dialog box by pressing the Edit Access Levels button or choosing New from the Access Level ring when creating or modifying a user account In addition to the two permanent access levels O and 255 you can assign up to 254 access levels for use in your operator interface panels If you remove an access level users who have been assigned that access level are demoted to the next lower access level i Note You can rename but not remove access levels 0 and 255 How Do You Export a List of Users to a File You can export a list of users to binary or text files Text files contain only the user name access level and privileges To export all user account information including passwords you must export to a binary file To export the user list to a text file click the Export User List button or select File gt Export Text File You can export to tab delimited or comma delimited text files For a description of how privileges are exported see the How Do You Import a List of Users from a File section later in this chapter
425. t data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted up to the last point available for the tag H EE Citadel path out is the path to directory containing historical data files i National Instruments Corporation A 31 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference EER historical trend is the tag trend data read from the historical database starting at the date and time specified by start timestamp and stopping at the date and time specified by stop timestamp or up to max points per trend whichever is smaller If these start timestamp and stop timestamp values are left unwired all the logged data up to max points per trend for the tag is returned DBL timestamp is the date and time for value DEL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix BridgeVIEW User Manual A 32 National Instruments Corporation Appendix A HMI Function Reference Read Historical Trends Use the Read Historical Trends VI to read the historical data for a given set of tags from a user specified start and stop date and time up to max points per trend If the inputs for start timestamp and stop timestamp are not wired all historical data for the tags is returned up to the max point
426. t for login F dialog type none privilege to check inspects the privileges of the current Bridge VIEW user to see if he or she has been granted this privilege TE prompt for login F opens the Login dialog box if the current Bridge VIEW user does not have the requested privilege and the input is TRUE dialog type none displays a dialog box if the current Bridge VIEW user does not have the requested privilege and the message input is not empty The type of dialog box is determined by the following input d HH e OK A dialog box appears displaying a message and an OK button If the prompt for login input is TRUE the login dialog box appears after the message dialog box is closed e OK Cancel A dialog box displaying a message and OK and Cancel buttons If the prompt for login input is TRUE the login dialog box appears when the OK button in the message dialog box is pressed message is the message to display if the dialog type input is not none and the current Bridge VIEW user does not have the requested privilege TE user has privilege is TRUE if the current Bridge VIEW user has the requested privilege E login cancelled is TRUE if the current Bridge VIEW user does not have the requested privilege prompt for login was TRUE and the login dialog box was cancelled National Instruments Corporation A 47 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Operator Name Use the Get Operator Name VI
427. t left When the tool changes click and drag down until a third input terminal appears Now you can continue wiring your block diagram as shown in the previous illustration Numeric Constant Functions Numeric Three numeric constants set the number of For Loop iterations the initial X value and the delta X value Notice that you can pop up on the For Loop count terminal shown at left and select Create Constant to add and wire a numeric constant for that terminal automatically From the front panel run the VI The VI plots the auto indexed waveform array on the waveform graph The initial X value is 0 and the delta X value is 1 Change the delta X value to 0 5 and the initial X value to 20 Run the VI again Notice that the graph now displays the same 100 points of data with a starting value of 20 and a delta X of 0 5 for each point see the X axis In a timed test this graph might correspond to 50 seconds worth of data starting at 20 seconds You can view any element in the waveform array by entering the index of that element in the index display If you enter a number greater than the array size the display dims indicating that you do not have a defined element for that index If you want to view more than one element at a time you can resize the array indicator Place the Positioning tool on the lower right corner of the array The tool transforms into the array Resizing cursor shown at left When the tool changes drag to
428. t or enter the device name in the I O Group dialog box Refer to your server documentation for the correct formats for these device and item strings The IAK Servers allow you to create and configure communication resources devices and items directly in the Tag Configuration Editor Communication resources and devices are configured in the I O Group dialog box Items are configured in the Connection tab of the Tag Configuration dialog box Other servers register the devices to which they are connected and available items for those devices by name These servers also can register the data type directions and engineering range and units of the various items if applicable When you select these servers in the Edit Tag screens of the Bridge VIEW Tag Configuration Editor you must first create an I O group and select a device Then you see a list of available devices and a list of items connected to that device in the Edit Tags screen For a selected device and item the BridgeVIEW Tag Configuration Editor imports any available item engineering range and unit information and also checks that the directions or access rights for an item are compatible with the access rights you have selected for the tag Check your server documentation to find out if it registers device and item names and item parameters with Bridge VIEW Installing and Configuring the NI DAQ OPC Server The NI DAQ OPC Server is available as part of NI DAQ 6 x and is included on
429. t this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix start timestamp is the date and time associated with the first data point to be retrieved from the historical database If this input is unwired the data is extracted starting at the first point available for the tag i Citadel path out is the path to directory containing the historical database i National Instruments Corporation A 33 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference 20 historical trends is the tag trend data read from the historical database starting at the date and time specified by start timestamp and stopping at the date and time specified by stop timestamp or up to max points per trend whichever is smaller If these start and stop timestamp values are unwired all the logged data up to max points per trend for the tag is returned DBL timestamp is the date and time for the value DBL value is the value of the tag at the timestamp error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix BridgeVIEW User Manual A 34 National Instruments Corporation System Vis Appendix A HMI Function Reference Use the System VIs to obtain information or monitor the access level of the current operator to launch or shut down Bridge VIEW or to enable or disable
430. t want the VI to perform the operation regardless of the error that is passed into it BridgeVIEW User Manual Using the preceding technique you can wire several VIs together connecting error inputs and outputs to propagate errors from one VI to the next At the end of the series of VIs you can use the Simple Error Handler VI to display a dialog box if an error occurs The Simple Error Handler VI is located in Functions Time amp Dialog In addition to encapsulating error handling you can use this technique to determine the order of several I O operations 16 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 16 Program Design One of the main advantages in using the error input and output clusters is that you can use them to control the execution order of dissimilar operations The error information generally is represented using a cluster containing a numeric error code a string containing the name of the function that generated the error and an error Boolean for quick testing The following illustration shows how you can use this technique in your own applications Notice that the While Loop stops if it detects an error CONFIG ge ELL sed Em Watch Out for Missing Dependencies Make sure that you have explicitly defined the sequence of events when necessary Do not assume left to right or top to bottom execution when no data dependency exists In the following example no dependency exists between the Read File VI an
431. tangle e Zoom time scale e Zoom Y scale e Zoom in about one point e Zoom out about one point Undo Zoom resets the graph to its previous setting How Do You Export Data to a Spreadsheet From the HTV select File Export The HTV exports the information currently displayed in the trend to a tab delimited file A dialog box prompts you for the name and location of the file to create The HTV resamples data in periodic intervals so that all tags have the same number of data points The frequency defaults to a value according to the frequency of data in the historical files If you want to override this value enter the frequency you want in the dialog box How Do You Get Online Help for the HTV From the HTV pull down the Help menu and select Show Help A floating window is displayed that shows help information for all of the objects on the HTV panel How Do You Set Tag Time and Color Preferences Set the preference for the HTV to remember settings for display time and color on exit by selecting Viewer Preferences When you exit the HTV the state of the viewer is recorded National Instruments Corporation 6 13 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction BridgeVIEW User Manual eo HIV Preferences x HT Settings Remember settings on exit Live Mode Settings 10 00 Scroll time seconds P Always scroll with new data Select the Remember settings on exit checkbox if you
432. te String tags consist of ASCII characters or binary data and can be of any length General General includes the following tag attributes e Tag name e Tag description e Tag group e Length for bit array and string tags National Instruments Corporation 1 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 1 Alarms Introduction BridgeVIEW User Manual Connection Connection includes the following tag attributes e Access rights input only output only Input Output or memory e Server name e T O group name e Item name e Access path for OPC servers Scaling Scaling controls the type of scaling to perform on a tag when communicating with a device server and the expected engineering range and units for the tag Operations You can specify how the Bridge VIEW Engine updates the Real Time Database RTDB when it logs the tag data to disk if it logs events associated with the tag and what value exists in the database at startup The operations that can be performed on a tag are as follows e Updating the Real Time Database e Historical logging e Event logging e Event printing An alarm is an abnormal process condition For example an analog tag can be configured to be in a HI alarm state when its value is greater than 25 You can set alarm limits for a tag in the Tag Configuration Editor Each alarm limit has a priority associated with it to determine the severity of the alarm 1 6 National Instruments Corporat
433. te Tag on Change operation was successful If status is less than O either the device server has reported an error indicating there is a problem with the tag or Bridge VIEW has reported an error indicating there is a problem using the tag error indicates that an error occurred when executing Write Tag on Change or that the status of the tag is bad See the status output for the specific error condition shutdown indicates that the Bridge VIEW Engine is shutting down You can use shutdown to exit any loop that uses Write Tag on Change National Instruments Corporation A 67 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Write Tag on Change bit array Use the Write Tag on Change bit array VI to update the Real Time Database with a new value for memory output and Input Output tags The value also is sent to the server if it is an output or Input Output tag The value is updated and sent to the server only if the tag value is different from the previous time the VI was executed Use this VI if you do not need to pass output values to the RTDB and server unless there really is a value change This saves you from adding code to your diagram to check value changes If the tag is an input only tag Write Tag on Change bit array VI causes a system error because input tags only can be updated by servers If the tag 1s configured as an Input Output tag the tag value is passed to the server when Write Tag on Change bit array
434. te acca cam ctcute ea tet wcsen a 1 9 DEVICES CLV CLS saree cesta A A 1 9 Where should T Stat ancaras e Gente ccsamalacetvuaybaceuad eas bl Glamantaredeecesaplaades 1 10 National Instruments Corporation V BridgeVIEW User Manual Contents Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment WW TALS G 7 es decet ete wetaos came onactnaes ci eis foto uQucs e a a i 2 1 POW OS SIG Work ooh as Aco tra le uci aids a a dadeuaa anbamanncatess 2 1 Mietiial TAS Ue MUS manaa a 2 2 PROM Pan Class cs vicatereadunedadhaptincaxuancnu ramadan cecaralucnaeaatiugtanatacuses 2 2 Block Dig Oram eia E bwiaeceaeions 2 3 LONC ONECO ix sora nti e T E a 2 3 Tool Pale teenaa A O NS 2 4 Conroe Palo teera e a a 2 5 PUMCHOMS Piel yuasa a a atueidedgiuureluadon aetna 2 5 Contro and INGICALONS eig r A ARA 2 6 NOME Oen e a Randa naueauavaaheaiecmnes 2 6 Oh Oe a ie evar ec atte a oan ounctane eal 2 7 SUIDE ca sastctedcantcosrortenasecarualeedon Geaieed a uinpienes aeimnanesineren nes naseamncteas da 2 7 AG AAE A A IE E S ne a E O E A OS E prise tine eec Ose a aeae A dents 2 8 Bride VIEW Environment Project M n sais cstieectcteansavwesveanns ea a seid E En 2 10 What Is th Bridge VIEW Engine Manager sisresssocin nae 2 12 WhatAre System Erros and Events iesist oie duis eedeeuaudieudgeuntiindaaths 2 15 Mhar 1S the Tae BIOWSGI limena e E a a ead 2 16 What the Tac Monor oean e a A eas ates aele es 2 18 HOw De Yor Access Onine Help nori E aE 2 23 Simpe Complex Holp Vie W iriki
435. teristics of controls and indicators For more information about attribute nodes refer to Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes e Arrays Clusters and Graphs An array is a resizable collection of data elements of the same type A cluster is a statically sized collection of data elements of the same or different types Graphs commonly are used to display data For more information about arrays clusters and graphs refer to Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs e VI Server The VI Server allows you to control when a VI is loaded into memory run and unloaded from memory For more information about VI Control VIs refer to Chapter 15 Application Control A tag value is acquired and or controlled by a device server that communicates with the Bridge VIEW Engine and can be read or set by a VI in your HMI application Tags can be of the following types input output Input Output or memory You can configure tags through the Tag Configuration Editor A tag configuration consists of its data type connection scaling operations and alarms settings For more information about this topic refer to Chapter 3 Tag Configuration Data Type A tag data type can be analog discrete bit array or string Analog tags have continuous values with a specified range such as 0 0 to 100 0 Discrete tags have values that are either ON 1 or OFF 0 Bit array tags are comprised of up to 32 bits each of which can have an ON 1 or OFF 0 sta
436. the HTV utility You can use the HMI G Wizard to create a historical trend display What Is Citadel Citadel is a high performance historical database With Citadel BridgeVIEW can log tags while continually servicing data queries Bridge VIEW also includes the Citadel ODBC driver that has special commands to perform data transforms making it easy for you to retrieve National Instruments Corporation 6 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction manipulate and analyze historical data automatically from outside the Bridge VIEW environment For more information see Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity How Do You Log Historical Data BridgeVIEW User Manual There are three steps you must complete to log historical data 1 Configure your tags to have historical logging enabled You configure it on a per tag basis To select historical logging for a single tag go to the panel for configuring the tag 2 Configure a path for the historical database To choose the path select Configure Historical in the Tag Configuration Editor 3 Turn on historical logging for the BridgeVIEW Engine according to one of the three techniques outlined below There are three techniques for turning historical data logging on or off e You can configure historical logging in the Tag Configuration Editor To turn on logging use the pull down menu for Configure Historical Configure the path
437. the Tag Display Table from the Trigger Tag Ring Then the Tag Display Table refreshes each time that tag is updated in the database or when the timeout interval elapses whichever occurs first Clicking on Select Tags to Monitor is equal to selecting Tag Monitor Select Tags En Select Tags to Monitor tanks sct Available Tags Tags to Monitor Powder Srii Liquid Powder Outlet ee Liquid Outlet Product Mixer Product Outlet Anaa Miser Outlet lt lt Remove All Trigger Tag Y Timeout sec 1 00 OF Cancel Figure 2 7 Select Tags to Monitor Dialog Box National Instruments Corporation 2 21 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment BridgeVIEW User Manual Select Tag Monitor Preferences to bring up the Tag Monitor Preferences dialog box shown in Figure 2 8 which lets you choose how certain types of tags are displayed You can control how the displayed precision for analog tags by modifying the Digits of Precision field For bit array tags the values can be in binary octal or hexadecimal format The possible values for discrete tags can be 0 and 1 corresponding to Numeric Value or a set of user customizable strings one equivalent to TRUE and the other to FALSE Check the Monitor Same Tags in Next Session check box to keep the same tag list for the next time you launch the Tag Monitor eo Tag Monitor Preferences Es Analog Value Precision 3 Digits of Precision Bit rray Display
438. the acknowledgment status in the Alarm Summary Display changes from UNACK to ACK and the color of the text changes from red to yellow These are the default colors and you can change them There are two modes for handling tags that were previously in alarm but have returned to normal Auto Acknowledge and User Must Acknowledge These modes are configured in the Tag Configuration Editor for each tag If a tag is configured for Auto Acknowledge when the tag returns to normal the acknowledgment status automatically changes from UNACK to ACK However if it is configured for User Must Acknowledge the status 5 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events remains at UNACK until the user presses the ACK button on the HMI and acknowledges the alarm You can select the tags for which you want to acknowledge alarms It is a good idea for this tag list to be identical to the list of tags you display alarms for in the Alarm Summary or Event History Display For example if you select group lt ALL gt alarms for all tags that were configured for alarms are reported as they occur In the tag selection you also can select a combination of tag names and groups q Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display Your objective is to acknowledge alarms from the HMI you built in Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display 1 Place an ACK button from the Boolean subpalette on the front panel of the My Alarm S
439. the basic concepts behind G the National Instruments Corporation X X Bridge VIEW User Manual About This Manual G Tutorial BridgeVIEW User Manual programming language upon which Bridge VIEW is built the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager system errors and events the Tag Monitor utility and the Tag Browser utility This chapter also explains how to access online help for Bridge VIEW and provides an activity that illustrates how to examine the front panel and block diagram of a virtual instrument VI Chapter 3 Tag Configuration explains tags the Tag Configuration Editor and how you edit tags within the Bridge VIEW system Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface explains what a Human Machine Interface HMI is and how you can monitor and control tags from your HMI Chapter 5 Alarms and Events introduces the basic concepts of alarms and events and explains how to view acknowledge and configure them within the Bridge VIEW system Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction explains the concept of a trend how to log and extract historical data and how to use the Historical Trend Viewer HTV a utility that displays historical data that has been logged to disk with Bridge VIEW Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics explains the advanced topics you need to understand to make optimum use of Bridge VIEW for developing applications The advanced topics covered in this chapter are the Panel G Wizard Bridge VIEW System Con
440. the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI mo executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix arr eng range is the range of the tag in engineering units If you are plotting data on a chart waveform graph XY graph slide or vessel you can wire this output directly to the X Range All Elements or Y Range All Elements Attribute Node Minimum is the user defined minimum tag value Maximum is the user defined maximum tag value Increment is the delta in which the value increments It is not a user defined value and is always 0 Increment determines how the chart or graph computes an increment based on the Minimum Maximum and the data set being plotted FEE units is the name of units for engineering values This parameter applies to analog tags only For discrete bit array and string tags units is an empty string error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 83 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Set Multiple Tag Attributes Use the Set Multiple Tag Attributes VI to reconfigure several attributes for a list of tags or groups
441. the trend the tag description and for analog tags the engineering units associated with the tag The two rightmost columns show the values of the tags at the two cursor locations in the trend For discrete tags the values in these columns are either On or of To move the cursors grab their pointers at the bottom of the trend display How Do You Change the Y Axis The HTV displays two Y axes at any time Each Y axis displays the color of the tag associated with it All discrete tags show their ranges as going from On to off Click on the Y axis to make it rotate through the tags displayed in the trend To change the range in the Y axis for analog and bit array tags select the text at the top or bottom of the scale and type in the desired value When you enter the value that trend scale changes and the trend display updates Discrete tags are displayed without Y axis scales and ranges are shown as On or OTT Bridge VIEW User Manual 6 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction How Do You Change the Plot Colors and Style in the Trend Click on the Trend Legend The pop up window contains several options with which you can change the plot colors and styles used in the trend How Do You Zoom In on the Trend The HTV Trend palette contains a Zoom tool that allows you to zoom in on points of interest The Zoom tool has five modes with which you can zoom in on the trend e Zoom by rec
442. this activity you can open the VI from the BridgeVIEW Activity Solutions directory 2 Open the block diagram select the While loop and delete it Because you released the Wizard Lock in Activity 4 3 the HMI G Wizard will no longer replace the old code but will generate additional code instead 3 Pop up on the tank on the front panel and select HMI G Wizard Change the Normal color to Blue and select the alarms to show for the HI alarm state only as shown in the following illustration BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 10 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics ma HHMI G Wizard for Analog Indicator Tag Value Tag Product Colors If Change colors with alarm state Bad Stat eeennnne Blinking T Blink wher ir ajann 4 Run the VI Because the Product tag is configured to go into HI alarm when it exceeds a value of 800 you can see that the tank color is blue while the tag value is below 800 It changes from blue to red when the value goes above 800 Leave this VI running 5 To change the HI alarm limit of Product dynamically open a new VI Drop the Set Tag Attribute VI from the Functions Tag Attributes palette 6 Using the wiring tool create constants for the group tag names tag attribute and value inputs 7 Select Product for the group tag names input change tag attribute from the default lt none gt to HI Limit and wire in 500 00 for the value as shown in the follo
443. time axis and change the data You must enter the date in the correct format If you make an error the input is ignored You can select and enter the time and date on the time X axis of the historical trend on the HTV directly However the HTV responds immediately to any changes you make If you want to make manual edits to both the start and stop time on the time axis you can select the Viewer Time amp Date option When you select this option a dialog box appears shown below and you can enter the start and stop time of the data displayed in the trend National Instruments Corporation 6 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 6 Historical Data Logging and Extraction Time Settings for HT Start Time Stop Time 08 44 05 08 45 05 0170571598 0170571998 How Do You Change the Timespan of Data Displayed The timespan indicator displays the amount of relative time between the start and end points of the time axis To change the amount of time between these points you either can manually reenter data in the start or end point on the time axis or pull down the ring for the timespan indicator By default the timespan ring contains the values 1 00 5 00 10 00 and 30 00 Select Enter New in the timespan ring if you would like to enter a different amount of data to display How Do You View the Value of a Tag at a Specific Point in Time The Data Display table on the HTV shown in Figure 6 2 shows the tags displayed in
444. tion Editor can be changed programmatically However if you want to make persistent changes for several dynamic attributes in the Tag Configuration Editor such changes can be applied to arunning Engine You can programmatically take a tag on or off scan If a tag is off scan it is not processed or updated in the Real Time Database alarms are not calculated and data is not logged You can start these activities by putting that tag back on scan There are specific VIs you can use to obtain certain tag information such as the Get Tag Logging Info VI or the Get Tag Alarm Enabled VI For the Set Tag Attribute or Set Multiple Tag Attributes VIs an error is returned if the Engine is not running In addition tag attribute changes only affect the current Engine process until they are subsequently changed or the Engine stops If the Engine is running you can change tag attributes programmatically with the Set Tag Attribute VI Set Multiple Tag Attributes VI or the Tag Configuration Editor These VIs return an error if the Engine is not running Tag attribute changes stay in effect in the current run only If you stop the Engine and start it again the changes are lost Use these VIs in your application when you want to change attributes of a tag dynamically as with logging alarm or scaling information or taking a tag on or off scan For a complete description of the Tag Attributes VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference Na
445. tion about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix National Instruments Corporation A 79 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag 1 0 Connection Info Use the Get Tag I O Connection Info VI to obtain information on how the tag is connected to a real world I O point Outputs include data type analog discrete bit array or string server I O group item access rights Memory Input Output I O and length For bit array tags length is the number of discrete points in the tag For string tags length is the number of bytes This output is not used for analog and discrete tags Eel EEE HE EE BridgeVIEW User Manual data type Server tag name KO group tern error out access rights length eror in no error tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix data type is the tag type analog discrete string or bit array server indicates the device server used for this tag It is not applicable for memory tags which have no servers associated with them by definition T O group is the name of the I O group the item is used with item is the channel register or item name error out is a cluster th
446. tional Instruments Corporation 7 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics When you change programmatic attributes with the Tag Configuration Editor you can update Engine processes without shutting down and restarting the Engine provided no changes require the Engine to reconfigure You can change all operations alarms and most scaling and raw or engineering range information dynamically There are certain attributes you cannot change dynamically These attributes require you to edit the scf file with the Tag Configuration Editor and they include tag information like tag name tag description scaling type engineering unit data type analog discrete bit array string tag group name and access rights input only output only Input Output memory and tag connection information like server IO Group and item For more information about tag attributes refer to any one of the five configuration attributes tables in the section How Do You Configure Tags in Chapter 3 Tag Configuration q Activity 7 2 Use Tag Attributes Your objective is to use tag attributes to change alarm limits dynamically You will use mytanks scf in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory as edited in Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values 1 Open Monitor Product vi from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory You created this VI in Activity 4 3 Read a Tag If you did not complete
447. to VIs but do not have front panels or block diagrams as VIs do Function icons always have a yellow background How Do You Build a VI VI Hierarchy One of the keys to creating Bridge VIEW applications is understanding and using the hierarchical nature of the VI After you create a VI you can use it as a subVI in the block diagram of a higher level VI When you create an application you start at the top level VI and define the inputs and outputs for the application Then you construct subVIs to perform the necessary operations on the data as it flows through the block diagram If a block diagram has a large number of icons group them into a lower level VI to maintain the simplicity of the block diagram This modular approach makes applications easy to debug understand and maintain As with other applications you can save your VI to a file in a regular directory With G you also can save multiple VIs in a single file called a VI library Saving VIs as individual files is more effective than using VI libraries because you can copy rename and delete files more easily than if you are National Instruments Corporation 9 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 9 Creating VIS using a VI library For a list of the advantages and disadvantages of using VI libraries and individual files see the section Saving VIs in Chapter 2 Editing VIs of the G Programming Reference Manual VI libraries have the same load save and open capabiliti
448. to monitor the access level of the current Bridge VIEW operator By default this VI times out after one second returning to the current operator access level When an operator logs in this VI returns immediately a timeout secs 1 visibility access level 0 ley iy Wisible attribute setting operability access level 0 SECURITY Disabled attribute value shubdowr gray aut on disable T 1e timeout secs 1 specifies how long to wait for a user to log in JE visibility access level 0 determines the value of Visible attribute setting If the current operator access level is greater than or equal to visibility access level the Visible attribute setting indicator is TRUE Otherwise Visible attribute setting is FALSE operability access level determines the value for the Disabled attribute value output If the current operator access level is greater than or equal to operability access level Disabled attribute value is 0 enabled Otherwise Disabled attribute value is 1 disabled or 2 grayed out depending on the setting of the gray out on disable input F E gray out on disable T determines 1f the Disabled attribute value is 1 disable or 2 disable and gray out if a user access level is not greater than or equal to operability access level E Visible attribute setting is the value to send to the Visible attribute of the control or indicator to which se
449. to the selected tag If the tag is a memory tag no server I O group or item is associated with it Alarms Enabled Displays whether alarms are enabled for the selected tag Displays whether alarms for the selected tag are acknowledged automatically Full Scale Displays the full scale engineering value for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only National Instruments Corporation 2 17 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Table 2 3 Tag Browser Field Descriptions Continued Zero Scale Displays the zero scale engineering value for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only Units Displays the engineering unit for the tag This is displayed for analog tags only If the Bridge VIEW Engine is loaded you can view the tags currently loaded with the Tag Browser If the Bridge VIEW Engine is not loaded the Tag Browser displays the currently loaded scf file Use the Browse button to change the scf file The Tag Browser is a useful tool if you need to look at how a tag is configured while you are building your MMI VIs You also can use the Tag Browser to change the loaded configuration file If you want to access the configuration information for a tag programmatically you can use the VIs in the Tag Attributes palette For more information about the Tag Attributes VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference What Is the Tag Monitor With the Tag Monitor you can monitor the value u
450. tors are contained in the Alarms and Events palette National Instruments Corporation 4 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 HMI Function Display event history information Display a real time trend Display a historical trend BridgeVIEW User Manual Human Machine Interface Table 4 1 HMI G Wizard Operations Continued Event History Display or any Table Indicator Real Time Trend or Waveform Chart Indicator Historical Trend or XY Graph Indicator Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a table indicator to obtain a history of past events and alarms Event History For an event history display you can set the HMI G Wizard to Event History mode by setting the value of the Use this Indicator for ring to Event History You can select a set of tags whose history needs to be displayed You also can set colors of acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms normal and event entries and column format of the summary Preformatted event history indicators are contained in the Alarms and Events palette Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a real time trend or waveform chart indicator to select a set of tags for which the values need to be displayed in a chart real time trend Invoke the HMI G Wizard on a historical trend or XY graph indicator to select a set of tags for which the values need to be displayed in an XY graph historical trend 4 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface To invoke t
451. trol Tag Attributes VIs and BridgeVIEW Security Chapter 8 Servers explains how to use servers with Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW supports several types of servers including OPC Servers DDE Servers and IA Device Servers Part II G Tutorial contains the following chapters Chapter 9 Creating VIs introduces the basic concepts of virtual instruments and provides activities that explain how to create the icon and connector how to use a VI as a subVI how to use the VI Setup option and how to use the SubVI Node Setup option Chapter 10 Customizing VIs introduces the basic concepts used for customizing VIs Chapter 11 Loops and Charts introduces structures and explains the basic concepts of charts the While Loop and the For Loop XX National Instruments Corporation About This Manual Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node introduces the basic concepts of Case and Sequence structures and provides activities that explain how to use the Case structure how to use the Sequence structure and what sequence locals are and how to use them Chapter 13 Front Panel Object Attributes describes objects called attribute nodes which are special block diagram nodes that control the appearance and functional characteristics of controls and indicators Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs introduces the basic concepts of polymorphism arrays clusters and graphs and provides activities that explain
452. trols Graph in the front panel Label the graph Waveform Graph IL 5 Enlarge the graph by dragging a corner with the Resizing cursor Hide the legend and palette Disable autoscaling by popping up on the graph and deselecting Y Scale Autoscale Y 8 Use the Text tool to rescale the Y axis to range from 0 5 to 1 5 Block Diagram 9 Build the block diagram shown in the following illustration Delta Xo Bunde waveform Graph 1D Array WAVE Generate Waveform VI Functions Select a VI from the BridgeVIEW Activity directory Returns one point of a waveform The VI requires a scalar index input so wire the loop Li iteration terminal to this input Notice that the wire from the Generate Waveform VI becomes thicker as it changes to an array at the loop border The For Loop automatically accumulates the arrays at its boundary This is called auto indexing In this case the numeric constant wired to the loop count numeric input has the For Loop create a 100 element array indexed 0 to 99 BridgeVIEW User Manual 14 4 National Instruments Corporation 10 11 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 14 Arrays Clusters and Graphs Bundle function Functions Cluster Assembles the plot components into a cluster You need to resize the Bundle function icon before you can wire it properly Place the Positioning tool on the lower left corner of the icon The tool transforms into the Resizing cursor shown a
453. truments Corporation Chapter 8 Servers i Note Unregistering a server means that Bridge VIEW can no longer access that server and any tag configured to use that server no longer has a valid configuration Do this only if no tags are configured to use that server and you no longer want to access it from the Tag Configuration Editor This does not apply to OPC or DDE Servers Registered Server Device and ltem Parameters Use the View Server Information dialog box to see a list of devices registered by a specific server and for the selected device view a table of the registered items and item properties The View Server Information dialog box for Bridge VIEW device servers is shown below Ea View HI DAQ Server Server Information Es Devices Device ALL Sort By ltem Hame moso pe foua ooo feo poo ooo aoso oe ma oo peo vets aon oe foua oo foo fos mo or baa o om o por a O o o mo por baa o mo por baa O O O o sensa peL ma 000 e e Sinewave Joe mpa oo foo po oo E E E S E E a a a a A T No devices found T No items found Figure 8 5 View Server Information Dialog Box You can sort this table by item name data type or direction by selecting which parameter you want to sort on in the Sort By list National Instruments Corporation 6 11 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers How Do You Develop an IA Device Server You can write an IA Device Server as a BridgeVIEW VI Several of the example sim
454. ts Corporation 5 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Tag List Tag lt ALL gt A add TE M Date Date format MM DDAY YY Tel W Time Time format Ak Pe Delete W Tag name I Alarm ack state l Event type W Alarm priority M Group name W Alarm limit M Alam value I Operator name I Alarm state Alarm message Events eo HHI G Wizard for Table Indicator Use this indicator for Alarm Summary Summar Format C Minimum priority Acknowledged alarms C Masimum priority Unacknowledged alarms i Filter acknowledged alarms Normal but unacknowledged _ Max lines to display 10 Bridge VIEW User Manual Now you can select the tags to monitor In the tag list select lt ALL gt to view alarms on all the tags that have alarms configured Click on the Add button to add all tags to the list If you do not see a list of available tags when you click on the Tag menu ring pop up with your right mouse button on the menu ring and select Tag Browser A dialog box appears and prompts you to select the desired scf file containing the configuration of your tags Select mytanks scf Click on the OK button The HMI G Wizard creates the diagram shown in the following illustration 5 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events F me Acte Cell Cell FG Color Unack alarm Normal Li The diagram above uses event driven programming to wait for an alarm summary
455. ts are overlaid That is they share the same vertical scale From the block diagram run the VI with execution highlighting turned on to see the data in the shift registers Turn execution highlighting off From the front panel run the VI While the VI is running use the buttons from the palette to modify the chart You can reset the chart scale the X or Y axis and change the display format at any time You also can scroll to view other areas or zoom into areas of a graph or chart You can use the X and Y buttons to rescale the X and Y axes respectively If you want the graph to autoscale either of the scales continuously click on the lock switch to the left of each button to lock on autoscaling You can use the other buttons to modify the axis text precision or to control the operation mode for the chart Experiment with these 11 18 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 11 Loops and Charts buttons to explore their operation scroll the area displayed or zoom in on areas of the chart Format the scales of the waveform chart to represent either absolute or relative time To select the x scale time format pop up on the x scale and select Formatting a Choose absolute time by selecting the Time amp Date option from the Format and Precision menu ring This changes the dialog box to the one shown below For the waveform chart to start at a certain time and increment at certain intervals you can edit the Xo and dX val
456. ts display of the Engine Manager Error Message Determines the time in seconds that recurring error 600 secs repeat rate messages should be repeated to the user For example 10 minutes seconds an undefined tag message error repeats only after this value is exceeded Event History Determines the length in elements of the queue that 2000 Buffer size handles event information sent from the Engine to elements evt files Historical Log Determines the length in elements of the queue that 2000 Queue elements handles data sent from the engine to the Citadel historical database Server Input Queue Determines the length in elements of the queue that 2000 size elements handles data sent from the device servers to the Engine Server Input Queue Determines the length in bytes of the queue that 2000 binary size bytes handles binary data string tags sent from the device servers to the Engine Server Output Determines the length in elements of the queue that 2000 Queue size handles data sent from the Engine to the device servers elements Server Output Determines the length in bytes of the queue that 2000 Queue binary size handles binary data string tags sent from the Engine to bytes the device servers Server Shutdown Determines the time in seconds the Engine waits for all 30 timeout seconds active device servers to shutdown before asking the user if the servers are to be forcefully terminated Note Althoug
457. ts down By placing the Security Monitor in a loop as in Figure 7 6 this HMI can handle the operator access level changing dynamically and still behave appropriately Activity 7 3 Apply Security to the Alarm Summary Display Your objective is to assign access privileges to the Alarm Summary application created in Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display You also will associate specific access levels to an Acknowledge Boolean on your front panel 1 Configure the BridgeVIEW environment security by selecting Project Security Edit User Accounts Er Edit User Accounts E File Edit Help Account List on local OF Cancel Add New Users gt gt Edit Access Levels Import User List 2 Select Add New Users gt gt and create the following new accounts a User Name Administrator Level 255 Password Administration Press Add to create this new account b User Name Anyone Level 25 Password Viewer Press Add to create this new account 7 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics T Edit User Accounts Ej File Edit Help Account List on local Account Information User Name Administrator 4ccess Level Level 255 edd Password paa Verfy Password Bes Seren i Eosen Add 3 After creating the two accounts select lt lt Done Adding Users Click the OK button 4 Unless you were previously logg
458. ts error handling information for Tags VIs Tag Attributes VIs and Alarms and Events VIs to the system If you try to access a tag that does not exist in the Tags VIs or the Alarms and Events VIs the Bridge VIEW Engine reports an error The error shows up in the Bridge VIEW Engine Manager display For more information about the Engine Manager see Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine If a Bridge VIEW VI does not report to the Bridge VIEW Engine it uses a standard control and indicator error in and error out to notify you that an error has occurred The error in and error out parameters are described here error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes If error in indicates that an error occurred before this VI was called this VI might choose not to execute its function but just pass the error through to its error out cluster If no error has occurred this VI executes normally and sets its own error status in error out Use the error handler VIs to look up the error code and to display the corresponding error National Instruments Corporation A 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference message Using error in and error out clusters is a convenient way to check errors and to specify execution order by wiring the error output from one subVI to the error input of the next status is TRUE if an error occurred before this VI was called
459. tween 1 and 15 where 15 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest National Instruments Corporation A 73 BridgeVIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting Use the Get Discrete Tag Alarm Setting VI to obtain alarm setting information for discrete tags j j Bridge VIEW User Manual erar in no error POPP CCP alarm enabled tag name priority Emor out alarm message tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the Bridge VIEW Engine in this appendix alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for a tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled for this tag regardless of the enable settings for the particular alarm types tag value alarm enabled indicates whether alarms generated by changes in the value of the tag are enabled If FALSE they are disabled If TRUE they are enabled alarm on low indicates whether an alarm is generated depending on the discrete tag value If FALSE an alarm is generated if the discrete tag value is high If TRUE an alarm is generated if the discrete tag value is low priority is the prio
460. ty 11 13 overview 11 11 uninitialized shift registers 11 15 Sine function 14 7 single stepping through VI 9 21 spreadsheets exporting configuration fields 3 8 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet File VI A 29 Historical Trends to Spreadsheet VI A 27 important points 3 9 importing data note 3 9 saving trend data Historical Trend Viewer HTV 6 13 storing tag configuration data 3 8 SQL See Structured Query Language Square Root function 12 3 static attributes 3 3 static vs dynamic attributes 3 3 Status Details dialog box 2 20 Step Into button 2 3 Step Out button 2 3 9 21 Step Over button 2 3 9 21 National Instruments Corporation Stop button 2 3 string constant 12 4 string controls and indicators 2 7 string tags alarm configuration 3 36 creating 3 5 purpose and use 3 11 strip chart 11 2 Structured Query Language SQL examples B 6 structures 11 1 See also Case structure loops Sequence structure Subtract function 12 10 subVI node setup activity 10 2 block diagram for subVI 10 7 front panel for subVI 10 6 user information dialog box block diagram 10 3 Execution Options 10 4 front panel 10 2 Windows Options 10 5 SubVI Node Setup dialog box 10 2 subVIs calling activity 9 19 block diagram 9 20 opening front panel 9 19 Hierarchy window 9 12 icon and connector 9 14 color icons note 9 16 creating activity 9 16 defining connectors 9 16 Icon Editor window 9 14 opening
461. u can press this button to view the hierarchical organization of the server Item IDs You can also view the OPC Server Items and their attributes using the Server Browser utility Launch the Server Browser by selecting Projects Server Tools Server Browser or pressing the Server Browser button on the Engine Manager display National Instruments Corporation 8 5 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers BridgeVIEW User Manual Server Browser C Program Files National Instruments N_ Mel A Servers Allen Bradley AS Lins Applicom Cookie Factory DirectNET GE Fanuc Ethernet Modbus NI DAQ Server Mational Instruments D agl pe National Instruments FieldPoint0 National Instruments OPCModbu HM ational Instruments OPCT est OPC SimaticNE T OPTOMLS Omron Host Link Browse Network OPC Servers Figure 8 1 Server Browser When an OPC server is selected in the Servers list you can press the View Server Information button to bring up the View Server Information for OPC Servers dialog box as shown in Figure 8 2 a View OPC_Sample 1 OPC Server Information Vendor Name endome S S S Description E ample Server Sort By ltem Name decree rool ime OOO OO awo Me o OO o SSS aa es boa O o SSS wary io e OO O S T No items found OPC Server does not support Address Space Browsing Figure 8 2 View Server Information Dialog Box 8 6 National Instruments Corporation Chapter
462. u must increase the vertical size of the window to make it available String Control You enter text here National Instruments Corporation 2 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment Tag You use tag controls and indicators for entering and displaying tag names or group names contained in the loaded tag configuration scf file You can find tag controls and indicators in Controls String Table Tags For more information about the tag data type see the section Tag Data Type in Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface q s Activity 2 1 Open and Runa VI Your objective is to familiarize yourself with the basic concepts of virtual instruments You will open examine and operate the front panel and block diagram of a VI 1 Select File gt Open and open Tank Simulation vi from the BridgeVIEW Examples G Examples Apps tankmntr 11b The front panel appears as shown in the following illustration ET Tank Simulation vi Oo apt Application Font Fo te EE DE Inflow Rate Ibm min gt EE Inlet Temp deg F ORL Tinei Cycle min 19 00 Inflow Rate brnir Current Level ft Elapsed Tme Min aoo Tank Temp deg F x RURHR DEDE High Level Limit bm E Low Level Limit bm SEA High Temp Limit deg F 95 00 Low Temp Limit deg F Bridge VIEW User Manual 2 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 2 BridgeVIEW Environment gt 2 Run the VI by clicking on the
463. ue is the numeric value of the attribute being queried If the attribute returns a Boolean value returns 1 or 0 corresponding to value discrete value discrete is the value of the Boolean attribute being queried If the attribute returns a numeric value discrete returns FALSE if value is 0 and TRUE if value is nonzero error out is a cluster that describes the error status after this VI executes For more information about this indicator see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix H HE National Instruments Corporation A 77 Bridge VIEW User Manual Appendix A HMI Function Reference Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info Use the Get Tag Bad Status Alarm Info VI to determine whether alarms are enabled for the tag This VI also returns whether the bad status alarm is enabled and its priority BridgeVIEW User Manual eror in no error tag name priority error out tag name is the name of the tag about which you want to obtain information error in no error is a cluster that describes the error status before this VI executes For more information about this control see the section Errors Not Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine in this appendix alarms enabled indicates whether alarms are enabled for this tag If TRUE tag value alarms as well as bad status alarms are enabled for this tag depending on the enable setting for the particular alarm types If FALSE all alarms are disabled
464. ue wired to the input side of the left shift registers so all three values are preserved for the next execution of the VI Because this subVI has nothing wired to the condition terminal it executes exactly once when called The While Loop in this subVI is not used to loop several times but to store values in the loop shift registers between calls When the Running Average VI is loaded into memory the uninitialized shift registers are set to zero automatically If the shift registers are wired to Boolean values the initial value is FALSE BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 16 National Instruments Corporation I i Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Activity 11 6 Create a Multiplot Chart and Customize Your Trends Your objective is to create a chart that can accommodate more than one plot Front Panel 1 Open the Random Average vi you created in Activity 11 5 2 Modify the Front Panel as shown in the following illustration Current Value w 0 20 Random Flot Running Avg 0 55 Enable ON OFF Vertical Switch Default gt ON Mechanical Action Latch hen Pressed National Instruments Corporation Waveform Chart Digital Display amp Scrollbar showing TETE TEEN Using the Positioning tool stretch the legend to include two plots Show the digital display by popping up on the chart and choosing Show Digital Display Move the legend if necessary Rename Plot 0 to Current Value by double click
465. ues respectively Scale Formatting Format and Precision Example Time amp Date OF 28 39 PM Scale Style Mapping Mode 02 7 771995 fe Linear I Time oOo ie AM PM i HA MM Grid Options 24 hour i HH MM 55 Seconds Precision 0 dHIH Mhd 55 i HDS i Dont Show rear E Pi 10 00 00 m D 2 Digit Year 10 24 1396 i YD i 4 Digit Year b Format the chart to display the data starting from noon Oct 24 1996 and increment every 10 minutes as shown above i Note Modifying the axis text format often requires more physical space than was originally set aside for the axis If you change the axis the text may become larger than the maximum size that the waveform can correctly present To correct this use the Resizing cursor to make the display area of the chart smaller 8 National Instruments Corporation To select the relative time format select Numeric from the Format and Precision menu ring Then you can select the Relative Time seconds option in the dialog box and represent the time in seconds Modify the dialog box as shown in the following illustration and select OK 11 19 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 11 Loops and Charts Scale Formatting x Format and Precision Example Humeric 15 Decimal O Digits of Precision 7 Floating Point Notation Scale Style Mapping Mode f Linear Scientific Notation Scaling Factors 7 Engineering Notation pa Relative Time seconds D
466. ues to run until you shut it down either programmatically or through the Engine Manager As the Engine shuts down first it checks to see if any application is running that requires its services If so it waits until that application halts before shutting down Once it shuts down it sends a shutdown message to the device servers You can monitor the status of the BridgeVIEW Engine with the shutdown output of any of the Tags VIs Alarms and Events VIs or the Get Engine Status VI Note If you write applications that do not use the BridgeVIEW VIs that access the Real Time Database such as the VIs that retrieve historical data those applications can run without the BridgeVIEW Engine running They do not launch the BridgeVIEW Engine BridgeVIEW User Manual 4 24 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface General Principles of G HMI Programming You can choose how to monitor and control tag values as well as operator interface controls and indicators in your HMI Normally you use one or more While Loops in a VI diagram with a single wait operation inside of each loop Each While Loop executes once after its wait operation completes The wait operation might be one of the Time and Dialog functions such as the Wait Until Next ms Multiple function This is a polled technique in which your diagram controls loop execution Alternatively the wait operation might be implemented using one of the Tags VIs or Alarms and
467. ulation servers installed with BridgeVIEW are VI based servers Writing a VI based IA server is a simple way to emulate hardware or connect Bridge VIEW to a simple device You can use the same Bridge VIEW development environment to create the server as you used to develop your application The toolkit for creating a VI based device server is included on the BridgeVIEW CD You also can implement an JA Device Server as a 32 bit Windows Dynamic Link Library DLL Most of the PLC servers for Bridge VIEW are implemented as DLLs Writing a DLL based IA Device Server requires more work than writing a VI based server but can support clients other than Bridge VIEW BridgeVIEW User Manual 8 12 National Instruments Corporation G Tutorial This section contains information about the functionality of G that you need to get started with most Bridge VIEW applications Part II G Tutorial contains the following chapters Chapter 9 Creating VIs introduces the basic concepts of virtual instruments and provides activities that explain how to create the icon and connector how to use a VI as a subVI how to use the VI Setup option and how to use the SubVI Node Setup option Chapter 10 Customizing VIs introduces the basic concepts used for customizing VIs Chapter 11 Loops and Charts introduces structures and explains the basic concepts of charts the While Loop and the For Loop Chapter 12 Case and Sequence Structures and the F
468. ummary VI you created in Activity 5 1 Build an Alarm Summary Display If your VI is running you must stop the VI by pressing the Stop button or selecting Operate Stop before you can do this Your front panel should appear as shown in the following illustration T My Alarm Summary Yi File Edit Operate Project Windows Help 2 Popup onthe ACK button and select HMI G Wizard The following dialog box appears National Instruments Corporation 5 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 5 Alarms and Events Discrete Output G Wizard Attach Control to Alarm Acknowledgement Tags to acknowledge tol Dol a O Delete Poll this control every O25 seconds Blinking T Blink when any are unacknowledged Visibility Make invisible wher fo him inet pi RANY Select Alarm Acknowledgement for the Attach Control to option 4 Select the tags to monitor In the tag list select lt ALL gt to view alarms on all the tags that have alarms configured Click the Add button to add all tags to the list Click OK The HMI G Wizard creates the diagram shown below Bridge VIEW User Manual 5 8 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 5 Alarms and Events T hy Alarm Summary with Ack vi Diagram File Edit Operate Project Windows Help ER i bala 13pt Application Font EF is 5 min priorit max priorit filter ACK alarms Tag List ee o PA Oli lt ALL gt UE ma
469. unction Reference Historical Trends to Spreadsheet Use the Historical Trends to Spreadsheet VI to converts a set of historical trends into the tab delimited string format which spreadsheet programs can read The columns created are date time tag name 1 value tag name 2 value and so on A header is created labelling the date time and tag names The output of this VI can be saved in a file and then imported into a spreadsheet program You can wire in the delimiter you want The delimiter is a tab by default You also can override the date and time formatting by wiring in the date amp time format cluster check start stop time T date time format delimiter tab historical data tag names gt spreadsheet string sample interval P Le error out error in no error start timestamp stop timestamp check start stop time determines whether the requested start and stop times are checked against data available in the historical trends input By default the decimation does not start until data is available in all trends and ends as soon as any trend has no more data To override this behavior set this input to FALSE asr date amp time format is a cluster that contains settings used to format the date and time in the spreadsheet string date format 0 determines the format for the date MM DD YYYY or DD MM YYYY time format determines whether a 12 hour AM PM or 24 hour format is used delimiter tab is the
470. ur drawing as the VI icon and returns to the front panel e Cancel Returns to the front panel without saving any changes Depending on the type of monitor you are using you can design a separate icon for monochrome 16 color and 256 color mode You design and save each icon version separately The editor defaults to Black amp White but you can click on one of the other color options to switch modes i Note If you design a color icon only the icon does not show up in a subpalette of the Functions palette if you place the VI in the 1ib directory nor will the icon be printed or displayed on a black and white monitor q LF Bridge VIEW User Manual ie Act The connector is the programmatic interface to a VI If you use the panel controls or indicators to pass data to and from subVIs these controls or indicators need terminals on the connector pane You define connections by choosing the number of terminals you want for the VI and assigning a front panel control or indicator to each of those terminals To define a connector select Show Connector from the icon pane pop up menu on the Panel window The connector icon replaces the icon in the upper right corner of the Panel window Bridge VIEW selects a terminal pattern appropriate for your VI with terminals for controls on the left side of the connector pane and terminals for indicators on the right The number of terminals selected depends on the number of controls and
471. ution speed Run the VI Save the VI as Calculate Max vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory icy End of Activity 11 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual 11 24 National Instruments Corporation Case and Sequence Structures and the Formula Node This chapter introduces the basic concepts of Case and Sequence structures and the Formula Node and provides activities that explain the following e How to use the Case structure e How to use the Sequence structure e What sequence locals are and how to use them e What a Formula Node is and how to use it Both Case and Sequence structures can have multiple subdiagrams configured like a deck of cards of which only one is visible at a time At the top of each structure border is the subdiagram display window which contains a diagram identifier in the center and decrement and increment buttons at each side The diagram identifier indicates which subdiagram currently is displayed For Case structures a diagram identifier is a list of values which select the subdiagram For Sequence structures a diagram identifier is the number of the frame in the sequence 0 ton 1 The following illustration shows a Case structure and a Sequence structure Increment Decrement Buttons J f J 4 Diagram Identifier Case Structure Sequence Structure Clicking on the decrement left or increment right button displays the previous or next subdiagram respectively Incrementing from the la
472. vailable Data Sources Cancel Other Remove i Note If MS Query ts unable to connect to a Citadel data source you have not yet logged data to Citadel or the Database path you specified in the ODBC Setup dialog box is incorrect Note If the Citadel data source is not listed in the Select Data Source dialog box you might not have accessed it yet Choose Other and select Citadel from among the ODBC data sources If Citadel is not listed as an ODBC Data Source you need to install it See the Configuring the ODBC Driver section for more information In the Add Tables dialog box double click Threads Then close the dialog box Add Tables Table Options ener Database MS Query presents the full Query Window with the Threads table shown Notice the list of tag names in the Threads table This list is a comprehensive list of all tags whose values have been logged to Citadel To view the value of a field double click it or drag it to the data pane BridgeVIEW User Manual B 8 National Instruments Corporation Appendix B Citadel and Open Database Connectivity p Microsoft Query File Edit View Format Table Critena Recorde Window Help AAR i a Query Threads hiner Powder Product Interval LocalT ime UTCTime miniLiquid H EESIRRTAE 475 1996 10 23 20 27 14 RINI Record 1 AG Select View Criteria to showredit criteria limiting records NUM To view a
473. ve all of the subVIs in memory at once For example assume you have written a number of VIs that act as user interfaces HMIs for several subsystems within your process One solution might be to have a top level VI that has each of these subVIs in its diagram The top level VI serves as a menu from which you choose the subVI to run as shown in the front panel portion of the illustration below Process 1 Process 2 Process ES Process 3 TE Orr Process vi F Process vi F i a ge a This VI contains a set of Booleans such that when the user presses a button on the front panel the proper subVI is executed The diagram builds an array of Booleans and checks the array for any TRUE values The index of 15 2 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 15 Application Control the TRUE value is passed into a Case structure and each case contains the appropriate subVI as shown in the previous illustration The disadvantage of the above approach is that all subVIs are in memory at all times regardless of which ones are needed If each subVI is large your main menu VI might require a large amount of memory To avoid using so much memory you can use the VI Server to load and execute VIs dynamically To do this you must know the name of the VI you want to access and its location on the computer or network The illustration below demonstrates the same scenario described above this time using the VI Server Process 1 m he lt Path to sub
474. ve completed Activity 3 1 Configure a Tag and View the Tag Configuration Parameters and Tag Values in Chapter 3 1 Place a real time trend from the Controls Graph subpalette on your front panel Pop up on the object and select Show Label Type Real Time Trend in the label f Untitled 3 2 Pop up on the trend and select HMI G Wizard 3 Now youcan select a list of tags to monitor Select Mixer and click on Add as shown in the following illustration National Instruments Corporation 4 9 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 4 Human Machine Interface So Real Time Trend G Wizard E Tag List e a Delete 1 00 Time between updates seconds M Engineering units Percent of full scale If you do not see a list of available tags or the tag name Mixer is not in the list when you click on the Tag menu ring pop up on the menu ring and select Tag Browser to select the correct scf file Press the Browse button on the Tag Browser to bring up a dialog box and select mytanks scf This dialog box automatically appears if no scf file is currently selected If the Engine is running already the Browse button is dimmed and you cannot change the scf file until you stop the Engine The Tag Browser shows you a summary of the configuration parameters of the tags in the file When you have selected the proper scf file from the Tag Browser click OK to return to the HMI G Wizard 4 Click OK Notice that the
475. ve sensors that read temperature and volume readings as voltage You will use a VI in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory to simulate the temperature and volume measurements in volts You will write a VI to scale these measurements to degrees fahrenheit and liters respectively 1 Open anew front panel by selecting File New If you have closed all VIs select New VI from the Bridge VIEW dialog box Note If the Controls palette is not visible select Windows Show Controls Palette to display the palette You also can access the Controls palette by popping up in an open area of the front panel To pop up right click on your mouse 2 Select Tank from Controls Vessels and place it on the front panel 3 Type Volume in the label text box and click anywhere on the front panel Note If you click outside the text box without entering text the label disappears To show the label again pop up on the control and select Show Label 4 Rescale the tank indicator to display the tank volume between 0 0 and 1000 0 a Using the Labeling tool double click on 10 0 on the tank scale to highlight it b Type 1000 in the scale and click the mouse button anywhere on the front panel The intermediary increments are scaled automatically 5 Place a thermometer from Controls Numeric on the front panel Label it Temp and rescale it to be between 0 and 100 6 Your front panel should look like the following illustration National I
476. virtual instrument VI G is a programming language much like various commercial C or BASIC development languages However G is different from those applications in One important respect Other programming languages are text based languages that create lines of code while G is a graphical programming language that creates programs in block diagram form You can use G with little programming experience G engineers and programmers rely on graphical symbols and data flow rather than textual language to describe programming actions Data flow is a programming system in which nodes execute when they have received all required input data and produce output automatically when they have executed G has extensive libraries of functions and subroutines for most programming tasks Bridge VIEW includes conventional program development tools for G so you can set breakpoints animate program execution to see how data passes through the program and single step through the diagram to make debugging and program development easier How Does G Work G includes libraries of functions and development tools designed specifically for HMI development data acquisition and instrument control G programs are called virtual instruments VIs because their appearance and operation imitate actual instruments However they are analogous to functions in conventional programming languages National Instruments Corporation 2 1 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 2
477. w instead For instance in I O operations you might use the error I O technique described previously to ensure that one I O operation occurs before another Study the Examples For further information about program design you can examine the many example block diagrams included in BridgeVIEW These sample programs provide you with insights into G programming style and technique To view these block diagrams open any of the VIs in the Examples directory BridgeVIEW User Manual 16 8 National Instruments Corporation HMI Function Reference This appendix describes error handling for Bridge VIEW VIs and contains an explanation of the VIs in the BridgeVIEW VI library In this appendix the VIs are arranged alphabetically first by VI Library name Alarms and Events Historical Data System Tags and Tag Attributes then by VI name Error Handling in the BridgeVIEW VI Library Errors that occur in the VIs in the Bridge VIEW VI Library can be handled in one of two ways by the Bridge VIEW Engine or by each VI The Bridge VIEW Engine handles errors for the Tags VIs and the Alarms and Events VIs The other VIs include standard error in and error out parameters for error handling These two methods of error handling are described in detail below For information about how you can handle errors in your own VIs see the section Check for Errors in Chapter 16 Program Design Errors Reported by the BridgeVIEW Engine Bridge VIEW repor
478. w to view the server configuration within Bridge VIEW Bridge VIEW includes the NI DAQ Server an IA Device Server that supports National Instruments data acquisition boards and SCXI on the Bridge VIEW Development System CD Additional device servers for other devices such as PLCs also are available for Bridge VIEW on the Bridge VIEW Device Servers CD For more information about Bridge VIEW device servers inquire about the Device Servers CD available from National Instruments What Are BridgeVIEW Device Servers A BridgeVIEW device server is an application that communicates with and manages I O devices such as PLCs remote I O Input Output devices remote BridgeVIEW Engines and data acquisition plug in cards Device servers pass real world tag values to the Bridge VIEW Engine in real time Each server monitors the device items and encapsulates all device and hardware specific details thereby establishing a device independent I O layer for Bridge VIEW An item in Bridge VIEW is a channel or variable in a real world device For more information about how to connect a tag to a server and item see Chapter 3 Tag Configuration National Instruments Corporation 8 1 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 8 Servers The device servers also handle and report communications and device errors to Bridge VIEW There are different servers available for different device families and communication networks Each device server is a stand alone c
479. wing illustration National Instruments Corporation 7 11 Bridge VIEW User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics 8 Save the Vlas Change Alarm Limit vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 9 Run this VI This dynamically changes the HI limit for the Product tag from 800 to 500 10 Look at Monitor Product vi It still should be running However now you should see the color change from blue to red when the value exceeds 500 instead of 800 11 Stop and close the VIs LF End of Activity 7 2 BridgeVIEW User Manual 7 12 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics BridgeVIEW Security Bridge VIEW security is broken into two general categories e Environment Security User Privileges e Operator Interface Security Security does not take effect until you configure it Configuration consists of adding users and assigning them access levels privileges and passwords Environment Security Access to most Bridge VIEW utilities and the BridgeVIEW Engine can be configured on a per user basis For example not all users should be able to configure the tags in the system or create and edit user accounts The privileges that can be assigned to a user are defined in Table 7 1 Table 7 1 Assignable BridgeVIEW Privileges Environment Use Historical Trend Viewer User can launch configure and use the Privileges Historical Trend Viewer utility Use Tag Monitor User can launch configure
480. with Ack vi that you created in Activity 5 2 Acknowledge Alarms in the Alarm Summary Display as shown below o Panel G Wizard With this control Open a Panel ie w Path to I E Login prompt JAN Alarm Summar with Ack v1 Browse Historical Trend Viewer W Relative path Security Poll this control Require security access for this button While engine ig running Pro heiewuvauy chen j kd Ts ise Be aag ES aii Tn 4 Bee ere Always SP eea a r E E e coon Be a A a a ER ay AEE srt Tae E PIKAP n mutivi ee T 5 P Pree Sat nna n one iat a er balara TE Tae 4 ied fh 2 Gig GE ty HE Bigt Gee oe Be Papel Mote Examine the block diagram created by the Panel G Wizard The diagram code is locked as indicated by the lock icon in the upper right corner of the window The locking mechanism works the same way as it does for the HMI G Wizard TOOOOOOOOQOOODOODODOOOOODOOODOODODOOODOODOOOD 7 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 7 Advanced Application Topics 5 Make a copy of the Alarms button Click on the button text with the labeling tool and name the button Monitor 6 Popup on the Monitor button and select Panel G Wizard Use the same settings as before but connect this button to the Monitor Product vi you created in Activity 4 3 Read a Tag 7 Make a copy of the Monitor button Rename the button Trend Using the Panel G Wizard connect this button to the My T
481. y node function found under Functions A pplication Control Right click on the property node and select Select VI Server Class Virtual Instrument and then left click the property node and select Front Panel Window Open For more information about VI Server functions see Chapter 15 Application Control BridgeVIEW System Control System Vis As you develop more sophisticated user interfaces you might find that you need to exercise control over portions of the BridgeVIEW environment from your own applications The System VIs palette provides mechanisms to programmatically control the Bridge VIEW Engine The System VIs provide you with several functions that control actions such as launching and shutting down the Engine enabling and disabling logging invoking the Login dialog box and so on You can reach the System VIs through the Functions System VIs palette shown below T System Er Status pay ag For more information about the System VIs refer to Appendix A HMI Function Reference National Instruments Corporation BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 7 BridgeVIEW User Manual Advanced Application Topics How Do You Start or Stop the BridgeVIEW Engine from Your Application Use the Engine Launch VI to launch the BridgeVIEW Engine programmatically with a specified configuration file Use the Engine Shutdown VI to stop the Bridge VIEW Engine and the servers currently executing For more detailed information ab
482. yls gt gt Process 2 Process 3 Process IEEE EFF Process Ame re GH Proces SIE 2 Virtuallnstrument p Fun _ In both of the previous examples the top level VI stops executing until the subVI completes which means the top level VI stops responding to the user interface To keep both the top level VI and other VIs responding to the user interface at all times you can load and run VIs dynamically as shown in Activity 15 1 National Instruments Corporation 15 3 BridgeVIEW User Manual Chapter 15 Application Control ZO Activity 15 1 Use the VI Server Your objective is to build a top level VI that uses the VI Server to open run display and close two other VIs The top level VI will load both subVIs dynamically Then the top level VI will open and run the sub VI chosen by the user Front Panel 1 Open a new front panel Place a waveform chart and label it Trend 1 Place a rectangular stop button and label it Close Save the VI as HMI 1 vi in the BridgeVIEW Activity directory 2 Open anew front panel Place a cluster with two rectangular buttons labeled HMI 1 and HMI 2 Create a button and label it Shutdown At the end of this exercise you will have three front panels which will appear as shown below mv OO a EmA BridgeVIEW User Manual 15 4 National Instruments Corporation Chapter 15 Application Control 3 Save this Vlas VI Control2 vi inthe BridgeVIEW Activity directory This

BridgeVIEW User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents